HomeMy WebLinkAbout17-Public Works
CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO - REQUEST FOR COUNCIL ACTION
Dept:
Public Works - Engineering
Resolution awarding a contract to
DB X, Inc., for Traffic Signal
Installation and Street Improvements
at Medical Center Drive and Magnolia
Avenue (TC07-001), per Plans and
Special Provisions Nos. 1203 I &
12031A.
From:
Nadeem Majaj, Director Subject:
Date:
August 10, 20 I I
File No.
TC07-001
MCC Date:
September 19, 201 I
Synopsis of Previous Council Action:
06/29/201 I The Mayor and Common Council adopted FY 2011-12 to FY 2015-16 Capital
Improvement Program (5-Year CIP).
Recommended Motion:
I. Reject the bid of Moalej Builders, Inc. as non-responsive; and
2. Adopt Resolution.
~ 1/f7 ~
Signature
Contact Person: Robert Eisenbeisz, City Engineer
Phone:
5203
Supporting data attached:
Staff Report, Resolution
& Vicinity Map
Ward:
6
FUNDING REQUIREMENTS:
Amount:
$260,000
Source:
(Acct. No)
Acct.
Description:
242- 160-5504-7716-0025; 258- 160-5504-
7202-0025
Medical Center Dri ve and Magnolia Avenue
Traffic Signal (LSP)
Finance:
Council Notes:
Agenda Item No.Jl
D4-[Q-UJ! (
(2qUu~ '{>a8t5
CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO - REQUEST FOR COUNCIL ACTION
STAFF REPORT
SUBJECT:
Resolution awarding a contract to DBX, Inc., for Traffic Signal Installation and Street
Improvements at Medical Center Drive and Magnolia Avenue (TC07-001) per Plans and Special
Provisions Nos. 12031 & 12031 A.
BACKGROUND:
This project consists of construction of a new traffic signal and related street improvements at
the intersection of Medical Center Drive and Magnolia Avenue. The project was originally
requested by the Mt. Vernon Neighborhood Association. Public Works engineering staff
evaluated the request and determined that the intersection meets warrants for a traffic signal.
The intersection is currently four-way stop-controlled.
On July I, 2009, the San Bernardino Associated Governments (SANBAG) approved a $3\.4
million Local Stimulus Program (LSP) for the local agencies within the County of San
Bernardino. The City of San Bernardino has been approved for an allocation of $2,898,703 by
the SANBAG Board of Directors.
On March 10,2010, the City Council approved adding this project to a list of projects to receive
funding under the City's approved LSP. SANBAG has approved $200,000 for this project.
After completion of construction, SANBAG will reimburse the cost of the project in accordance
with rules of the program.
Local advertising included the San Bernardino County Sun Newspaper, F. W. Dodge,
Construction Data Hot Sheet, Reed Construction Data, Bid America, Construction Bid Source,
and the San Bernardino Area Chamber of Commerce. Information was also posted on the City's
website.
A total of nine bids were received and are listed below:
Name of Bidder City Amt. of Total Bid
Moalej Builders, Inc. Sherman Oaks $196,375.00
DBX, Inc. Temecula $202,426.00
California Professional Engineers, Inc. La Puente $206,998.00
Steinv and Company, Inc. Baldwin Park $208,192.00
C.T. & F., Inc. Bell Gardens $213,105.79
Flatiron Electric Group, Inc. Chino $215,989.00
PTM General Engineering Services, Inc. Riverside $216,016.00
TSR Construction and Inspection Rancho Cucamonga $245,953.00
Sully-Miller Contracting Co. Brea $252,239.00
En~ineer's Estimate $203,139.00
2
CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO - REQUEST FOR COUNCIL ACTION
STAFF REPORT - Continued
After an evaluation of the nine sealed competitive bids and verification of mathematical
calculations and certifications, staff has determined that Moalej Builders, Inc., the apparent
lowest bidder, provided incomplete bid information and recommends that the apparent low bid
be considered non-responsive. The specifications and special provisions for this project require
bidders to provide unit prices in writing, both in words and numerical figures. They also clearly
state that the written words shall govern over the numerical values. Because the apparent lowest
bidder, Moalej Builders, Inc., failed to provide unit prices in written words, staff is
recommending that their bid be considered non-responsive. DBX, Inc., is the apparent second
lowest bidder and has met the minimum requirements of the specifications and bid guidelines.
Staff is recommending that the contract be awarded to DBX, Inc.
The estimated project costs are as follows:
Total Cost
Bid Amount $202,426.00
Contingencies $30,365.00
Subtotal Construction Cost $232,791.00
Construction Management & Inspection $27,209.00
Total Estimated Construction Cost $260,000.00
If approved, this project is expected to begin construction in October 201 I and be completed by
April 2012.
FINANCIAL IMPACT:
Funding for this project is available in the FY 11-12 Budget with $193,300 being funded by
"TC07-001 Medical Center Drive and Magnolia Avenue Traffic Signal (LSP)" (Account No.
242-160-5504-7716-0025), and $66,700 being funded by "SS-B Construct Accessibility
Improvements at Various Locations" (Account No. 258-160-5504-7202-0025).
Account: 7.47.-160-5504-7716-0025 Budgeted Amount: $ 193.300
Balance as of 08/09/11: $ 193.300 Balance after approval ofthis item: $ 0
Please note this balance does not indicate available jUnding. It does not include non-
encumbered reoccurring expenses or expenses incurred but not yet processed.
Account: 258-160-5504-7202-0025 Budgeted Amount: $ 140.000
Balance as of08/09/11: $ 140.000 Balance after approval of this item: $ 73,300
Please note this balance does not indicate availablejUnding. It does not include non-
encumbered reoccurring expenses or expenses incurred but not yet processed.
The cost of this project will be partially reimbursed in the amount of $200,000 by SANBAG
under terms of the Local Stimulus Program (LSP). This project reimbursement review has
already been included in the FY 2011-12 CIP adopted budget.
3
CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO - REOUEST FOR COUNCIL ACTION
STAFF REPORT - Continued
RECOMMENDATION:
I. Reject the bid of Moalej Builders, Inc. as non-responsive; and
2. Adopt Resolution.
ATTACHMENTS:
I-Attachment "A" - Vicinity Map
2-Resolution
4
U5
..
'E
~
$
"
,.<>
tVirglnlaSt
.l.V('
it
CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
.....r-. ,.
"\VIS\
\f<J ~v
<'
'v
,.
~~
:r
'"
8
~
\2
z
~
3-
[
l
VII Gilbert St
z
;:
.
~
~
,
!.;
z
:i
~
o
!a
W Magnolia Ave
Z
"
i5"
i West Virginia St
~
\2
W Home Ave
Mnrtin Luther KIr\Q If.
Middle School
W Baseline Rd
BobbV Ray', n
BAr-B-QlI~
BLif(g~r King
fI
Nadeem Majaj P.E. -DIRECTOR
300 Norlh 'V"Street
San Bernardino, CA 92418-0001
909.384.5140
,,',,''''-.>''''-''''
. Catp.r1nll
& Bi'lt"\fjuet
W Evans 81
w G.lben S1
z
~
l!?
..
3
>-
<
~
W 151hSl
Magno'ia Ave
W Magnolia Ave
West Vlrgima 51
z >
W Home Ave OJ ,
ii ~
ll- ,
l!? <
15 c
..
>-
<
..
1!' EI Super San.
. . Bernollrdwlo
W Base Line 51
W
ATTACHMENT "A"
VICINITY MAP
MEDICAL CENTER DRIVE TRAFFIC SIGNAL AND STREET
IMPROVEMENTS (TC07-00l)
I
RESOLUTION NO.
2
RESOLUTION OF THE MAYOR AND COMMON COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN
BERNARDINO AWARDING A CONTRACT TO DBX, INC., FOR TRAFFIC SIGNAL
INSTALLATION AND STREET IMPROVEMENTS AT MEDICAL CENTER DRIVE
AND MAGNOLIA AVENUE (TC07-001) PER PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS
NOS. 12031 & 12031A.
3
4
5
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE MAYOR AND COMMON COUNCIL OF THE
CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO AS FOLLOWS:
6
7
SECTION 1. DBX, Inc., 42024 Avenida Alvardo, Suite A, Temecula, CA. 92390, is
8
the lowest responsible bidder for Traffic Signal Installation and Street Improvements at Medical
Center Drive and Magnolia Avenue (TC07-001) per Plans and Special Provisions Nos. 12031 &
12031A. A contract is awarded accordingly to said bidder in a total amount of $202,426.00,
9
10
11
with a contingency amount of $30,365.00, but such contract shall be effective only upon being
12
fully executed by both parties. All other bids, therefore, are hereby rejected. The City Manager
13
14
is hereby authorized and directed to execute said contract on behalf of the City; a copy of the
contract is on file in the office of the City Clerk and incorporated herein by reference as fully as
15
though set forth at length.
16
SECTION 2. This contract and any amendment or modifications thereto shall not take
17
effect or become operative until fully signed and executed by the parties and no party shall be
18
obligated hereunder until the time of such full execution. No oral agreements, amendments,
19
modifications or waivers are intended or authorized and shall not be implied from any act or
20
21
course of conduct of any party.
SECTION 3. The authorization to execute the agreement is rescinded if the parties to
22
the contract fail to execute it within sixty (60) days of passage of this resolution.
23
IIII
24
25
1///
26
.
I
RESOLUTION OF THE MAYOR AND COMMON COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN
BERNARDINO AWARDING A CONTRACT TO DBX, INC., FOR TRAFFIC SIGNAL
INSTALLATION AND STREET IMPROVEMENTS AT MEDICAL CENTER DRIVE
AND MAGNOLIA AVENUE (TC07-00I) PER PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS
NOS. 12031 & 12031A.
2
3
4
I HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing Resolution was duly adopted by the Mayor and
5
meeting thereof, held on the
Common Council of the City of San Bernardino at a
, 20 II, by the following vote, to wit:
AYES
NAYS
ABSENT
ABSTAIN
17
City Clerk
18
19
The foregoing resolution is hereby approved this
day of
, 20 II.
20
21
Patrick J. Morris, Mayor
City of San Bernardino
22
23
Approved as to Form:
24
25
26
,
(;l~":/r;/I.>./~,r? {:.,
FILE NO. 1.7716
ACCT NO. 242-160-5504-7716-0025
CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
BID AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 12031 & 12031A
FOR
TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLATION
AND
STREET IMPROVEMENTS
AT
MEDICAL CENTER DRIVE & MAGNOLIA AVENUE
(TC 07-001)
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS
CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO
JULY 2011
BIDS WILL BE RECEIVED UP TO THE HOUR OF 2:00 P.M.
ON AUGUST 9 ,2011
E~II/8/T ~ tf
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPONENTS
OF THESE
PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS
The "Bid and Contract Documents" for this project consists of three (3) Parts as follows:
PART I - Administration
PART II - Special Provisions
The above two (2) parts are bound together in one (1) manual titled "Bid and Contract
Documents"
PART III - PLANS, One (I) separately bound set
DRAWING NO.l203! Sheets! of3
DRAWING NO. l203!A Sheets! of!
TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLATION & STREETIMPROVEMENTS
AT MEDICAL CENTER DRIVE & MAGNOLIA A VENUE (TC 07-001 )
CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO Contents for Bid and Contract Documents.doc
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
ADMINISTRA nON
NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS
BID DOCUMENTS
BID FORM
BID SCHEDULE
BIDDER'S INFORMATION AND SIGNATURE
& BIDDER'S INITIALED ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDUMS
SPECIAL NOTICE
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS
TRAFFIC SIGNAL VENDOR INFORMATION
WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATION
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
FORM OF BID BOND
MBEIWBE INFORMATION - GOOD FAITH EFFORTS
REFERENCES
B-1
B-2
C-I
C-2
C-3
C-3A
C-4
C-5
C-6
PART II
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
SECTION I - SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS SP-I
SECTION 2 - BID REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS SP-5
SECTION 3 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT SP-II
SECTION 4 - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE & COMMENCEMENT OF
WORK, TIME OF COMPLETION & LIQUIDATED DAMAGES SP-13
SECTION 5 - LEGAL REQUIREMENTS SP-15
SECTION 6 - GENERAL SP-22
SECTION 7 - UTILITIES SP-33
SECTION 8 - DESCRIPTION OF WORK SP-38
SECTION 9 - TRAFFIC CONTROL SP-41
SECTION 10 - MOBILIZATION SP-45
SECTION II - CLEARING & GRUBBING, UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION &
UNCLASSIFIED FILL SP-47
SECTION 12 THROUGH SECTION 13 BLANK SP-51
SECTION 14 - ASPHALT CONCRETE SP-52
SECTION 15 - AGGREGATE BASE BLANK SP-54
SECTION 16 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE SP-56
SECTION 17 - COLD MILLING SP-59
SECTION 18 THROUGH SECTION 19 BLANK SP-61
SECTION 20 - THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPING, PAVEMENT MARKING
AND RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS SP-62
SECTION 21 THROUGH SECTION 22 BLANK SP-64
SECTION 23 - ROADSIDE SIGNS AND POSTS SP-65
SECTION 24 - TRAFFIC SIGNALS SP-66
SECTION 24A - INDUCTIVE LOOP DETECTOR SP-91
SECTION 24C - PREEMPTION AND PRIORITY CONTROL SYSTEM
INFRARED ACTrv ATED, DATA-ENCODED SP-95
SECTION 24D - SPREAD SPECTRUM INTERCONNECT SYSTEM SP-102
SECTION 25A - RELOCATION AND REPLACEMENT OF WATER FACILITIES SP-106
SECTION 26 THROUGH SECTION 37 BLANK SP-109
SECTION 38A - IRRIGATION SYSTEM (MODIFY EXISTING) SP-110
SECTION 39 THROUGH SECTION 49 BLANK SP-115
SECTION 50 - REMOVAL & RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS
EXCEPT STREET PA YEMENT SP-116
APPENDIX
STATE OF CALIFORNIA, DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY
NEW METER SERVICE CONSTRUCTION DRAWING
MANUFACTURER INFORMATION & INSTRUCTIONS
PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD DRAWINGS
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (CALTRANS) STANDARDS
CALIFORNIA MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (MUTCD) STANDARDS
PROJECT LOCATION SURVEY DOCUMENTS
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
PART I
ADMINISTRATION
Engineer's Estimate (Range Only): $175.000 to $200.000
NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS
CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO
Owner
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of San Bernardino (CITY) will receive bids for:
TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLATION
AND
STREET IMPROVEMENTS
AT
MEDICAL CENTER DRIVE & MAGNOLIA AVENUE
(TC 07-001)
in accordance with Special Provision No. 12031 & 12031A in file in the Office of the City
Engineer, Third Floor, San Bernardino City Hall.
Plans and Specifications may be obtained from the City Engineer's Office, Third floor, City Hall,
300 N. "D" Street, San Bernardino, CA 92418, upon a non-refundable payment of~15.00 for each
set if picked up in person. Upon request. the Plans and Special Provisions may be mailed for an
additional charge of$10.00 per set.
Electronic copy of the above documents are available upon request by contacting the City
Engineer's Office and by providing a firm name, physical address, contact person, phone number
and fax number f('lr inclusion on the CITY's List of Plan Holders. It shall be the responsibility of
those receiving electronic versions of the Plans and Special Provisions to provide the above listed
information and confirmation of receipt of any issued addendum to the City Engineer's Office a
minimum of one (I) business day prior to the scheduled day of the Bid Opening. Only those
listed on the CITY's "LIST OF PLAN HOLDERS" and providing confirmation of any issued
addendum shall be eligible to submit bids for this project.
Deliver all bids to the City Engineer's Office, Third Floor, City Hall, 300 North "D" Street, San
Bernardino, California, with the bidder's name and address, the specification title and number and
"SEALED BID " clearly marked on the outside of the envelope
Said bids will be received up to the hour of 2:00 p.m., on, Tuesdav, AUl!ust 9. 2011, at which
time all of said bids will be publicly opened, and examined and declared in the City Engineer's
Conference Room, Third Floor, City Hall.
""\
No bid will be received unless it is made on a bid form furnished by the CITY with the unit prices
written in words and also shown in figures for each item, and with the total of each item and total
of all items extended and inserted in the spaces provided.
The Contractor shall possess a Class nAn License or Appropriate Specialty License(s) at the
time the contract is awarded. The prime Contractor shall perform, with his own organization,
contract work amounting to at least 50 % of the contract price.
All bids shall be signed, sealed and accompanied by cash, cashier's check, certified check or bid
bond made payable to the City of San Bernardino, in the amount often percent (10%) of the bid.
Such cash, check or bond shall be given as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into the contract
if awarded to him. In the event the bidder refuses to execute said contract, the use by the public
of the improvements will be delayed, and the public will suffer great damage. From the nature of
the case, it would be extremely difficult and impractical to fix said amount of damages.
Therefore, the CITY and the bidder agree that the above sum of ten percent shall be paid to the
CITY upon the condition above set forth as liquidated damages and not as forfeiture.
All bonds furnished pursuant to this notice must be underwritten by a surety company having a
rating in Best's most recent Insurance Guide of "A" or better. Bonds must be issued by a surety
who is listed in the latest version ofU. S. Department of Treasury Circular 570 and is authorized
to issue bonds in the State of California. The Form of Bid Bond is contained in the Bid
Documents in Part I of the Special Provision. Notarization of the signatures of both the Principal
and the Surety and the Power of Attorney of the signing Surety shall accompany this form.
The Contractor may substitute securities for any monies withheld by the Agency to ensure
performance under the contract as provided for in Section 10263 and Section 22300 of the
California Public Contract Code.
A Non-mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting will be held on Tuesdav, Julv 26, 2011, at 2:00 p.m.,
in the office of the City Engineer, Public Works Department, Third Floor, City Hall, 300 North
"D" Street, San Bernardino, California. This meeting is to provide information, to answer
questions, to inform bidders of MBEslWBEs subcontracting and material supply opportunities,
and to make the prime Contractor aware of the CITY's outreach program as it relates to minority
hiring and participation. Bidder's attendance at this meeting is recommended, but the prime may
certify that they are familiar with the program and attendance is not required. Attendance and/or
certification may be used as part of the good faith effort.
Certified minority (MBE/WBE) subcontractors and material suppliers for the San Bernardino area
located in Caltrans District 8 are listed on the California Unified Certification Program (UCP)
DBE Directory and can be obtained by accessing the directory on the California Department of
Transportation DBE website at http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/bep/index.
Pursuant to law, the Mayor and the Common Council of the City of San Bernardino, by
Resolution No. 90-358 and any and all amendments thereto which are hereby referred to and
made a part thereof by references as fully as though set at length herein, have ascertained and
determined the general prevailing rate per diem wages, and of per diem wages for legal holidays
and overtime work for each craft or type work of workman needed in the execution of contracts
under jurisdiction of said Mayor and Common Council.
Said prevailing rates of wages shall conform to Section 1773 of the California Labor Code. The
general prevailing wage rates in the county in which the work is to be done have been determined
by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations. These wages are available
from the California Department of Industrial Relations' Internet web site at
http://www.dir.ca.gov/dirdatabases.html. General prevailing wage rates, in effect ten (10) days
prior to the actual Bid Opening, which have been predetermined and are on file with the
California Department ofIndustrial Relations are also referenced and made a part thereof.
It shall be mandatory upon the Contractor to whom the contract is awarded and upon any sub-
contractor under him to pay not less than specified rates to all laborers, workmen, and mechanics
employed by them in the execution of the contract, and to prevent discrimination in the
employment of persons because of race, creed, color, or national origin, as set forth in the
provisions of Resolution No. 7414 of the Mayor and Common Council of the City of San
Bernardino.
This project is subject to requirements for the employment of apprentices registered with the
California Department of Industrial Relations, Division of Apprenticeship Standards. Additional
information can be obtained at http://www.dir.ca.govIDAS/PublicWorksForms.htm.
The City of San Bernardino reserves the right to waive any informalities or inconsequential
deviations from contract specifications, or to reject any and all bids.
No bidder may withdraw his bid within 60 days from the date of the bid opening. The CITY
reserves the right to take all bids under advisement for a period of90 days.
Specific questions regarding this project should be submitted in writing to the City Engineer's
Office as follows:
City of San Bernardino
City Engineer's Office
Public Works Department
300 North "D" Street, Third Floor
San Bernardino, CA 92418-0001
SUBJECT: TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLATION
AND STREET IMPROVEMENTS AT
MEDICAL CENTER DRIVE AND MAGNOLIA AVENUE
PLANS & SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 12031 & 12031A (TC 07-001)
Attention: Mirela Grigorescu
Tel: (909) 384-5202; Fax: (909) 384-5190
E-mail: grigorescu _ mi@sbcity.org
Inquiries or questions based on alleged patent ambiguity of the Plans or the Special Provisions
must be communicated as a bidder inquiry prior to the bid opening. Any such inquiries or
questions, submitted after the bid opening, will not be treated as a bid protest.
Written responses will only be provided to written questions. No written response will be
provided to verbal questions.
CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO
Q~ h. CtuJe
'--RACHEL G. CLARK
City Clerk
NOTICE TO ADVERTISE:
SPECIFICATION NO. 12031 & 12031A
SHALL APPEAR IN FIRST ISSUE NOT LATER THAN
DATE 07/19/11 & 07/25/11
( MIN FIVE DAYS BETWEEN FIRST & SECOND PUBLICATION)
SIGNATURE
DATE
BID DOCUMENTS
BID FORM
TO THE MAYOR AND COMMON COUNCIL OF
THE CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO
The undersigned declares that he has carefully examined the location of the proposed work, that
he has examined the Plan and read the accompanying instructions to bidders and hereby proposes
to furnish any and all required labor, materials, transportation and service for the
TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLATION
AND
STREET IMPROVEMENTS
AT
MEDICAL CENTER DRIVE & MAGNOLIA AVENUE
(TC 07-001)
in strict conformity with Plans and Special Provisions No. 12031 & 12031A, of the Department
of Public Works for the City of San Bernardino and also in accordance with Standard
Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest edition in effect on the first day of the
advertised "Notice Inviting Sealed Bids" for this project. The undersigned proposes and agrees if
this bid is accepted, that he will contract with the City of San Bernardino, in the form of the copy
of the contract annexed hereto, to provide all necessary machinery, tools, apparatus and other
means of maintenance, and to do all the work and furnish all the materials specified in the
contract, in the manner and time therein prescribed, and that he will take in full payment therefor
the following unit prices or lump sum prices, to-wit:
B-1
BID SCHEDULE
PLAN NO. 12031 & 12031A
TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLATION & STREET IMPROVEMENTS
AT MEDICAL CENTER DRIVE & MAGNOLIA A VENUE (TC 07-001)
ITEM ESTIMATED DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT PRICE TOTAL
NO. OUANTITY UNIT AND UNIT PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS IN FIGURES IN FIGURES
l. LS MOBILIZATION, at the Lump Sum price of
l\.DC>~~ Dollars ~ (a:DeJ:;)
& ? .e.K'O Cents LS $
2. LS TRAFFIC CONTROL, at the Lump Sum price
of ~V'~u~ ~ pCj0 ~
~ d Dollars
& L.. e..-.:> Cents LS $
3. LS CLEARING and GRUBBING,
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION and
UNCLASSIFIED FILL, at the Lump Sum price
of
CYr--e ~U~ Dollars 1 I 0 tlO O.s>
& ~ Cents LS. $
4. 4 EA REMOVE Conerete Cnrb Ramp and Adjacent
Sidewalk, Including saw cut along spandrel per
PLAN, at
G...; ~\- "" l lIT\d.reO Dollars 00 ~aoo~
& -Z =r'O Cents per EACH $'OOO-/EA $
l
5. 4 EA PCC CURB RAMP, perSPPWCStd.PlanlI1-4
Complete In Place, To Meet Existing Improvement'
at
~<? 4"J:>U~ Dollars (],;I 11)"
& 1...~ Cents per EACH $3c:oDl EA $ \ 'd.., oat> -
6. 72 SF REMOVE Sidewalk and Tree Roots as required
and CONSTRUCT PCC SIDEWALK to Meet
Existing, per CITY Std. Plan 202, at
"i-e n Dollars 00 O~
& "t-e rO Cents per SQ. FT. $ I\:)- I SF $ -=:J ~() -
7. LS TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM, Complete In
Place, per PLAN, at the Lump S~ price of_
()~~ ~- ~ O!..
Dollars 1"5a,~
& .., ;C.-{O Cents LS. $
B-2
BID SCHEDULE
PLAN NO. 12031 & 12031A
TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLATION & STREET IMPROVEMENTS
AT MEDICAL CENTER DRIVE & MAGNOLIA AVENUE (TC 07-001)
ITEM ESTIMATED DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT PRICE TOTAL
NO. OUANTITY UNIT AND UNIT PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS IN FIGURES IN FIGURES
8. 49 SY REMOVE Existing Asphalt Pavement, per
PLAN, at
fi~'I:I-.\ Dollars $S:/:!:?ISY 02415009
& ..,~ Cents per SQ. YD. $
9. 197 SY COLD MILL Existing Asphalt Pavement, per
PLAN, at
'tOu..r~-ef"l Dollars $ 14 ~ SY ;;tl~'C ()~
& "l..-ero Cents per SQ. YD. $
10.
15
TN
CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE (6" Thick)
at orvi" ~rl
'eA~1 Dollars co
& 7~;(<:> I Cents per TON $\'60-/TN $
~1'"I\:)Oq;:>
11. 7
TN ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT ( 2.5"
Thick), at
'tt'\0e-e h I l/rIc\...rQd) Dollars 01:> l:lI;>
& -, ~ N"C Cents per TON $ 3tlO -I TN $ ~ I \ CO
TN ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
OVERLAY (1.5" Thick) per PLAN, at
,*",rE"'P hllA-I~
'e.A~ Dollars Ol>> \q~D~
& ~ Cents per TON $3BD I TN $
12. 21
13.
LS THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPES,
PAVEMENT MARKING & RAISED
P A YEMENT MARKERS, at the Lump Sum
price of be0-e.r- ~U~ 'to, 'X.
~a.-w.~ ~ ~1 Dollars
& 1 -e.n""> Cents
LS.
a>>
$ I,Lo~'O
14.
EA
ROADSIDE SIGN on Single Post, "SIGNAL
AHEAD (W3-3), at T\A,J\::> ~~
~ ~ IR v-l' Dollars
& "'Z.~A~ Cents per EACH
!;P
$J.'55 lEA $
~ffirn.
B-3
BID SCHEDULE
PLAN NO. 12031 & 12031A
TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLATION & STREET IMPROVEMENTS
AT MEDICAL CENTER DRIVE & MAGNOLIA AVENUE(TC 07-001)
ITEM ESTIMATED DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT PRICE TOTAL
NO. OUANTITY UNIT AND UNIT PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS IN FIGURES IN FIGURES
15. EA ROADSIDE SIGN on Elisting Street Ligbt
Standard, "SIGNAL AHEAD" (W3-3), at_
bn~ ~~
-ror'<M \=; ~ Dollars tlC:> \45~
& ~ Cents per EACH $ \l\'5 TEA $
16. 2 EA ROADSIDE SIGNS on Single Post, "DIP"
(W8-2) & "10 MPH" (WI3-1), at
~Y"ee ~
~ Dollars ~ \sR5C"ti>
& L.; Cents per EACH $CaS lEA $
17. 2 EA REMOVE Roadside Sign (W3-1) from Street
Ligbt Standard and Salvage to CITY YARD, at
~ t"'c.u ~~ Dollars $45<;&1 EA cv
. qa-
& "/_€' <'C Cents per EACH $
18. 4 EA REMOVE Roadside Signs (RI-I & RI-3) and
Single Post and Salvage to CITY YARD, at_
'ti~ ~~ Dollars I:l:l <Xl
& "2.~ Cents per EACH $ 8'0 -lEA $ "Ma -
19. 2 EA ADJUST Water Valve Enclosure To Grade,
at
-ru.rohl ~d Dollars <:b 40a as.
& 'L.~ Cents per EACH $~tI lEA $
20. LS MODIFY Elisting Landscape Irrigation
System, at tbe Lump Sum price of
B ~ h 1 l1Y'.~J. Dollars E)CCQ..
& I~A'\':) Cents LS. $
B-4
BID SCHEDULE
PLAN NO. 12031 & 12031A
TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLATION AND STREET IMPROVEMENTS
AT
MEDICAL CENTER DRIVE & MAGNOLIA AVENUE
(TC 07-001 ))
ITEM ESTIMATED DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT PRICE TOTAL
NO. OUANTITY UNIT AND UNIT PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS IN FIGURES IN FIGURES
2l. LS SURVEYING SERVICE, per SECTION 6-1.10
at the Lump Sum price of
~~\"^---' Dollars ;)..,OC)C)W
& '7 !'P..N"\.:::t, Cents LS $
00 r
TOTAL BID $ -a.\..)~, 4.:tl.n -
BID NOTES:
The unit price must be written in words and also shown in figures. All blank spaces appearing
above must be filled in. In case of discrepancy in Bid Amounts, "UNIT" prices shall govern over
extended amounts, and "WORDS" shall govern over "UNIT" figures.
Total bid price for the entire contract work shall include the cost of labor, materials, equipment
parts, implements, taxes and supplies necessary to complete the project, as based on the City
Engineer's estimate of quantities of work.
The total price must be extended for each item of work and the total of all items inserted in the space
provided. Bidders shall complete and submit entire BID DOCUMENTS section as their bid to
the CITY. Failure to do so will result in the bid being non-responsive.
Any situation not specifically provided for will be determined in the discretion of the City of San
Bernardino (CITY), and that discretion will be exercised in the manner deemed by the CITY to best
protect the public interest in the prompt and economical completion of the work. The decision of
the CITY respecting the amount of a bid, or the existence or treatment of an irregularity in a bid,
shall be final.
BIDDER declares that this Bid is based upon careful examination of the work site, Bid and Contract
Documents.
B-5
BIDDER'S INFORMATION AND SIGNATURE:
It is the understanding of the undersigned that the work hereinabove described shall be commenced
within JJL working days from the date of the "Notice to Proceed", and shall be completed within 120 working
days from the date of said notice, as directed in SECTION 4 of these Special Provisions..
The undersigned further agrees that in case of default in executing the contract, or furnishing necessary
bonds, all within the specified time, the proceeds of the Bidder's Guaranty accompanying this bid shall be paid to
the City of San Bernardino as liquidated damages.
Licensed in accordance with an act providing for the registration of Contractor,
LICENSE
NO.: 01..40'541
CLASSIFICATION: A- ~ c- \ 0
EXPIRATION
DATE:~
FIRM NAME: "DlO^ Tf'I C-
o
BUSINESS ADDRESS: 4-;;l..Dd-..4- Allen.'ldD. A\Vl1.rat\.h, ~-k...A
'T-em.ec..u1Ck I CA G\ d.:~ C\ C
BUSINESS PHONE: q~\- aqlD-qqQGl FAX: q~I-d...Q.lD-qq1~ CELL: qO~-\:I.'-40;l..\
If an individual, so state. If a firm or co-partnership, give the names of all individuals, co-partners
composing the firm. If a corporation, give the names of the president, secretary, treasurer and manager thereof:
c ~q) ~rO.Xi Qr"\
Legal Status of Firm
Is Bidder currently a certified DBE? Yes 0 No g--'
NAME (S)
Ji~ p.erY~
prg I ~ .. -SAc.. \ir€O.~ .
:Ja.tneS C. ~rr'j
Y i c..e re..s; 6-
ADDRESS IES)
4iUl~ ~~A\v~
Sw~A
'TerY\e~, cP ~sct c
SIGNATURE OF BIDDER:
"
Dated: Augu.S-r ~ ,20~
BIDDER'S INITIALED ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDUMS:
ADDENDUM NO.1
DATE:
ADDENDUM NO.2
DATE:
ADDENDUM NO.3
DATE:
ADDENDUM NO.4
DATE:
C-l
******************************************************************
SPECIAL NOTICE
******************************************************************
The bidder's attention is directed to the section entitled, "Required Listing of Proposed
Subcontractors", in Section 2 of the special provisions regarding the requirement that proposed
subcontractors be listed in the bidder's Bid Documents. Instead of listing only subcontractors for
signal and lighting work as in the past, all subcontractors are now to be listed in the Designation
of Sub-Contractors for items of work or portions thereof to be subcontracted in excess of one-
half of one percent of the total bid or $10,000.00, whichever is greater.
In the case where a bidder claims an inadvertent clerical error in listing sub-contractors, a
notice of the claim must be submitted to the Office of the City Engineer in writing within 2
working days after the time of the bid opening and send copies of the notice to the subcontractors
involved.
The bidder shall provide the actual dollar "Sub-Contract Amount" as submitted by each
listed sub-contractor, keeping in mind that the prime contractor for this project is required to
provide or perform, with his own organization, contract work amounting to at least 50% of the
total contract bid price. Material required for any of the contract work of this project that is
purchased directly by the prime contractor is considered as included in the prime contractor's
50% requirement. If material purchased directly by the prime contractor is to be used by a listed
sub-contractor in performing contract work, the dollar amount of such purchased material should
not be included in the dollar amount listed for said sub-contractor.
C-2
\) 6/<. ::I:r"\c..
1 BIDDER'S FIRM NAME
DESIGNATION OF SUB- CONTRACTORS
PLANS & SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 12031 & 12031A
In compliance with the provisions of Section 4 I 00-4114 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California and any
amendments thereof, each bidder shall set forth the name and location of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor
or render service to the Contractor.
Name & Address
Under Which
Licensed
Agency & No. of
MBEIWBE CERr. Sub-Contractor's Sub-Contract Work to Be
(If Applicable) Phone-No. Amount Performed:
l.C.L~UX~~
~\ \.l.:lfu\t:
'i:..\--e \l~
(U2..1"\~Cu~
~co. -
,..., $ n,,^~
4~-4d.OV .,uv
m(:)(\~
~uoJi~
2. Cta.n.ch O-oc.k-Wp-
fC f';)c> X \CS'e\.o
[OW1.~
q"5 \ -
~t:>- ~S $ ~'5Q!>
"1""Nl.r~ lc.t,s.,n c..
~ p.o~, ~l)eme...d
~~) rClJ.~-ed
I <;'C(Y\<:;;
3.
$
4.
$
5.
$
6.
$
IF ADDITIONAL SPACE IS REQUIRED, PLEASE DUPLICATE THIS SHEET
DO NOT WRITE ON THE BACK
C-J
I
~
l:l
e
=
o
z
~
.(
~
=
~
rIl
'""
o
~
~
-
u
J
~
~
~
-
~
~
o
f;I;o
i!i
=
o
l:l
Z
foil
>
:2
z
l:.:l
-
rIl
t.J
~
i
.
Z
!"
~
i
..
18~!i.!!
.." l'l 8-
~"rt.i
I-oOS~
~<I.l p:: 0' .
llol'ls
8 '0
I:Q~~--;'
Z .
~8~~.i
!=>-ui~
~ E E .:"H
o~;;:l'!..cI
~fil~~l
t: ~ :r~
rn~~llo.g
~..,,:l~~
o
t;
~11r11
~&'~I
A"~I
! g
: ~
v 1\1
II -t.
~
:i
.
'"
..
.
;;
!.
o
...
ii
,- ~
~~~
3 B '.~
;,,' ~ 9 d
Po-'- ljJ
_w.; g
:J~
(/\- {t .0
$ -::2 .,- ~ :.:a
c ~-<D ',L d
3'Vi a: <::.
>.
s:~
~o
u~
~fIort.i
Oz
=9
..li~
~ili
.."Nllo
ac"!
o"'~
!j:'C
~o~
~5:
o~;
u=!=
~~~
<oj
",Q"
IllW::!:
101..... ~
-<Ill
S:~W
..->
;l~a
Q (1)
Ill>W~
O!:"'z
...u='o
o
~
III
r:c
..
:z
III
::E
e.
g
:;;!
:z..:
il8
u:Z
~~
....0
o:J
Ill....
~~
Ill~W~
O_rlJz
"'\"I='o
~
z
9
'"
u
~
..
....
o
.;
z
'"
:z
o
:z: .
....~
ol:l:i
"'....
"'....
;l~
Ol-
OZ
<'"
.::E
"'...
::;:=
<0-
z'"
..
e... .
<0
"':z
!z::;:
0'"
e...t=
1.9
~
>
~
o
--
--
I
'5
i~ ~<<g
?~ il r. i1J
-:J~ ~~ C
~~~ 9'$ J1~~
~~,.\ 6E -Xl _erCc, ~ ..J If'
~-:; ~ I f~. CJ..~.9 ",- (
j~~,.(\",~ - /:;.-
VlR~f.-~.3 (\ 3i~
vg-J.. ~Qj'.J 0'
""r-~v'..f>o ore!
E1b-S1ot-l[ O~1r
y_ ~0
,~ € I~
-cr {I"{\
8. a. B,.
o
.~
y
.!!J ..
~::;
,~
~
L/l.g
u
.
..
...
-0(
~I
t~
i;; !
It
C-3A
WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE
CERTIFICATION
I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code requiring every employer to be
insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance
with provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the
performance of the work of this contract.
Contractor:
NAME OF FIRM:
BY:
TITLE:
G'r-e,s, O-~
DATE:
~\6\ \\
C-4
(This affidavit shall be executed by all bidders at the time of bid submittal. Failure to execute the affidavit on this page will
result in rejection of bid.)
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
To the Department of Public Works, City of San Bernardino, State of California:
The undersigned in submitting a bid for perfonning the following work by contract, being duly sworn, deposes
and says:
That he or she is of the party making the foregoing bid, that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on
behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the
bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited
any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired,
connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from
bidding; communication, or conference with anyone to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid
price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the
contract on anyone interested in the proposed contract; or take any action in restraint of free competitive
bidding in connection with such contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and further, that
the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or data
relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association,
organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereofto effectuate a collusive or sham bid.
'06')( I ::me...
~ame
. '- '--.---.
Signature of Bidder
Jim0er(~ ~id-9"\t
Print Name and TItle
4~"\ AVe.ruo..o.. A\IfOJ"D-il.b .:tt:A
\{)me~ I CA- c,d--S'\<;)
Business Address
';lPA\<;;; IJC1N\J........~Or.a ~lfhlJ')to\cA
Place of Resi ence
Subscribed and sworn to (or affinned) before me this B'4:l:.\. day of A \.l..~1- , 20 i.L
the above proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person who appeared before me.
Signed N~t3ry~i~~~
My Commission expires on A\J.. ~ \ lli -\- \ \
&D\~
,
Year
fI PHYLLlSSI>. M!,RTZ
. ,. . .# \"'. ""7
..',...~:tI \':;Oil1ff1i:;'::.IOi'i ,,' 1,)v6tJ,::.
i ...' M~f~ Not:1ry Public -- California ~
I !~ Riverside COunty ~
1... _ . _ _ !A! ~O~r1~. :xp~r:s ~U? ~1, 2~1~ l
'R~\r~
.
, State of California.
C-5
BOND 118-B
PREMIUM NIL
FORM OF BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned, DBX: INCORPORATED
as Principal, andTHF. GUARANTEE
COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA as Surety, are hereby and
fumJy bound unlllthe Qtv of SaD Bero.~IRn . S1a~ of California, benliDafter referred to as "Obligee" in the
penal sum ofteo pen:ent (10%) of the tO~ amuilbt of tho bid of the Principal submitted to the ObUgee for the work
described below, for the PllY.lllent of which SU/Il we hereby jointly and sevorally bind oW'Selves, our beln, ~,
administnllors, SUDQOSsors end assigns.
THE CONDmON OF TIllS OBIJGATItlN IS SUCH, THAT:
WImREAS, the Principal bas submitted to Obligee, a certain Bid; al1I\ched here(o and hereby made a part hereof to eu
inlll aconlraCthiwriting, forlbe TRAFFIC STGNAL INSTALLATION AND STREET IMPROVEMENTS
MEDICAL CENTER DRIVE & MAGNOLIA.AVENUE' PROJECT NO.: TC. 07-001.
,- ",
(Copy here the exact title description qf work. iiiclUdiflg"loCatinn. as it appears on Ihe Bid amt Co1i1mci DOC1IIiIJllts)
for which hids aie 10 be opened on .
8-9-11
(Insert date of openl1!g)
. .
.; ;
NOW, THEREFORE,
a. If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate,
b. If said Bid sbaIl be accepted lIlId the Principal shall execule a conllacl
in the Form of contract attached hereto (proper\y ~pllltedhi &iCordance with said D!d)
and shall furnish a boqd fur his lili1hful pedimnance ofsaid, contract,
an.d sbaIl in all other respects perform the agreement crealedby tbeacc~ce of said Bid,
. then this 'ooligation .hall be 'lQid; otherwise, the SlllDe sbau remaiJi in Corce and effect; it being eXpressly..understood and
~ dial lbeJabiIity of the Surety Cor any and all claims herewulcr shall, in no event, im:eed the pcnaIlIlIiount of this
oliiigaflon as bl:tCin stmd.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipuJalesend agre~1!lallhe. obligatiOns of saidSuretyJliul i1s bond shall be in 110
way impaired oriitrecled by any exwnsion oflbe time within which the Obligee Ma): ac"'pt such aid; and said S~ly does
hereby waive notice of any suob exteilsion.
Signed, this 2ND day of AUGUST
, 20.!i.-.
D.BX'CORATED. .,'.
.,~...~..
. Sign . '.
.Jim ~~I fres; o..~
Printed NO/tlI! and Trt/e
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the I!urety ha~e.~,set their bQnda an4 seals, and such or them as !I!'C
corporations have caused their corponi(esilals 1Q be beret!> affilICd!endtbese prese.ots to be.igJied by their p~ officers,
the day and yead'irst mentioned. . '.' ..-: .'. . . . ..: . .
. . . THE GUARANTEE. .COMPANY OF ....
(S~), .NORT~AMERICA U:;A '. (SEAIi),'
".. (,.F:(~'Jl"- 7~'l' .......
IiJ:.'W~~..
: -.' . -
. .
CHARLES L. FLAKE/ATTORNEY-IN~FACT
Prlnted Name and Title
NOTE: NllIarization ofPrincipaJ and Surety signetures ami Power of Attorney of the SurCty SballllCCOlllpany Ihis fmm.
C-6
CALIFORNIA ALL.PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
County of
RIVERSIDE
}
State of Camomia
On
e~\l
before me,
PHYLLISSA MARTZ, NJrARY PUBLIC
Here In8ert Name and Tille of the Offic:er
personally appeared
JIM PERRY
Name(a) of S9ler(a)
who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence to be the person(s) whose name(aj isf8f6
subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged
to me that helSl-lelthllY executed the same in
hisfl-lerllheir. authorized capacity!ies), and that by
hlslh..llu,ei't slgnature(a) on the Instrument the
person~). or the entity upon behalf of which the
person(a) acted. executed the instrument.
. PHYLLlSSA MARTZ
. Commission # 1806627
i ... Notary Public .- Califorma ~
Z Riverside County ~
J.... _.... .~:o~~.:xp:r:s~u~~1._2~1~1
I certify under PENAL TV OF PERJURY under the
laws of the State of California that the foregoing
paragraph is true and correct.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
Slgnature;~~
Placil Nobuy _....... _ at Nobuy """" .'
OPTIONAL
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons retying on the document
and coutd prewmt f18udulent f8ITJOvst and reattachment of this fonn to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document
Document Date:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
C8paclty(les) Claimed by Slgner(s)
Signer's Name: JIM PERRY
ex Corporate OffICer - Trtfe(s): PRESIDENT
o Individual
o Partner - 0 Umiled 0 General Top of th<Jmb here
o Attomey in Fact
o Trustee
o Guardian or Conservator
o Other:
Number of Pages:
RIGHT THur,lBPRlfH
OF SIGNER
Signer's Name:
o Corporate Officer - TllIe(s):
o Individual
o Partner - 0 Umned 0 General Top of lhumb here
o Attorney in Fact
o Trustee
o Guardian or Conservator
o Other:
RIGHT THur.1BPRINT
OF SIGNER
Signer Is Representing:
Signer Is Representing:
02009 National Notary AslIodation. NaIionaJNotary.otg -1-8OO-US NOTARY (1-8QO..87&.6827)
.... tS907
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
~_;- ~ "" "" ~r-.~
- - ,....=
-~..c =>
-::~~""""^'''''''''~
.~...~
State of California
}
County of Orange
On
8-2-11
before me,
Jan C. Moran, Notary Public
Here Insert Name and TrtIe of the Offlcer
Dale
personally appeared
Charles L. Flake
Name(s) of Signer{s)
) ~ 0 'AN ".oMORAN . l
o COMM. # 1789349 ..
". . NOTARY PUBLIC. CALIFORNIA (j)
:! ORANGE COUm'( 0
} ~ _ _ _ c~~. EXP~E~F~B. ~7, ~~2 r
who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to
be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the
within instrument and acknowledged to me that
he/she/they executed the same in hislher/their authorized
capacity(ies), and that by hislherltheir signature(s) on the
instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of
which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.
I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws
of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is
true and correct.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
Signature ~C.~
Place Notary Seal Above OPTIONAL Ja C. MorS~~ture of Notary Public
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document
and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Tille or Type of Document:
Document Date:
Number of Pages:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s)
Top of thumb here
Signer's Name:
o Individual
o Corporate Officer - Tille(s):
o Partner - 0 limited 0 General
o Attorney in Fact
o Trustee
o Guardian or Conservator
o Other:
Signers Name:
o Individual
o Corporate Officer - Title(s):
o Partner - 0 limned 0 General
o Attorney in Fact
o Trustee
o Guardian or Conservator
o Other:
RIGHTTHUI,1BPRINT
OF SIGNER
RIGHTTHUt18PRINT
OF SIGNER
Top 01 thumb here
Signer Is Representing:
Signer Is Representing:
~"~";~,~~;,~,,S'~~~~ """""""""~ _;__","",~~~~~~_~~~~"'S;;;;1 -~~
02007 National Notary Association" 9350 De Soto Ave., P.O.Box 2402 .Chatsworth,CA 91313-2402' www_NationaiNotary.org "em Iffi907 Reon:ler:GaIIToII-Free 1-800-87&-6a27
-l
THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA
Southfield, Michigan
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW All BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA, a corporation organized and exisling under Ille
laws of the State of Michigan, having its prindpal office in Southfield, Michigan, does hereby constitute and appoint
David L. Culbertson, Charles L. Flake, Richard A. Coon
Culbertson Insurance Services, Inc.
its true and lawful attomey(s}-in-fact to execute. seal and deliver tor and on Its behalf as surety. any and all bonds and undertakings. contracts of
indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, which are or may be allowed. required or permitted by law. statute. rule. regUlation. contrad
or ot~erwise.
The execution of such instrument(s) in pursuance of these presents. shan be as binding upon THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA
USA as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by its regularly etected officers at the
principal office.
The Power of Attorney is executed and may be certified so, and may be revoked, pursuant to and by authority of Article IX. Section 9.03 of the By-Laws
adopted by the Board of Directors of THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA at a meeting held on the 3111I day of December. 2003.
The President. or any Vice President, acting with any Secretary or Assistant Secretary, shall have power and authority:
1. To appoint Attomey(s)-in-fact, and to authorize lhem to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the Seal of the Company thereto. bonds
and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereot, and
2. To revoke, at any time, any such Attomey-in-fad and revoke the authority given, except as provided betow
3. In connection \'Vith obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only. it is agreed Ulat the power and authority hereby given to
the Attorney-in-Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner-
Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least lhirty (30) days prior to the modification or revocation.
\ Further, this power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted at a meeting
'\ duly called and held on the 31- day of December 2003, of whidl the following is a true excerpt:
RESOLVED that the signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or certification
thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond. undertaking, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and
such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually affixed.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF. THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA has caused
this instrument to be signed and its corporate seal to be affixed by its authorized officer, this 1st day
of May. 2008.
THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA
~~./
k.
I STATE OF MICHIGAN
COunty of Oakland
On this 1st day of May, 2008 before me came the individuals who executed the preceding instrument, to me personally known, and being by me duly
sworn, said that each is the herein described and authorized officer of The Guarantee Company of North America USA; that the seal affixed to saJd
instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company; that the Corporate Seal and each signature were duly affixed by order of the Board of Directors of
said Company.
Stephen Dullard, Vice President
Randall Musselman, Secretary
f1~ {}. 7~
I. Randall Musselman. Secretary ofTHE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA. do hereby certify lhat the above.and foregoing Is a true
and correct copy of a Power of Attorney executed by lHE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA, which is still in full force and effecl
. ,
IN WITI!JESS WHEREOF, I have thereunto set my hand and attached Ille seal of said Company this 2nddayof Augus t
.
Cynthia A. Takal
Notary Public, State of Michigan
Coonly of Oaklend
My Commission Expires February 27. 20f2.
AcUng In Oakland County
IN WITNESS WHEREOF. I have hereunto sel my hand at The Guarant..
CompallY of North America USA offices the day and year above written.
2011
k
RandaU MussGlman, Secretary
PART II
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
SECTION 1
1-1 SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS
1-1.01 GENERAL -- The work embodied herein shall be done in accordance with
the Standard Specifications for the Public Works Construction, latest edition in effect on the first
day of the advertised "Notice Inviting Sealed Bids" for this project, and City of San Bernardino
Standard Drawings, insofar as the same apply and in accordance with the following Special
Provisions.
1-1.02 DEFINITIONS -- Whenever in the Standard Specifications the following
terms are used, they shall be understood to mean and refer to the following:
Ae:encv The City of San Bernardino.
Board The Mayor and Common Council
for the City of San Bernardino.
City Eoe:ineer The City Engineer for the City of San Bernardino.
Laboratory The laboratory to be designated by
the City of San Bernardino to test materials
and work involved in the contract.
Office ofthe District - Whenever, in the Standard Specifications, reference is made
to the office of the District or the District's office, such
references shall be deemed made to the Office of the City
Engineer, Public Works Department, located on the 3'd floor
of City Hall for the City of San Bernardino, 300 N. "D"
Street, San Bernardino.
Sp-!
The mailing address for the City of San Bernardino's Public
Works Department is:
City of San Bernardino
Public Works Department
300 North "D" Street, rd Floor
San Bernardino, CA 92418-000 I
Resident Enl!ineer -
Enl!ineer
The Resident Engineer is the City of San Bernardino's
City Engineer, registered as a Civil Engineer in the State of
California, or the designated representative of the City of San
Bernardino's City Engineer, registered as a Civil Engineer in
the State of California.
Notice Advertisinl! for Bids - Notice Inviting Sealed Bids.
Standard Specifications - Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction
"Green Book".
Other terms appearing in the Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions, shall
have the intent and meaning specified in Section 1-2, "Defmitions", in the Standard
Specifications.
1-1.03 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS - The Standard Specifications for the
Agency are contained in the most current edition of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR
PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION, "GREEN BOOK", as written and promulgated by the
Public Works Standards, Incorporated, a mutual benefit corporation comprised of five members
representing the American Public Works Association, and four members from the Associated
General Contractors of California, the Engineering Contractors Association, the Southern
California Contractors Association, and BNi Publications, Incorporated.
The Standard Specifications set forth above will control the general provisions for this
Contract except as amended by the Plans, Special Provisions, or other contract documents.
Only those Sections requiring amendment or elaboration or specifying options are called
out.
In case of conflict between the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions, the
Special Provisions shall take precedence over and be used in lieu of such conflicting portions.
SP-2
References in the Special Provisions to "CAL TRANS Standard Specifications" shall mean
the Standard Specifications (MAY, 2006) of the State of California, Department of
Transportation.
References in the Special Provisions to Standard Plans shall mean the Standard Plans for
the City of San Bernardino or other governing agency as specified. Applicable Standard Plans for
this project are contained in the "Standard Drawings", section of these Special Provisions.
Where the Plans or Specifications describe portions of the work in general terms, but not
in complete detail, it is understood that the item is to be furnished and installed complete and in
place, that only the best general practice is to prevail and that only materials and workmanship of
the first quality are to be used. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish all labor,
materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and do all the work involved in executing the
Contract. The Contractor shall meet or exceed the applicable Public Works Policies and
Procedures unless directed otherwise by these Special Provisions or as directed by the Engineer.
The plans and specifications of this project shall conform to the requirements of the City
of San Bernardino Municipal Code and Public Works Construction Policies, the latest editions of
the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (green book), the American Concrete
Institute (ACI), the current California Building Code, the current California Plumbing Code,
Caltrans Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions.
Wherever reference it made to any of the standards mentioned above, the reference shall
be construed to mean the code, order or standard that is in effect on the first day of the advertised
"Notice Inviting Sealed Bids".
1-1.04 TAXES -- No mention shall be made in the proposal of Sales Tax, Use
Tax, or any tax, as all amounts bid will be deemed and held to include any such taxes, which may
be applicable.
1-1.05 INTERPRETATION OF PLANS AND DOCUMENTS -- If any person
contemplates submission of a bid for the proposed contract and is in doubt as to the true meaning
of any part of the services to be performed, they may submit a written request for an interpretation
or correction thereof. The person submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt
delivery by 5 :00 p.m. of the 5th working day prior to the day of the proposed bid opening.
Any interpretation or correction of the proposed documents shall be made only by
addendum duly issued and copy of such addendum will be faxed and mailed or delivered to each
person of record as receiving a set of such documents. The CITY will not be responsible for any
other form of explanation or interpretation of the proposed documents.
SP-3
1-1.06 ADDENDA OR BULLETINS -- All Bidders are advised as to the
possibility of issuance of addenda affecting the items, scope or quantity of the work required for
this project. Each Bidder shall be fully responsible for informing themselves as to whether or not
any such addenda have been issued. The effect of all addenda to the Contract Documents shall be
considered in the bid and said addenda shall be made a part of the Contract Documents and shall
be returned with them. Failure to cover in a bid any such addenda issued may render the bid
irregular and may result in its rejection by the CITY.
1-1.07 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO BE PROVIDED -- The CITY will
provide the Contractor with five (5) sets of Plans and Specifications at no cost after the Award of
Contract. The Contractor shall obtain all additional sets at its own cost.
SP-4
SECTION 2
2-1 BID REQUIREMENTS AND CONDlTlONS
2-1.01 GENERAL -- Bids must submitted on the bid foOll contained herein. All
bids shall be signed, sealed and accompanied by cash, cashier's check or bid bond made payable
to the City of San Bernardino, in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the bid. Such cash, check or
bond shall be given as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into the contract if awarded to him.
In the event the bidder, to whom the contact is awarded, refuses to execute said contract, and/or
fails to file the necessary bonds and insurance certificate within ten (10) working days following
the date of the CITY's Notice of Award letter, the Bidder shall be considered as not fully
executing the contract. By not executing the contract, the use by the public of the improvements
will be delayed and the public will suffer great damage. From the nature of the case, it would be
extremely difficult and impractical to fix the amount of said damage. Therefore, the CITY and
the bidder agree that the bid guarantee of 10% of the bid shall be paid to the CITY as liquidated
damages and not as forfeiture. Bid bonds shall be underwritten by a surety company having a
rating in Best's most recent Insurance Guide of "A" or better. Bonds must be issued by a surety
who is listed in the latest version of U.S. Department of Treasury Circular 570 and is authorized
to issue bonds in the State of California. The FoOll of Bid Bond is contained in the Bid
Documents in Part I of the Special Provisions. Notarization of the signatures of the Principal and
the Surety and the Power of Attorney of the signing Surety shall accompany this foOll. Any bid
not accompanied by such bid bond will be rejected as invalid.
2-1.02 MINORITY AND WOMEN'S BUSINESS ENTERPRISES -- A policy for
establishing goals for participation of Minority and Women's Business Enterprises (MBEIWBE)
was adopted by Resolution No. 95-409 of the Mayor and Common Council of the City of San
Bernardino, on 11-20-95. This outreach program superseded Resolution No. 93-411 and the
Standard Operation Procedures dated January 1994.
Bidder's outreach efforts (good faith efforts) must reach out to MBEs, WBEs and all other
business enterprises. Prime bidders could reasonably be expected to produce a level of
participation by interested subcontractors of i % MBE and.JL % WBE on this project.
Bidders shall make every reasonable effort to solicit bids from MBEIWBEs.
A justification shall be provided to support the rejection of any bid from a minority or
women's business enterprise, certified by Caltrans.
SP-5
2-1.03 MINORITY. WOMEN AND OTHER BUSINESS ENTERPRISES AND
CITY PROCUREMENTS -- It is the policy of the City of San Bernardino to provide Minority
Business Enterprises (MBEs), Women Business Enterprises (WBEs) and all other enterprises an
equal opportunity to participate in the performance of all CITY contracts. Bidders shall assist the
CITY in implementing this policy by taking all reasonable steps to ensure that all available
business enterprises, including local MBEs and WBEs, have an equal opportunity to compete for
and participate in CITY contracts. Bidders' good faith efforts to reach-out to MBEs, WBEs and
all other business enterprises shall be determined by the following factors:
(1) The bidder attended pre-solicitation or pre-bid meetings, if any, scheduled by the
CITY to inform all bidders of the requirements for the project for which the
contract will be awarded. The CITY may waive this requirement if the bidder
certifies it is informed as to those project requirements.
(2) The bidder identified and selected specific items of the project for which the
contract will be awarded to be performed by sub-contractors to provide an
opportunity for participation by MBEs, WBEs and other business enterprises. The
bidder shall, when economically feasible, divide total contract requirements into
small portions or quantities to permit maximum participation of MBEs, WBEs and
other business enterprises.
(3) The bidder advertised for bids from interested business enterprises not less than ten
calendar days* prior to the submission of bids, in one or more daily or weekly
newspapers, trade association publications, minority or trade oriented publications,
trade journals, or other media specified by the CITY.
(4) The bidder provided written notice of its interest in bidding on the contract to those
business enterprises, including MBEs and WBEs, having an interest in
participating in such contracts. All notices of interest shall be provided not less
than ten calendar days* prior to the date the bids were required to be submitted. In
all instances, the bidder must document that invitations for sub-contracting bids
were sent to available MBEs, WBEs and other business enterprises for each item
of work to be performed.
Certified minority (MBE/WBE) subcontractors and material suppliers for the San
Bernardino area located in Caltrans District 8 are listed on the California Unified
Certification ,Program (CUCP) DBE Directory and can be obtained by accessing
the directory on the California Department of Transportation DBE website at
http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/bep/ftndJertified.htm.
SP-6
(5) The bidder documented efforts to follow up initial solicitations of interest by
contracting the business enterprises to determine with certainty whether the
enterprises were interested in performing specific portions of the project.
(6) The bidder provided interested enterprises with information about the Plans,
Specifications and requirements for the selected sub-contracting work.
(7) The bidder requested assistance from organizations that provide assistance in the
recruitment and placement of MBEs, WBEs and other business enterprises not less
than fifteen days* prior to the submission of bids.
(8) The bidder negotiated in good faith with interested MBEs, WBEs and other
business enterprises and did not unjustifiably reject as unsatisfactory bids prepared
by any enterprises, as determined by the CITY. As documentation the bidder must
submit a list of all sub-bidders for each item of work solicited, including dollar
amounts of potential work for MBEs, WBEs and other business enterprises.
(9) The bidder documented efforts to advise and assist interested MBEs, WBEs and
other business enterprises in obtaining bonds, lines of credit, or insurance required
by the CITY or Contractor.
If the CITY has established expected levels of participation for MBE and WBE sub-
contractors, failure to meet those levels shall not be a basis for disqualification of the bidder. A
determination of the adequacy of a bidders' good faith effort must be based on due consideration
of the indicia of good faith as set forth above.
In the event that the CITY is considering awarding away from the lowest bidder or not
awarding a contract to a proposed bidder because the bidder is determined to be non-responsive
for failure to comply with the good faith indicia set forth above, the CITY shall, if requested, and
prior to the award of the contract, afford the bidder the opportunity to present evidence to the
Mayor and Common Council in a public hearing of the bidders' good faith efforts in making its
outreach. In no case should the CITY award away pursuant to this program if the bidder makes a
good faith effort but fails to meet the expected levels of participation.
For the purposes of this Policy, "minority" shall be synonymous with "minority person" as
defmed in California Public Contract Code Section 2000(f). Nothing herein restricts the
discretion of the CITY to reject all bids in accord with Charter Sections 140 and 238 or Chapter
3.04 of the San Bernardino Municipal Code.
The directions set forth herein shall take effect immediately, and all CITY Departments
shall modify their implementation programs to the extent such programs are inconsistent with this
policy.
SP-7
2-1.04 SUBMISSION OF MBEIWBE INFORMATION - GOOD FAITH
EFFORTS - The Contractor may submit the MBEIWBE INFORMATION - GOOD FAITH
EFFORTS document with the contract Bid Documents prior to the hour of the bid opening. If
this document is not submitted with the Bid Documents, it must be submitted to the Public Works
Department, upon request, by 4:30 p.m. on the fourth working day following the day of the bid
opening. *In the case short bid opening periods, proof of faxes requesting MBE, WBE
participation and faxed requests for assistance in recruitment ofMBEs and WBEs shall suffice.
2-1.05 REOUIRED LISTING OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS -- Each
bid shall have listed therein the name and address of each subcontractor to whom the bidder
proposes to subcontract portions of the work in the amount of 1/2 of one percent of his total bid or
$10,000.00, whichever is greater, in accordance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair
Practices Act, commencing with Section 4100 of the Public Contract Code. The bidder's attention
is invited to other provisions of said Act related to the imposition of penalties for a failure to
observe its provisions by using unauthorized subcontractors or by making unauthorized
substitutions.
A sheet for listing the subcontractors, as required herein, IS included in the Bid
Documents, in Part I of these Special Provisions.
2-1.06
REOUIRED EXAMINATION OF ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall thoroughly examine and be
familiar with the Specifications, Plans, addenda, and all other Contract
Documents. The submission of a Bid shall constitute an acknowledgement
upon which the CITY may rely that the Bidder has thoroughly examined
and is familiar with all the Contract Documents.
B. The failure or neglect of a Bidder to receive or examine any of the Contract
Documents shall in no way relieve that Bidder fr~m any obligation with
respect to its Bid or to the Contract. No claim for additional compensation
will be allowed which is based upon a lack of knowledge of the Contract
Documents.
C. The Bidder shall not be allowed any extra compensation by reason of any
matter or thing, concerning that which such Bidder might have fully
informed himself prior to the bidding.
D. No Bidder shall at any time after submission of a bid make any claim or
assertion that there was any misunderstanding or lack of information
regarding the nature or amount of work necessary for the satisfactory
completion of the job.
SP-8
2-1.07
REQUIRED INSPECTION OF THE SITE --
A. Bidders are required to inspect the site of the proposed work to satisfy
themselves by personal examination, or by such other means as they may
prefer, of the location of the proposed work, and of the actual conditions,
including subsurface of, and at, the site of the proposed work.
B. If, during the course of examination, a Bidder fmds facts or conditions that
appear to be in conflict with the letter or spirit of the bidding documents,
the Bidder shall notify the Engineer immediately.
C. Submission of a Bid by the Bidder shall constitute conclusive evidence
that, if awarded the Contract, it has relied and is relying on its own
examination of the following:
I. The site of the proposed work.
2. Access to the site.
3. All other data and matter requisite to the fulfillment ofthe work.
4. The Bidder's own knowledge of existing facilities on and in the
vicinity of the site of the proposed work under the Contract.
5. The conditions to be encountered.
6. The character, quality, scope and complexity of the proposed work.
7. The quality and quantity of the materials to be furnished.
8. The requirements of the Specifications, Plans, any addenda, or any
other Contract Documents.
D. The information provided by the CITY is not intended to be a substitute
for, or a supplement to, the independent verification by the Bidder to the
extent such independent investigation of site conditions is deemed
necessary or desirable by the Bidder.
SP-9
2-1.08 DESIGN ENGINEER MAY NOT BID ON CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT No engineering or architectural fIrm which has provided design services for a
project shall be eligible to bid on the contract to construct the project. The ineligible to bid
include the prime contractor for design, subcontractors of portions of the design, and affiliates of
either. An affiliate is a fIrm which is subject to the control of the same persons, through joint
ownership or otherwise.
2-1.09 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS -- A bid may be withdrawn by a written
request signed by the Bidder. Such requests must be delivered to the CITY's designated official
prior to the bid opening hour stipulated in the ''Notice Inviting Sealed Bids" or an amended date
and hour stipulated in a signed addenda to the Special Provisions. The withdrawal of a bid will
not prejudice the right of the Bidder to submit a new bid, providing there is time to do so. Bids
may not be withdrawn after said bid opening hour without forfeiture of the bidder's bid guarantee.
2-1.10 IRREGULAR BIDS -- Unauthorized conditions, limitations, or provisions
attached to a bid will render it irregular and may cause its rejection. The completed bid forms
shall be without interlineations, alterations, or erasures. No oral, telegraphic, or telephonic bid,
modifIcation, or withdrawal will be considered.
SP-IO
SECTION 3
3-1 A WARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
3-1.01 GENERAL -- The award of the contract, if it be awarded, will be to the
lowest responsible bidder whose bid complies with all the requirements prescribed. The award of
the contract will be made by the Mayor and the Common Council at a Council meeting. The
bidder, to whom the contract is awarded, shall file with the Engineer all required bonds and
insurance policies, and execute the contract within 10 calendar days after receiving
notification of the award. Failure to file the stipulated documents and execute the contract
within the prescribed time shall constitute good and sufficient grounds for rescission of the award
and payment of 10% of the bid to the CITY as liquidated damages.
3-1.02 A WARD OF CONTRACT -- Following a review of the bids, the CITY
shall determine whether to award the contract or to reject all bids. The award of contract, if made,
will be to the lowest responsible Bidder as determined solely by the CITY. Additionally, the
CITY reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to accept any bid or portion thereof, to waive any
irregularity and to take the bids under advisement for the period oftime stated in the legal Notice
Inviting Sealed Bids as may be required to provide for the best interest of the CITY. The
Contractor's original signature on the Bid Form shall constitute a commitment on the part of the
Bidder to furnish the items as set forth in the Bid Form, the Special Provisions-Instructions to
Bidders, the Plans, the Standard Specifications, the Notice Inviting Sealed Bids and Addenda,
together with any attachments. The Bidder to whom the contract is awarded shall be notified
upon approval of the contract by the Mayor and Common Council. The Bid Form, the Special
Provisions-Instructions to Bidders, the Plans, the Standard Specifications, the Notice Inviting
Sealed Bids and Addenda, together with any attachments, shall be considered as part of the
contract between the CITY and the Contractor to whom the contract is awarded. In no event will
an award be made until all necessary investigations are made as to the responsibility and
qualifications of the Bidder to whom the award is contemplated.
3-1.03 CONTRACT BONDS -- The Payment and Faithful Performance Bonds
shall be filed with the Engineer before the Notice to Proceed is executed by the CITY. In
accordance with Section 2-4, "CONTRACT BONDS", of the Standard Specifications, the
contract bonds, including Payment Bond (Material and Labor Bond) and Performance Bond shall
be underwritten by a surety company having a rating in Best's most recent Insurance Guide of
"A" or better. Bonds must be issued by a surety who is listed in the latest version of U.S.
Department of Treasury Circular 570 and is authorized to issue bonds in the State of California.
The Contractor shall provide to the CITY three (3) original "wet" copies of Payment and
Performance Bonds equal to 100% of the award amount of the contract.
SP-ll
3-1.04 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS -- In the event that any Bidder
acting as a prime contractor has an interest in more than one submitted bid, all such submitted
bids will be rejected and the Bidder will be disqualified. This restriction does not apply to
subcontractors or suppliers who may submit quotations to more than one Bidder and, while doing
so, may also submit a formal bid as a prime contractor.
No contract will be executed unless the Bidder IS licensed in accordance with the
provisions of the State Business and Professions Code.
The Contractor shall fill out all documents contained in the Bid Document section, and
comply with all the requirements of the Bid Documents and specifications contained in the
Special Provisions.
Failure of the bidder to fulfill the requirements of the Special Provisions for submittals
required to be furnished after bid opening, including but not limited to BMP/SWPPP, traffic
control and detour plans or escrowed bid documents, where applicable, will delay the issue of the
Notice to Proceed, and such delay will subject the bidder to a negative determination of the
bidder's responsibility should the bidder choose to participate in future public works bid offerings.
SP-12
SECTION 4
4-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK
TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
4-1.01 GENERAL -- Attention is directed to the provisions of Section 6-1,
"Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work", Section 6-7.1, "Time of Completion",
Section 6-8, "Completion, Acceptance and Warranty" and of Section 6-9, "Liquidated Damages"
of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
4-1.02 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING -- The Pre-Construction Meeting shall
be within 10 working days of the notification of the award of the contract by the Mayor and
Common Council. The Contractor shall, at the time of the notification of award, inform the
Construction/Survey Manager of any special circumstances or conditions that might prohibit the
Contractor from attending a Pre-Construction Meeting during this period, or from commencing
work as scheduled.
4-1.03 NOTICE TO PROCEED -- The Notice to Proceed shall not be issued until
all required documents have been submitted and approved by the CITY. The Contractor shall
immediately notify and obtain the approval of the Construction/Survey Manager, prior to the
Pre-Construction Meeting, should special circumstances or conditions exist that might prohibit
the Contractor from providing all required documentation and commencing work as scheduled
within 10 working days of the Pre-Construction meeting.
Required documentation shall include the Contractor's applicable NPDES plan (for
required submittal time refer to Section 6-1.03 of these Special Provisions), the proposed
Construction Schedule, Traffic Control Plan and Traffic Detour Plan (as required). The
Construction Schedule shall be supported by written statements from each supplier of materials or
equipment indicating that all orders have been placed and acknowledged and setting forth the
dates that each item will be delivered. The schedule shall be in the form of a tabulation, chart or
graph.
4-1.04 WORKING DAYS -- The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to
completion before the expiration of
120 WORKING DAYS
from the date of the "NOTICE TO PROCEED".
SP-13
4-1.05 PERMITS AND LICENSES -- Prior to issuance of a ''Notice to Proceed",
Contractor shall obtain a CITY Business Registration from the City Clerk's Office, San
Bernardino City Hall, 300 North "D" Street, 2nd Floor, San Bernardino, CA 92418.
4-1.06 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES -- The Contractor shall pay to the City of San
Bernardino the sum of $500.00 per day for each calendar day's delay in finishing the work in
excess of the number of working days prescribed above.
In case all the work called for is not completed in all parts and requirements within the
time specified, the CITY shall have the right to grant or deny an extension of time for completion,
as may seem best to serve the interest of the CITY. The Contractor will not be assessed with
liquidated damages during the delay in the completion of the work caused by acts of God or of the
Public Enemy, acts of the State, fire not due to acts of Contractors or Subcontractors, epidemics,
quarantine, restrictions, freight embargo, unusually severe weather, or delays of Subcontractors
due to such causes provided that the Contractor shall, within ten (10) days from the beginning of
such delay, notify the CITY, in writing, of the cause of the delay. The CITY will ascertain the
facts and the extent ofthe delay, and the fmdings thereon shall be final and conclusive.
4-1.07 PROGRESS REPORTS AND ACCOUNTING OF CONTRACTOR
WORKING DAYS -- The Contractor shall submit periodic Progress Reports to the Engineer by
the tenth of each month. The report shall include an updated Construction Schedule. Any
deviations from the original schedule shall be explained. Progress payments will be withheld
pending receipt of any outstanding reports. Section 6-7.3. "Contract Time Accountin~". of the
Standard Svecifications is suverseded bv these Special Provisions. The Engineer or his/her
designee will make a daily determination of each working day to be charged against the contract
time. Per the Contractor's written request, the Engineer will provide working and non-working
days to the Contractor.
4-1.08 INSPECTION -- The Contractor is responsible to notify the Public Works
Department Inspection 48 hours prior to the start of any work. Any work performed without
inspection by the CITY is subject to rejection and removal of work performed and, at the
Contractor's expense, the work will have to be reconstructed. At the CITY's request, and the
Contractor's expense, any pipes less than 24" must be inspected by camera for joint grouting and
any other inspection.
For inspection after regular working hours, see Section 6-1.06 "HOLIDAYS, WORKING
DAYS AND HOURS", of these Special Provisions.
SP-14
SECTION 5
5-1 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
5-1.01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS -- The Contractor shall procure and
maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or
damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work
hereunder by the Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors.
The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the City of San Bernardino, the County
of San Bernardino, the State of California, and/or any incorporated city from all claims or suits
for damages arising from the prosecution of the contract work, as more fully described in
Subsection 5-1.07, "Contractor's Liability", of these Special Provisions..
The Contractor agrees to protect, defend and indemnify the City of San Bernardino against
loss, damage or expense by reason of any suit claims, demands, judgments and causes of action
caused by the Contractor, its employees, agents or any subcontractor, or by any third party arising
out of or in consequence of the performance of all or any operations covered by the Certificate of
Insurance. The Contractor, at its option, may include such coverage under Public Liability
coverage.
5-1.02 LIABILITY INSURANCE -- The Contractor's attention is directed to
Section 7-3, "Liability Insurance", of the Standard Specifications, providing that the Contractor
shall furnish the CITY with a policy or certificate of liability insurance prior to execution of the
contract. All of the Insurance Policies shall name the City of San Bernardino as an
additional insured. The endorsement shall be provided by the broker or agent of the insurance
company and shall be notarized to that effect. ACCQRD Forms are not acceptable, nor forms
signed by the broker, unless they have Power of Attorney to bind the insurance provider. (See
attached sample forms.)
Contractor shall maintain minimum limits of insurance no less than:
1. General Liabilitv: $1,000,000.00 per occurrence and $2,000,000.00
aggregate for bodily injury, personal injury and
property damage. Commercial General Liability
Insurance or other form with a general aggregate
limit shall apply separately to this project/location;
SP-15
2. Products/Completed Operations: $1,000,000.00 per occurrence and
$2,000,000.00 aggregate;
3.
Automobile Liability:
$1,000,000.00 per accident for bodily injury
and property damage;
4.
Employer's Liability:
$1,000,000.00 per accident for bodily injury
or illness;
5.
Course of Construction:
Completed value of the project.
5-1.03 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE -- The Contractor's
attention is directed to Section 7-4, "Workers' Compensation Insurance", of Standard
Specifications, providing that the Contractor shall file a signed Certificate of Workers'
Compensation Insurance before execution of the contract.
5-1.04 PAYMENT OF PREVAILING WAGE RATE -- The Contractor and all
subcontractors shall pay each craft or worker employed on this project not less than the prevailing
wage rates specified in Resolution No. 90-358 ofthe Mayor and Common Council of the City of
San Bernardino. The Engineer shall have the right to interview any craft or worker on the project
site in order to verify payment of prevailing wage rates in accordance with Resolution No. 90-
358. Prevailing wages shall comply with current rates and all updates in effect on the date of the
first advertisement by the City Clerk ofthe "Notice Inviting Sealed Bids".
The Contractor shall comply with the provisions in Sections 10262 and 10262.5 of the
Public Contract Code and Section 7108.5 of the Business and Professions Code concerning
prompt payment to subcontractors.
5-1.05 PAYROLL RECORDS -- The Contractor's attention is directed to the
following provisions of Labor Code Section 1776. The Contractor shall be responsible for the
compliance with these provisions by his subcontractors.
(a) The Contractor and all subcontractors shall keep an accurate payroll record,
showing the name address, social security number, work classification, straight
time, and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem
wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed
by him or her in connection with public work.
SP-16
(b) The payroll records enumerated under subdivision (a) shall be certified and shall
be available for inspection at all reasonable hours at the principal office of the
Contractor on the following basis:
(I) A certified copy of an employee's payroll record shall be made available for
inspection or furnished to such employee or his or her authorized
representative on request.
(c) Each Contractor shall file a certified copy of the records enumerated in subdivision
(a) with the Engineer on a weekly basis. It will be the Contractor's responsibility
to submit the records enumerated in subdivision (a) for all his subcontractors, in
addition to his own employees. Failure to submit the records enumerated in
subdivision (a) on a timely basis shall constitute good and sufficient reason for
withholding the partial payments for work accomplished.
5-1.06 EMPLOYMENT OF APPRENTICES -- This project is subject to the State
of California Division of Apprenticeship Standards (DAS) requirements for the employment of
apprentices.
The Contractor's attention is directed to the provisions in the following section of the
California Labor Code concerning employment of apprentices on public works projects:
1773.3 An awarding agency whose public works contract falls within the jurisdiction
of Section 1777.5 shall, within five days ofthe award, send a copy of the award to the
Division of Apprenticeship Standards. When specifically requested by a local joint
apprenticeship committee, the division shall notify the local joint apprenticeship
committee regarding all such awards applicable to the joint apprenticeship committee
making the request.
Additional information regarding the Contractor's options for the employment of
apprentices registered with the California Department of Industrial Relations, DAS can be
obtained at http://www.dir.ca.gov/DAS/PublicWorksForms.htm.
5-1.07 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY -- The City of San Bernardino, the Mayor
and Common Council, the City Manager or the City Engineer shall not be answerable or
accountable in any manner for any loss or damage that may happen to the work or any part
thereof; or for any of the materials or other things used or employed in performing the work; or
for injury to any person or persons, either workers or the public; or for damage to any person or
persons, either workers or the public; or for damage to adjoining property from any cause which
might have been prevented by the Contractor, or his workers, or anyone employed by him;
against all of which injuries or damages to persons and property the Contractor, having control
over such work, must properly guard.
SP-I?
The Contractor shall not encroach on private property adjacent to this project in any phase
of the construction without fIrst obtaining a signed Right Of Entry document from the property
owner and submitting this Right Of Entry to the Engineer for approval, prior to any entry or
encroachment onto private property.
The Contractor shall be responsible for any injury to any person or damage to property
resulting from any defects or obstruction occurring any time before project completion and fInal
acceptance, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City of San Bernardino, the Mayor and
Common Council, the City Manager or the City Engineer from all suits or actions of every name
and description brought for, or on account of, any injuries or damages received or sustained by
any person or persons, by the Contractor, his servants or agents, in the construction of the work or
in consequence of any negligence in guarding the same, in improper materials used in its
construction, by or on account of any act or omission of the Contractor or his agents, and so much
of the money due the Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract as shall be considered
necessary by the CITY may be retained by the CITY until disposition has been made of such suits
or claims for damages aforesaid.
If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the precautions taken by the Contractor are not safe or
adequate at any time during the life of the Contract, the Engineer may order the Contractor to take
further precautions, and if the Contractor shall fail to do so, the Engineer may order the work
done by others and charge the Contractor for the cost thereof, such cost to be deducted from any
monies due, or becoming due, the Contractor. Failure of the Engineer to order such additional
precautions, however, shall not relieve the Contractor from his full responsibility for public
safety .
5-1.08 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS -- During the progress of the work, if
subsurface or latent physical conditions are encountered at the site differing materially from those
indicated in the contract or if unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, differing
materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work
provided for in the contract, are encountered at the site, the party discovering such conditions
shall promptly notify the other party in writing of the specifIc differing conditions before they are
disturbed and before the affected work is performed.
Upon written notifIcation, the Engineer will investigate the conditions, and if the Engineer
determines that the conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost or
time required for the performance of any work under the contract, an adjustment, excluding loss
of anticipated profIts, will be made and the contract modified in writing accordingly. The
Engineer will notify the Contractor of his determination whether or not an adjustment of the
contract is warranted.
SP-18
No conflict adjustment which results in a benefit to the Contractor will be allowed unless
the Contractor has provided the required written notice.
No contract adjustment will be allowed under the provisions specified in this section for
any effects caused on unchanged work.
Any contract adjustment warranted due to differing site conditions will be made in
accordance with the provisions in Section 3-4, "Changed Conditions", of the Standard
Specifications.
5-1.09 ATTORNEY'S FEES AND ARBITRATION -- The prevailing party in
any legal action to enforce or interpret any provisions of this Agreement will be entitled to
recover from the losing party all attorney fees, court costs and necessary disbursements in
connection with that action. The costs, salary and expenses of the City Attorney and members of
his office, in connection with that action, shall be considered as attorney's fees for the purposes of
this Agreement. Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 9-1.10 regarding Binding Arbitration is
hereby specifically excluded from this Contract.
5-1.10 CITY BUSINESS REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE -- The Contractor
warrants it possesses, or shall obtain, and maintain during the term of this Agreement, a business
registration certificate pursuant to Title 5 of the City of San Bernardino Municipal Code, and any
and all other licenses, permits, qualifications, insurance and approvals of whatever nature that are
legally required of contractor/consultant/vendor to practice its profession, skill or business.
Contractor shall obtain a City of San Bernardino Business Registration at his/her own expense.
SP-19
ACORD FORM INSURANCE SAMPLE:
ACCORD
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
DATE (MMNYIDD)
00/00/00
PRODUCER
THIS CERTIFICATE ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMA nON ONLY
AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND, OR ALTER
THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE
COMPANY
A CNA - TRANSCONTINENTAL
COMPANY
B CNA - V ALLEY FORGE
COMPANY
C CHUBB GROUP - FEDERAL INSURANCE
COMPANY
D
COMMERCIAL ASSOCIATES INS., INe.
1226 EAST LA PALMA AVENUE
ANAHEIM, CA 92807
(714) 524-4949 FAX: (7145) 524-4940
INSURED
YOUR COMPANY NAME
AND ADDRESS
COVERAGES
TIllS IS TO CERTIFY TIlAT lHE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED NOlWlTHSTANDING
ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM, OR CONDmON OF ANY CONTRACT OR O'IHERDOCUMENT wrrn RESPECT TO WHlCH nus CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE
AFFORDED BY lHE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECTTO ALle 1HE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDmONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID
CLAIMS
~-ii TYPE OF INSURANCE
POLICY
NUMBER
POLICY EFFECTIVE
DATE (MMIYYIDD)
POLICY EXPIR
DATE (MMIYYIDD)
LIMITS
GENERAL LIABILITY
EACH OCCURRENCE
$1000000
X COMMERCIAL GEN LIABILITY
FIRE DAMAGE (ANY ONE FIRE)
A
$ 500000
CLAIMS MADE
OCCUR
MED EXP ANY ONE PERSO
$ 5000
x OWNER'S & CONTRACTOR'S PROT
102267576
02/0]/98
02101199
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY
$1000000
GENERAL AGREGATE
$ 2 000000
PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG
$2000000
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
COMBThffiD SINGLE LThMT
$1000000
X AUTO
BODILY INJURY
erPeJ50n
B ALL OWNED AUTOS
THE PROPRIRETORl
PARTNERSlEXECUTIV
E OFFICERS ARE:
!NCL
BOOIT.Y INJURY
ident
BAP 5197135 02101198
02101/99
SCHEDULED AUTOS
$
HIRED AUTOS
NON-OWNED AUTOS
GARAGE LIABll..ITY
$
ANY AUTO
ACCIDENT
other than auto only:
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND
EMPLOYER'S LIABITJTY
AGGREGATE
WORKERS COMP
X STATUTORY LIMITS
C
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT
$1,000,000
02101199
E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE
$1,000,000
$1,000,000
EXCL
E.L. DISEASE POLICY LIMIT
OTHER
DESCRIPTION 01' OPERATlONSJLOCATlONSIVEHICLESlSPEClAL ITEMS
JOB WCATION: ALL CALIFOBNIA OPERATIONS OF THE NAMED INSURED
RE: (INSERT PROJECT NAME)
BELOW NAMES AS ADDmONAL INSURED WITH RESPECT TO GENERAL LIABILITY AS REQUIRED BY PROJECT CONTRACT
CERTIFICATE HOLDER
CANCELLATION
SHOULD ANY Of THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POUCIES BE CANCFl.JB) BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE lHEREOF,
THE ISSUEING COMPANY WIlJ.. MAIL -1ll DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE 10 THE CERTIFICATE HOlDER. NAMES TO THE
LEFT.
THE CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS
300 N. "0" STREET, 3'" FLOOR
SAN BERNARDINO, CA 92418-0001
AUJ'HORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
JOHN E. SMITH (Signature)
ACCORD 25-S 1/95
o ACCORD CORPORATION
SP-20
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
NAMED INSURED:
POLICY NUMBER:
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY
ADDITIONAL INSURED ------ OWNERS LESSEES
,
OR CONTRACTORS (FORM B)
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART-OCCURRENCE
SCHEDULE
NAME OF PERSON OR ORGANIZATION:
CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS
300 NORTH "D" STREET, 3RD FLOOR
SAN BERNARDINO, CA 92418-0001
OilY
(If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the
Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.)
WHO IS AN INSURED (Section II) is amended to include as an insured the person or organization
shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of "your work" for that insured by
or for you.
NOTE: MUST BE SIGNED BY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE FOR PROVIDER
SUPPLY POWER OF ATTORNEY GIVING AUTHORITY TO BIND
CG 20 10 11 85
Authorized Representative for
CNA Insurance Group
Golden Eagle Insurance Company
SP-21
SECTION 6
6-1 GENERAL
6-1.01 INCREASED OR DECREASED OUANTITIES -- If the total pay quantity
of any item of work subject to the provisions in Section 3-2.2, "Contract Unit Prices", of the
Standard Specifications varies by more than 25 percent, compensation payable to the Contractor
will be determined in accordance with said Section 3-2.2.1, "General", of the Standard
Specifications and these Special Provisions.
When the compensation payable for the number of units of an item of work performed in
excess of 125 percent of the Engineer's Estimate is less than $1,500 at the applicable contract unit
price, the Engineer reserves the right to make no adjustment in said price if he so elects, except
that an adjustment will be made if requested in writing by the Contractor. Such Contractor's
request shall be accompanied by adequate, detailed data to support costs of the item.
Should the total pay quantity of any item of work required under the contract be less than
75 percent of the Engineer's Estimate, therefor, the Engineer reserves the right to make no
adjustment in said price if he so elects, except that an adjustment will be made if requested in
writing by the Contractor. Such Contractor's request shall be accompanied by adequate, detailed
data to support costs of the item.
The payment of the total pay quantity of such item of work will in no case exceed the
payment which would be made for the performance of 75 percent of the Engineer's Estimate of
the quantity at the original contract unit price.
6-1.02 SOUND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS -- Sound control shall comply
with Chapter 8.54 of the City of San Bernardino Municipal Code and these Special Provisions.
The noise level from the Contractor's operations between the hours of 9:00 p.m. and 6:00
a.m. shall not exceed 86 dbA at the distance of 50 feet. This requirement in no way relieves the
Contractor from responsibility for complying with local ordinances regulating noise levels
Said noise level requirements shall apply to all equipment on the job or related to the job,
including but not limited to trucks, transit mixers or transient equipment that mayor may not be
owned by the Contractor. The use of loud sound signals shall be avoided in favor of light
warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel.
SP-22
6-1.03 NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM
(NPDES) REOUlREMENTS -- The Contractor shall strictly adhere to Sections 7-8 and 7-10 of
the Standard Specifications for Public Works (Green Book) throughout the entire project. The
Contractor, without limitation, shall be responsible for providing and implementing Best
Management Practices to comply with National Pollution Discharge Elimination System
(NPDES) standards and practices. The Contractor shall be responsible, to the fullest extent
possible, for preventing any contaminants, including soil, from entering any drainage system. The
Contractor shall be responsible for having sufficient materials on hand and being prepared to
provide erosion and sediment controls capable of preventing erosion from being washed into the
storm drain system. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining equipment so that oil,
grease, gasoline, diesel fuel, et aI., do not contaminate areas subject to run-off. The Contractor
and its Surety shall fully indemnify the CITY for any pollution damage and/or cleaning costs. All
construction on off-site or on-site improvements shall adhere to NPDES (National Pollution
Discharge Elimination System) Best Management Practices to prevent deleterious materials or
pollutants from entering the CITY or County storm drain systems.
The following are the areas to be addressed where applicable:
1. Handle, store and dispose of materials properly.
2. Avoiding excavation and grading activities during wet weather.
3. Construct diversion dikes and drainage swales around working sites.
4. Cover stockpiles and excavated soil with secured tarps or plastic sheeting.
5. Develop and implement erosion control plans.
6. Check and repair leaking equipment away from construction site.
7. Designate a location away from storm drains for refueling.
8. Cover and seal catch basins whenever working in their vicinity.
9. Use vacuum with all concrete sawing operations.
10. Never wash excess material from aggregate, concrete or equipment onto a street.
11. Catch drips from paver with drip pans or absorbent material.
12. Clean up all spills using dry methods.
13. Sweep all gutters at the end of each working day.
Gutters shall be kept clean after leaving construction site.
14. Call 911 in case of a hazardous spill.
15. Keep a running log of all activities in connection with
the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP).
16. Name a person, on site, responsible for complying with SWPPP.
BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES ( BMPs ): Best Management Practices shall be
defmed as any program, technology, process, site criteria, operating method, measure, or device
which controls, prevents, removes, or reduces pollution. The Contractor shall obtain and refer to
the California Storm Water Best Management Practice Handbooks. Volume 3 Construction BMP
Handbook and the County Regional Best Management Practices Handbook for Construction
Activities.
SP-23
The Contractor shall have a minimum of two (2) readily accessible copies of each
publication on the project work site at all times.
The Contractor shall implement the following BMPs in conjunction with the construction
operation and activities:
CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES
Water Conservation Practices
Dewatering
Paving Operations
Structure Construction and Painting
MATERIAL MANAGEMENT
Material Delivery and Storage
Material Use
Spill Prevention and Control
WASTE MANAGEMENT
Solid Waste Management
Hazardous Waste Management
Contaminated Soil Management
Concrete Waste Management
Sanitary/Septic Waste Management
VEIDCLEANDEOUWMENTMANAGEMENT
Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning
Vehicle and Equipment Fueling
Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance
VEGETATIVE STABILIZATION
Scheduling
Preservation of Existing Vegetation
Temporary Seeding and Planting
Mulching
PHYSICAL STABILIZATION
Geotextiles and Mats
Soil StabilizerlDust Control
Temporary Stream Crossing
Stabilized Construction Roadway
Stabilized Construction Entrance
SP-24
RUNOFF DIVERSION
Sodding, Grass Plugging, and Vegetative Buffer strips
Earth Dikes, Drainage Swales, and Lined Ditches
Top and Toe of Slope Diversion Ditches/Berms
Slope Drains and Subsurface Drains
VELOCITY REDUCTION
Flared Culvert End Sections
Outlet Protection/V elocity Dissipation Devices
Check Dams
Slope Roughening/Terracing/Rounding
SEDIMENT TRAPPING
Silt Fences
Straw Bale Barrier
Sand Bag Barrier
Brush or Rock Filter
Storm Drain Inlet Protection
Sediment Traps
Sediment Basin
Additional BMPs may be required as a result of a change in actual field conditions,
contractor activities, or construction operations. When more than one BMP is listed under each
specific BMP category, the Contractor shall select the appropriate and necessary number ofBMPs
within each category in order to achieve the BMP objective.
BMPs for contractor activities shall be continuously implemented throughout the project.
Resources to implement BMPs for erosion control and sedimentation shall be readily available
and implemented throughout the construction phase and whenever the National Weather Service
predicts rain within 24 hours. BMPs for erosion control and sedimentation shall also be
implemented prior to the commencement of any contractor activity or construction operation that
may produce run-off, and whenever run-off from other sources may occur.
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP ): A Storm Water
Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) shall be defined as a report that includes site map(s),
identification of construction and contractor activities that could pollute storm water, and a
description of measures and practices to control the potential pollutants. The preparation and
implementation of the SWPPP is intended to ensure that the Contractor will make every
reasonable effort to prevent the pollution of water resources during the period of construction.
All projects, regardless of size, shall have a SWPPP developed prior to the performance of any
soil disturbing activities.
SP-25
Projects over one acre are placed under the regulations of the National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit for Storm Water Discharge Associated
with Construction Activity. In the State of California, these regulations are adopted by the State
Water Resources Control Board and as such projects that fall into this category must submit a
Notice of New Construction (NONe) to the State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) to
obtain a waste discharge identification number (WDID). This information is available for review
and downloading on the State of California, Department of Transportation web site at
http://www.dot.ca.govlhqlconstruc/stormwaterlmanuals.htm.
SWPPP's over one acre shall be prepared under the supervision of, and signed by, a Civil
Engineer registered by the State of California. All SWPPP's shall include and incorporate BMPs
that address contractor activities, erosion, and sedimentation control. The SWPPP shall also
include and incorporate appropriate BMPs for run-off generated by construction activities and
other non-storm water sources. During all periods of construction, excavated soils which are
stored on-site shall be completely covered with waterproof material and gravel bagged or bermed
in order that, in the event of a storm, no soil becomes mixed with or transported by storm water
run-off.
If, during construction operations, field conditions change in a manner which, in the
opinion of the Engineer, significantly deviates from how the SWPPP, as approved by the CITY,
addressed the current construction operation, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to revise the
current construction operation and/or the SWPPP. Such directions will be made in writing and
will specify the items of work for which the SWPPP is inadequate. No further work on these
items will be permitted until the Contractor revises the construction operations to the satisfaction
of the Engineer and/or until the Contractor submits a revised SWPPP and receives CITY
approval.
The Engineer shall notify the Contractor of the acceptance or rejection of the revised
SWPPP within seven (7) working days from the date of submittal.
The BMP (Best Management Practices) and/or SWPPP (Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan) shall be submitted to the CITY for review and approval a minimum of ten
(10) working days prior to the commencement of construction operations in accordance with
this Section 6-1.03 of these Special Provisions.
The CITY, as Permittee, is subject to enforcement actions by the State Water Resources
Control Board, Environmental Protection Agency, and private citizens. The CITY may assess the
Contractor a penalty of $1,000 for each calendar day that the Contractor has not fully
implemented the BMP(s) or SWPPP specified for the Contract and/or is otherwise in
noncompliance with these provisions. In addition, the CITY will deduct, from the fmal payment
due the Contractor, the total amount of any fmes levied on the CITY, plus legal and staff costs, as
a result of the Contractor's lack of compliance with these provisions and/or less than complete
implementation of the specified BMP(s) or SWPPP.
SP-26
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THESE REQUIREMENTS AND CITY
ENGINEER'S DIRECTIONS DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION. The Contractor
shall provide to the CITY, prior to beginning construction, the name and telephone number(s) of
the Contractor and/or the Contractor's NPDES representative, which can be reached and will
respond to calls 24 hours/day for emergencies during construction activity.
Full compensation for the implementation of BMPs, including the construction, removal,
and the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment, and materials to comply fully with NPDES
requirements shall be considered as included in the other contract bid prices paid for the various
bid items of work, and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor.
Full compensation for preparation of the SWPPP, revisions to the SWPPP, and all other
related costs, including the construction, removal, and the furnishing of all necessary labor,
equipment, and materials to comply fully with NPDES requirements shall be considered as
included in the other contract bid prices paid for the various bid items of work, and no additional
compensation shall be allowed therefor.
6-1.04 PERMITS AND LICENSE -- The Contractor shall pay for and obtain a
City Business Registration prior to the execution ofthe contract. Contractor shall obtain a City of
San Bernardino Business Registration at his/her own expense.
Prior to the commencement of work, the Contractor shall obtain a construction permit at
no cost from the City of San Bernardino, Public Works Department, located at San Bernardino
City Hall, 300 North "D" Street, 3'd Floor, San Bernardino, California. The permit shall be kept
in a readily available place on the job site at all times during construction. While no fee will be
charged for the permit, no permit will be issued unless the Contractor provides a code reference
number from USA.
The Contractor shall obtain all required permits from all other City of San Bernardino
Departments/divisions and/or agencies including, but not limited to the Community Development,
Building and Safety Division, the Public Works Department, Street Division, any involved water
agency, county flood control, railroad, Caltrans, Fish & Game, Corp. of Engineers, Regional
Water Quality Board, etc., at his/her own expense, unless otherwise stated in the Plans and
Specifications. These fees and permits shall include water and sewer hook-up, meter, inspection
and flagging fees.
SP.27
6-1.05 EXTRA WORK AND MARKUP -- Any extra work done shall conform to
the provisions of Section 3.3, "Extra Work", of the Standard Specifications, subject to the
restrictions of Section 20452 and 20455 of the Public Contract Code.
A. Work bv Contractor The following percentages shall be added to the
Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits:
1)
2)
3)
4)
Labor
Material
Equipment Rental
Other items and Expenditures
20%
15%
15%
15%
To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this subsection,
compensation for bonding shall be at the rate specified by the bonding
company.
B. Work by Subcontractor When all or any part of the extra work is performed
by a Subcontractor, the markup established above shall be applied to the
Subcontractor's actual cost of such work, also a markup of 10 percent on the
first $5,000.00 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5
percent on work added in excess of $5,000.00 of the subcontracted portion of
the extra work may be added by the Contractor.
6-1.06 HOLIDAYS, WORKING DAYS AND HOURS -- The Contractor's
activities shall be confmed to the hours between 7:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m., Monday through
Thursday, excluding holidays, as defmed in this section. Deviation from these hours will not be
permitted without the prior consent of the Engineer, except in emergencies involving immediate
hazard to persons or property. No traveled lane shall be closed during rush hour, (7:00 a.m. to
8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. to 6:00 p.m., unless approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor will coordinate inspections with the Public Works Inspector 48 hours
prior to any work being done during evenings, Fridays or Saturdays.
The Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer regarding working hours prior to start of
construction. Except for Fridays, in the event of either a requested or emergency deviation,
inspection service fees will be charged against the Contractor. The service fees will be calculated
at overtime rates, including benefits, overhead and travel time.
SP-28
Designated legal Holidays are: January 1st, the third Monday in January, the third Mond~
in February, the last Monday in May, July 4th, the fIrst Monday in September, November II ,
Thanksgiving Day and the Friday following, December 25th and the working day preceding or
following (as directed by the Mayor and Common Council) and the last working day of the year.
When a designated legal holiday falls on a Sunday, the following Monday shall be a designated
legal holiday. When a designated legal holiday falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be
designated a legal holiday.
6-1.07 PAYMENTS -- Attention is directed to Section 9-3, "Payment", and 9-3.2,
"Partial and Final Payment", ofthe Standard SpecifIcations and these Special Provisions.
No partial payment will be made for any materials which are furnished, but not
incorporated in the work.
The Contractor shall submit "As Built" project drawings to the Engineer prior to the
release offmal payment and/or bonds.
6-1.08 PROJECT APPEARANCE The contractor shall maintain a neat
appearance to the work including use of street sweeping and graffiti removal. The Contractor
shall inspect the project site each working day and be prepared to remove debris and graffIti from
all surfaces, including security fencing, on the day of occurrence.
In any area visible to the public, the following shall apply:
When practicable, broken concrete and debris developed during clearing and
grubbing shall be disposed of concurrently with its removal. If stockpiling is
necessary, the material shall be removed or disposed of weekly unless
otherwise specifIed.
The Contractor is encouraged to recycle all materials. The Contractor shall provide the
CITY all documents as to the weight of materials removed during excavations in accordance with
the requirements of AB939.
6-1.09 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED OR REMOVED MATERIAL --
Unless otherwise specifIed, all excess excavation or removed material shall become the property
ofthe Contractor and shall be disposed of by him away from the site of the work.
SP-29
6-1.10 SURVEYING SERVICE -- The Contractor shall refer to the PROJECT
LOCATION SURVEY DOCUMENTS section at the back of these Special Provisions for
California Land Surveyors Association (CLSA) and Consulting Engineers and Land Surveyors of
California (CELSOC) survey monument preservation guidelines.
The Contractor shall perform and be responsible for the accuracy of surveying adequate
for construction. A California registered Civil Engineer licensed to perform surveying or a
California registered Land Surveyor shall perform any surveying or staking, as directed by the
Engineer, at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall preserve construction survey
stakes and marks for the duration of their usefulness. If any construction survey stakes are lost or
disturbed and need to be replaced, such replacement shall be by the Contractor at the expense of
the Contractor. In case of missing or incorrect ties, the Contractor's Surveyor shall restore ties as
necessary at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit to the CITY a copy of all
survey notes and a Certificate Record of Survey.
All new and replaced survey ties shall be by transit method.
All existing monumentation shall be tied and recorded prior to construction. Comer
Records shall be filed, pre and post construction, in accordance with Section 8771 of the Business
and Professions Code (AB 1414). Final monumentation of alignments and new RIW lines shall
be performed in accordance with the State of California Surveys Manual (latest edition). Record
of Surveys or In-Lieu Maps, as applicable, shall be prepared and filed. One reproducible (mylar)
copy of all filed maps and one photocopy of all filed Corner Records or Records of Survey shall
be delivered to the CITY within 30 days of such filings.
Full compensation for preparation of the survey documents, revisions to the survey
documents, and all other related costs, including the construction, removal, and the furnishing of
all necessary labor, equipment, and materials to comply fully with these Special Provisions and
the CLSA shall be considered as included in the contract bid lump sum price, or if no specific bid
item, the contract bid prices paid for the various bid items of work, and no additional
compensation shall be allowed therefor.
6-1.11 CLAYTON ACT AND CARTWRIGHT ACT -- Section 4551 ofthe State
Government Code specifies that in executing a public works contract with the CITY to supply
goods, services or materials, the Contractor or Subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the
CITY all rights, title and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the
Clayton Act (15 D.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 commencing with Sec.
16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code, arising from purchase of
goods, services or materials pursuant to the contract or subcontract. This assignment shall
become effective when the CITY tenders [mal payment to the Contractor without further
acknowledgement by the parties.
SP-30
6-1.12 PROJECT ERRORS. OMISSIONS. INCONSISTENCIES. AND/OR
DISCREPANCIES -- In the event of errors, omissions, inconsistencies, and/or discrepancies
among two or more portions of the Contract Documents, the Engineer may direct the Contractor
to follow the most stringent requirements at no additional cost.
If errors, omission, inconsistencies, and/or discrepancies appear in the Contract
Documents or in the work done by others affecting this work, the Contractor shall immediately
notify the Engineer prior to proceeding with the work, and the Engineer shall issue appropriate
instructions. If the Contractor proceeds with the work so affected, without instructions from
the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove the incorrect work or make the necessary
corrections to comply with the Engineer's instructions at no cost to the City of San
Bernardino.
In case of conflicts, errors, omissions, inconsistencies, and/or discrepancies on the plan
sheets, it is assumed that the bid included the cost for implementing and/or constructing the
discrepancy that would have the highest dollar value.
6-1.13 EMERGENCY INFORMATION -- The names, addresses and telephone
numbers of the Contractor and subcontractors, or their representatives, which can be reached and
will respond to calls 24 hours/day, shall be filed with the Office of the City Engineer prior to
beginning work.
6-1.14 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS -- The Contractor
shall protect and maintain all existing improvements and facilities in place to remain from the first
day of work under this contract to acceptance. The Contractor is responsible for replacing any
damaged improvement or facility to original condition or better.
6-1.15 CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY RESPONSIBILITY -- The Contractor shall
be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the jobsite, including safety of all persons
and property during performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously and not
be limited to normal working hours. Safety provisions shall conform to U.S. Department of
Labor (OSHA), the California Occupational Safety and Health Act, and all other applicable
Federal, State, County, and CITY laws, ordinances, regulations, codes, the requirements set forth
below, and any regulations that may be detailed in other parts ofthe Contract Documents. Where
any of these are in conflict, the more stringent requirement shall be followed.
SP-3!
6-1.16 SAFETY SUPERVISOR AND MEETINGS --
A. The Contractor shall appoint an employee as safety supervisor who is qualified
and authorize to supervise and enforce compliance with the Safety Program.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing prior to the commencement
of work of the name of the person who will act as the Contractor's Safety
Supervisor.
B. The Contractor will, through and with his Safety Supervisor, ensure that all of
its employees, and its subcontractors of any tier, fully comply with the Project
Safety Policies. The Safety Supervisor shall be a full-time employee of the
Contractor whose responsibility shall be for supervising compliance with
applicable safety requirements on the work site and for developing and
implementing safety training classes for all job personnel.
C. The Contractor and its affected subcontractors shall attend safety coordination
meetings. The minutes of their meetings shall be submitted to the Engineer.
6-1-17 MEETINGS --
A. The Contractor shall attend weekly progress meetings at the project site.
B. In general, these meetings will be attended by the Contractor, the Engineer or
his designee, and any subcontractors, suppliers, distributors or other concerned
individuals with issues or items to discuss.
C. Meeting minutes will be taken by the Engineer or his/her designee. The
meeting minutes will be available to the Contractor at the following weekly
meeting. The Contractor shall be responsible to distribute the meeting minutes
to all parties performing work under his contract.
D. The Engineer shall have the authority to require that a mandatory meeting be
held at any time during normal work hours.
E. These meetings shall be attended by the Contractor, the Engineer or his/her
designee, and any subcontractors specified by the Engineer.
6-1.18 PAYMENT -- Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of
Section 6 shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract bid items of
work involved, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
SP-32
SECTION 7
7-1 UTILITIES
7-1.01 GENERAL -- The location of all utility substructures that may affect the
work shall comply with Section 5, "Utilities", of the Standard Specifications and these Special
Provisions. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately of any conflict. The Contractor
shall match existing products. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating work with the
utility owners.
Certain companies, governmental agencies, or their contractors may be working within the
construction area. Certain utility facilities at various locations within the project limits may be
removed, relocated, abandoned, or installed by companies' or agencies'. contractors. The
Contractor shall coordinate his work with utility owners and their contractors.
The Contractor shall exercise due caution to prevent any damage t%r movement ofthese
utility facilities. Listed below are the utilities that may be affected, with the designated contact
person. These names and phone numbers are listed for information purposes only. The
Contractor is responsible for verifying phone numbers and contact persons.
I. SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY
287 Tennessee Street
Redlands, CA 92373
Phone: (909) 307-6788
Attn: Ben Murguia
2. SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GAS COMPANY
1981 West Lugonia Avenue
Redlands, CA 92374-9796
Phone: (909) 335-7772
Attn: Devery Jennings
3. SAN BERNARDINO MUNICIPAL WATER DEPARTMENT
Water Utility Engineering Section
300 North "D" Street, 5th Floor
San Bernardino, CA 92418
Phone: (909) 384-5092
Attn: Mike Nevarez
SP-33
4. VERIZON
1980 Orange Tree Lane, Suite 100
Redlands, CA 92374-2803
Phone: (909) 748-6655
Attn: Control Desk
5. TIME WARNER TEL COM OF CALIFORNIA (ADELPHlA; COMCAST)
1500 Auto Center Drive
Ontario, CA 91761-1561
Phone: (909) 795-3349
Attn: Stewart King
6. TIME WARNER TELCOM OF CALIFORNIA (ADELPHIA; TC I)
1500 Auto Center Drive
Ontario, CA 91761-1561
Phone: (909) 798-8588
7. TIME WARNER TELECOM OF CALIFORNIA
3281 Guasti Road, Suite #350
Ontario, CA 91761
Attn: Mark Davenhauer
Phone: (909) 456-3697
Attn: Richard Wilkerson Cell: (714) 801-6141
8. AT. & T. - OSP Engineering
Cable Maintenance & Right of Way
2741 N. Main Street
Walnut, CA 94596-2714
Phone: (916) 799-4642 Attn: Rosemary Hamill, Cell Phone
AT. & T. - Cable Hazards Center
Phone: (800) 252-1133
or
AT. & T. - Plant Protection Services
Phone: (909) 381-7385 Attn: John Bradley
9. A.T. & T. (SBC - PACIFIC BELL TELEPHONE)
ATTN: Right-of-Way Liaison
1265 N. Van Buren Street, Room #180
Anaheim, CA 92807
Phone: (714) 666-5401
Attn: Susan Morgan
SP- 34
10. SPRINT COMMUNICATIONS
Attn: Outside Plant Engineering
282 South Sycamore Street
Rialto, CA 92376
Phone: (909) 874-7450
Attn: Lynn Durrett
11. MCI - Western Region OSP
Outside Plant Construction
157 S. Lilac Street
Rialto, CA 92376
Phone: (909) 421-5309
Attn: Chuck Trimble
12. CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS
7337 Central Avenue
Riverside, CA 92504-1440
Phone: (951) 343-5139
Attn: Dean Vandever
13. EAST VALLEY WATER DISTRICT
3654 Highland Avenue, Suite # 18
Highland, CA 92346-2607
Phone: (909) 888-8986
Attn: Justin Parker
14. SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY INFORMATION SERVICES
NETWORK SERVICES
Attn: Randy Miller, Division Chief
670 E. Gilbert Street
San Bernardino, CA 92415
Phone: (909) 388-5910
Attn: Michele Watson
15. OMNITRANS
1700 W. 5th Street
San Bernardino, CA 92411
Phone: (909) 379-7153
Attn: Allen Wild - Stops & Station Changes
SP-35
16. CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
NETWORK GROUP
300 North "D" Street, 4th Floor
San Bernardino, CA 92418
Phone: (909) 384-5947
Attn: Larry Martin
17. CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
STREET DIVISION
234 S, Mt. View Avenue
San Bernardino, CA 92408
Phone: (909) 384-5143
Attn: John Van Havermaat
18. CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
TRAFFIC SIGNALS & STREET LIGHTING
234 S. Mt. View, #110
San Bernardino, CA
Phone: (909) 384-5129
Attn: Clemente Elizalde
7-1.02 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY -- The Contractor shall verify the
location of all underground utilities and services, including potholing, before proceeding with the
excavation work, requesting in advance the services of inspectors from the utility companies in
order to ascertain said locations. Damage to underground utilities resulting from neglect on the
part of the Contractor shall be corrected and paid for by the Contractor.
7-1.03 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK -- The Contractor shall
conform to the requirements of Section 7-7, "Cooperation and Collateral Work", of the Standard
Specifications.
7-1.04 UTILITIES NOTIFICATION -- The Contractor shall notify all owners of
public utilities seventy two (72) hours in advance of excavating around any of their facilities and
substructures and shall also provide the same notice to Underground Service Alert of Southern
California, telephone number 1/800/422-4133.
SP-36
7-1.05 UTILITIES INTERFERENCE -- Utilities which are found, by exploratory
location or by excavation, to interfere with the construction of this project will be relocated,
altered, or reconstructed, or the Engineer may order changes in location, line or grade of the
project structure, to be built in order to avoid said utility. The Contractor may coordinate the
work with the utility owners.
Abandoned utilities, which interfere with the construction of any portion of this project,
may be cut by the Contractor, the interfering portion of the utility removed and open ends of the
pipe sealed with a suitable plug or cap.
7-1.06 PAYMENT -- Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this
Section, not otherwise provided for, shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the
various contract bid items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed
therefor.
SP-37
SECTION 8
8-1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
8-1.01 DESCRIPTION -- The work to be done consists, in general, of clearing
and grubbing, removing portions of sidewalk and tree roots under sidewalk, constructing concrete
sidewalk, removing curb ramp and adjacent sidewalk, installing concrete curb ramps and by-pass
sidewalk, removing asphalt concrete, grinding asphalt concrete, applying asphalt concrete over
crushed aggregate base and asphalt concrete overlay, installing traffic signal system, including
installing traffic signal standards, pull boxes and conductors, constructing traffic signal standard
foundations, installing controller service equipment enclosure, installing radio based interconnect
system, installing emergency vehicle preemption system, applying traffic striping and pavement
markings, removing and installing roadside signs and posts, modifying existing irrigation system
disturbed by project work, and such other items or details, not mentioned above, that are required
by the Plans, Standard Specifications, or these Special Provisions shall be performed, placed,
constructed or installed.
The work to be done shall include furnishing all materials, equipment, tools, labor, taxes
and incidentals as required by the Contract Documents to construct the project.
Addenda issued during the time of bidding shall become a part of the documents furnished
to all bidders for the preparation of bids, shall be covered in the bids, and shall be made a part of
the contract. Each Bid shall include specific acknowledgement in the space provided of receipt of
all Addenda issued during the bidding period. Failure to so acknowledge Addenda may result in
the Bid being rejected as not responsive.
8-1.02 ORDER OF WORK -- The first order of work shall be to place the order
for the traffic signal equipment. Within one (1) week of the NOTICE TO PROCEED, the
Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a statement from the vendor that the order for
said equipment has been received and accepted by the vendor. All other works shall be
considered second order of work. As stated in Section 21-1.02, "4. Service", of these Special
Provisions, the Contractor shall also contact Southern California Edison regarding service by the
16th working day of this project. All other works shall be considered as second order of work.
8-1.03 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE -- The Contractor shall comply with the
provisions in Section 7-8, "Work Site Maintenance", of the Standard Specifications.
The Contractor shall water down the site during periods of high winds as directed by the
Engineer, including periods when the work is not actually in progress. Failure to respond to a
directive to water the site in a prompt manner will result in the CITY making other arrangements
to have this item of work done and the costs billed to the Contractor, or it shall be paid for by the
Contractor as a deduction from his contract.
SP-38
8-1.04
PROJECT LOCATIONS -- See separate bound Plans.
8-1.05
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION -- None.
8-1.06 APPROVED MATERIALS -- Whenever the expression "or approved
equal" is used, it shall be taken to mean the approval by the City Engineer of any substitution of
material or material specified herein. All substitution requests shall state the reason for the
request and the difference in price between the item specified and the requested substitution.
All substitution requests shall be submitted to the City Engineer in writing five (5)
working days prior to the bid opening. No requests for substitutions will be considered by
telephone.
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review and approval six (6) copies of all
shop drawings.
The Contractor shall make any corrections to shop drawings required by the Engineer.
8-1.07 CITY-FURNISHED MATERIALS -- CITY furnished material, when
applicable as specified in other sections of these Special Provisions, shall comply with the
following:
A. Materials, if furnished by the CITY, will be made available as specified
in these Specifications. The Contractor is responsible for loading,
unloading, hauling and handling, and placing CITY-furnished materials.
B. The Contractor shall inspect and assure itself of the amount and
soundness of such materials.
C. The Contractor will be held responsible for all materials furnished to it,
and shall pay all demurrage and storage charges. CITY-furnished
materials that are lost or damaged from any cause whatsoever shall be
replaced by the Contractor. The Contractor will be liable to the CITY
for the cost ofreplacing CITY-furnished material and such costs may be
deducted from any monies due or to become due the Contractor.
SP- 39
8-1.08 PRE-BID INQUIRIES -- NO ORAL representations or interpretations will
be made to any Bidder as to the meaning of the Specifications, Plans, any addenda, or other
Contract Documents. Written requests for an interpretation, or to identify a potential omission,
discrepancy, or misunderstanding will be accepted if received by 5:00 p.m. of the Slh working
day prior to the day of the proposed bid opening.
If there are any questions regarding this project, please contact:
City Engineer's Office
San Bernardino City Hall
300 North "D" Street, 3'd Floor
San Bernardino, CA 92418
Re: PLANS & SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 12031 & 12031A
TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLATION
AND STREET IMPROVEMENTS
AT MEDICAL CENTER DRIVE AND MAGNOLIA AVENUE
(TC 07-001)
Attention: Mire1a Grigorescu
Tel: (909) 384-5202; Fax: (909) 384-5190
E-mail: grigorescu _ mi@sbcity.org
SP-40
SECTION 9
9-1 TRAFFIC CONTROL
9-1.01 GENERAL -- The Contractor shall comply with Section 7-10, "Public
Convenience and Safety", of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest
edition, and these Special Provisions.
Warning signs, lights, cones, barricades and devices for use in performance of work upon
highways shall conform to the most recent "California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices".
The Contractor shall submit and obtain CITY approval for traffic control and traffic
detour plans prior to the commencement of operations on a street. Traffic control plans shall
be based on the most recent "California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices".
All temporary traffic striping and maintenance shall be done by the Contractor, including
placement of temporary tape on all crosswalks. The Contractor shall restore all existing striping
to original configuration, and as directed by the Engineer.
All warning, regulatory and construction signs shall be fully reflectorized. The traffic
cones to be used shall be thirty-six inches (36") in height, rubber or plastic, and be reflectorized.
All work areas that remain after dusk shall be properly lighted to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to maintain a normal flow of traffic to
prevent accidents and to protect the work throughout the construction stages until completion of
the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementing the approved traffic control plan
based on the most recent "California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices".
The Contractor shall make the necessary arrangements to provide and maintain barriers,
cones, barricades, construction warnings, regulatory signs and any other safety control devices,
including flagmen. The Contractor shall take measures necessary to protect all other portions of
the work during construction and until completion, providing and maintaining all necessary
barriers, barricade lights and striping, including crosswalks.
In addition to the foregoing traffic control and safety measures, the Contractor shall
immediately implement any measures requested by the Engineer defined as necessary to ensure
the proper flow of traffic, the protection ofthe public and/or the safety ofthe workers.
SP-41
The Contractor shall maintain at all times the ability to respond to calls from the Engineer,
including during non-working hours to replace or provide additional traffic control or safety
devices as required.
All places of business and residences along the streets that are within the limits of any
work shall be notified by the Contractor in writing at least seven (7) days prior to commencement
of work. This notification shall explain the sequence of work and indicate any restrictions of
parking and access. Verbal notification shall be given to all places of business and residences at
least 18 hours in advance of commencing work that will affect access to and from their properties.
. The Contractor shall notify all local authorities of his intent to begin work, in writing, at
least seven (7) days before work is begun.
9-1.02 TURN RESTRICTIONS -- The Contractor shall post appropriate signs
restricting turns when directed to do so by the Engineer.
9-1.03 PARKING RESTRICTIONS -- Unless otherwise provided herein, the
Contractor may post temporary "NO PARKING" signs within the area of work as required to
facilitate construction operations, subject to approval of the Engineer.
Personal vehicles of the Contractor's employees shall not be parked on the traveled way at
any time.
The Contractor shall furnish, maintain, and install (seven days prior to the start of work)
all "TEMPORARY NO PARKING" signs with the duration of the no parking time written on
them. The Contractor will be responsible for posting, removing, and maintaining these signs as
required for this project.
The Contractor shall cooperate with local authorities relative to handling traffic through the
area and shall make his own arrangements relative to keeping the working area clear of parked
vehicles. The Contractor shall obtain prior approval from the Engineer for removal of vehicles.
9-1.04 TRAFFIC LANES -- Traffic lanes shall have a minimum width of 10 feet.
A minimum shoulder width of 2 feet shall be provided adjacent to curbs, posts and other similar
obstructions, and 5 feet shall be provided adjacent to any excavation, unless otherwise authorized
by the Engineer.
SP-42
9-1.05 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE -- During the progress of work, adequate
provisions shall be made by the Contractor to accommodate the normal vehicular and pedestrian
traffic along streets, roads, and highways, immediately adjacent to or crossing the work, so as to
cause a minimum of inconvenience to the general public. Convenient access to abutting
properties shall be maintained and remain open, unless approved by the Engineer.
9-1.06 FLASHING ARROW SIGNS -- The Contractor shall furnish and maintain
flashing arrow signs (F AS) during lane closures or detours on streets. The Engineer shall
determine when F AS is required at any location.
9-1.07 LANE CLOSURE -- The Contractor shall not close more than one (1) lane
at a time. The Contractor shall submit traffic control plans and obtain written approval from the
Traffic Engineer prior to lane closure.
No traveled lane will be closed without authorized approval given by the Engineer. If any
traveled lane or road is allowed to be closed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall install signs to
notify the public of days and times that traveled lanes or roads will be closed seven (7) days in
advance of the lane or road closure.
If lane closures are approved by the Engineer, the full width of the traveled way shall be
open for use by public traffic from 4:00 p.m. to 8:30 a.m., all day for Saturdays, Sundays, and
designated legal holidays; after 3:00 p.m. on Fridays (unless otherwise approved by the Engineer)
and the day preceding designated legal holidays; and when construction operations are not
actively in progress on working days.
The Contractor shall furnish, install, and upon completion of the work, remove all signs
and warning devices required for directing, protecting, and detour of the public during
construction.
Emergency vehicles shall be permitted access at all times to any street.
Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, pedestrian access shall be permitted to pass
through the work area, or an approved detour shall be provided. Safe and adequate pedestrian
access to all business establishments shall be continuous and unobstructed unless otherwise
approved by the Engineer.
'<P_41
9-1.08 PAYMENT -- Full compensation for furnishing and installing signs, lights,
flares, barricades, traffic control plan and other traffic control devices, necessary to expedite
passage of public traffic through the work area, shall be considered as included in the lump sum
prices paid for "TRAFFIC CONTROL", and no additional compensation will be allowed
therefor.
The provisions in this Section may be modified or altered if, in the opinion of the
Engineer, public traffic will be better served and work expedited. Said modifications or
alterations shall not be adopted until approved in writing by the Engineer. Such approved
modifications or alterations shall be adopted immediately and shall be considered paid in full as a
part of the lump sum contract bid price for "TRAFFIC CONTROL", and no additional
compensation will be allowed therefor.
SP-44
SECTION 10
10-1 MOBILIZATION
10-1.01 GENERAL -- Mobilization shall comply with the requirements of Section
9-3.4, "Mobilization", of the Standard Specifications.
Mobilization may include, but not be limited to, the following principal items:
1. Submittal and modification, as required, of the Construction Schedule.
2. Providing a Project Office.
3. Review of the Site.
4. Obtaining all required Transportation Permits.
5. Submittal of all required insurance certificates and bonds as required by these
Specifications
6. Moving onto the site, including, but not limited to:
a. Equipment
b. Arranging for and erection of Contractor's work and storage areas.
7. Installing construction fencing and temporary construction power and wiring.
8. Providing a minimum of one restroom facility for each twenty-five (25) workers
occupying the site. Facilities may include existing functioning restrooms, or portable
chemical facilities, or any combination thereof, and shall count as one for each urinal
or one for each water closet (as required).
9. Installing all temporary utilities (as required).
10. Establishing required fire protection provisions.
11. Posting all OSHA required notices and establishment of safety programs.
12. Posting of all Department of Labor notices.
13. Having the Contractor's superintendent at the job site full-time and responding
24 hours per day.
14. Air and water quality protective measures, as necessary, and without limitation.
15. Potholing and other research and review as necessary to verify site conditions and
utility locations.
16. Demobilization ofthe Site.
17. Any other item as specified.
The cost of bonds, insurance, move in and move out costs, preparation and submission of
submittals, obtaining encroachment permits, and miscellaneous incidental costs, shall be included
in the Bid Item provided for mobilization and demobilization and incidental project costs as a
lump sum item, for which 75 percent (75%) will be eligible for inclusion in the first progress
payment, with the remaining 25 percent (25%) not eligible for inclusion until 100 percent (100%)
of the work has been completed and if progress of the work is satisfactory.
SP-45
No work shall be started without prior approval of the submittals. Failure to comply with
the preceding requirement will be sufficient ground for the Engineer to stop all work on the
project until the requirements are met.
10-1.02 PAYMENT The contract bid lump sum price paid for
"MOBILIZATION" shall be deemed to include the cost of work in advance of construction
operation and not directly attributable to any specific bid item, and no additional compensation
will be allowed therefor.
~P_4(\
SECTION 11
11-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION AND UNCLASSIFIED FILL
11-1.01 GENERAL -- Clearing and grubbing, unclassified excavation and unclassified fill
shall comply with Section 300-1, "Clearing and Grubbing", Section 300-2, "Unclassified
Excavation", and Section 300-4, "Unclassified Fill", of the Standard Specifications and these
Special Provisions.
Clearing and grubbing shall include, but not be limited to the following items as shown on
the Plans or as specified in the Special Provisions.
PART "A"
The following items shall be classified as clearing and grubbing:
1. Remove existing vegetation and features, per the Plan, and as directed
by the Engineer, including miscellaneous items that can be removed by
hand.
2. Remove all existing traffic stripes, crosswalks and pavement markings
as designated and directed by the Engineer.
NOTE: Where blast cleaning is used for the removal of painted traffic
stripes and pavement markings, or for removal of objectionable material
and such removal operation is being performed within 10 feet of a lane
occupied by public traffic, the residue, including dust, shall be removed
immediately after contract between the sand and the surface being
treated. Such removal shall be by a vacuum attachment operating
concurrently with the blast cleaning operation.
PART "B"
The following items are classified as separate bid items of work:
1. Remove existing asphalt concrete pavement and/or concrete pavement
material, including saw cutting, as shown on the Plans, and as directed
by the Engineer.
2. Remove existing concrete curb ramp and adjacent sidewalk, including
saw cutting, as shown on the Plans, and as directed by the Engineer.
SP-47
3. Saw cut and remove part of existing concrete sidewalk and any tree
roots under the sidewalk, per the Plan, and as directed by the Engineer.
4. Remove and salvage existing roadside signs, per the Plan, and as
directed by the Engineer.
5. Remove and salvage existing roadside signs and single posts, per the
Plan, and as directed by the Engineer.
Nothing in these Special Provisions shall relieve the Contractor from his responsibilities as
provided in Section 7-10, "Public Convenience And Safety", of the Standard Specifications.
The Contractor shall deliver salvaged material to the CITY YARD, at 234 South Mountain
View Avenue, San Bernardino, CA 92404. The Contractor shall contact the Engineer at (909)
384-5166, 48 hours prior to hauling. The Contractor shall provide equipment, as required, to
safely load and unload the salvaged materials.
All removed concrete and other materials, not specifically requested to be salvaged, shall
become the property of the Contractor and shall be legally disposed of outside of the right-of-way
in accordance with Section 300-2.2, "Unsuitable Material", and Section 300-2.6, "Surplus
Material", of the Standard Specifications.
The Contractor shall grade and compact as required following removal of items of this
Section, providing all unclassified excavating and unclassified fill necessary for removal of
existing improvements, as indicated on the Plans, as described in these Special Provisions, and as
directed by the Engineer. Excess and/or unsuitable materials shall be removed from the site by
the Contractor. The CITY neither warrants nor implies that there will be an earth balance on this
project.
All embankments and subgrades shall be compacted in accordance with Section 300-4.7,
"Compaction" of Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Subgrade for asphalt
concrete shall be compacted to a relative density of not less than 95%, for a depth not less than
1.5 feet for main roadways and 1.0 feet for driveways.
Where unclassified fill and grading is necessary in preparation for laying concrete, it
shall be made with clean earth which shall be solidly compacted to avoid future settlement.
Outside the traveled way, in areas to receive concrete, soil shall be compacted to a relative
density of not less than 90%.
Backfill under the traveled way shall be compacted to a relative compaction of a minimum
of 90%. When asphalt pavement is to be placed directly on sub grade material, subgrade material
shall be compacted to a relative compaction of95%.
SP-48
11-1.02 PAYMENT -- The contract bid lump sum price paid for "CLEARING AND
GRUBBING and Unclassified Excavation and Unclassified Fill" shall be considered as full
compensation for providing all the material, tools and equipment, and for doing all the work
involved in clearing and grubbing, including miscellaneous unclassified excavation and
unclassified fill, removing traffic striping and marking and providing, relocating and removing
temporary construction fencing, per the Plans, the Standard Specifications, these Special
Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed
therefor.
The contract bid unit price paid per square yard for "REMOVE Existing Asphalt
Pavement" shall be considered as full compensation for providing all the material, tools and
equipment, and for doing all the work involved in the removal of existing asphalt pavement in the
roadbed, including saw cut, per the Plans, the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions,
and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
The contract bid unit price paid per each for "REMOVE Concrete Curb Ramp and
Adjacent Sidewalk" shall be considered as full compensation for providing all the material, tools
and equipment, and for doing all the work involved in the removal of existing concrete curb ramp
and adjacent sidewalk within the right of way and existing asphalt pavement in the roadbed,
including saw cut of concrete spandrel, per the Plans, the Standard Specifications, these Special
Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed
therefor.
The contract bid unit price paid per each for "REMOVE Roadside Sign from Street
Light Standard and Salvage" and "REMOVE Roadside Signs and Single Post and Salvage"
shall be considered as full compensation for providing all the material, tools and equipment, and
for doing all the work involved in the removal of existing roadside signs, and the removal of
existing single posts and salvaging these items to the CITY yard, including the unclassified
excavation and unclassified fill involved, complete in place, per the Plans, these Special
Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed
therefor.
Full compensation for providing all the material, tools and equipment, and for doing all the
work involved in the removal of existing concrete sidewalk and any tree roots underneath,
including saw cut, per the Plans, the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions, and as
directed by the Engineer, shall be considered as included in the c.ontract bid unit price paid per
square foot for "REMOVE Sidewalk and Tree Roots as required and CONSTRUCT PCC
SIDEWALK", as defmed in Section 16, "PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE" of these Special
Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
SP-49
Cost of compaction testing ordered by the Engineer shall be paid for in the following
manner:
1. . Tests which do not meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the
Contractor, as a deduction from his contract. The Contractor shall pay the price at
the same rate that the CITY is charged by the testing soils lab.
2. Tests which do meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the CITY.
SP-50
SECTION 12 THROUGH SECTION 13
BLANK
SP-51
SECTION 14
14-1 ASPHALT CONCRETE
14-1.01 GENERAL -- Asphalt concrete shall comply with the requirements of
Section 203-6, "Asphalt Concrete", and Section 302-5, "Asphalt Concrete Pavement", of the
Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
The Performance Grade of the asphalt concrete shall be PG 64-10. Where dense graded
asphalt is being constructed in two layers or more, the asphalt concrete pavement for the base
course shall be B-PG 64-10. Where dense graded asphalt is being constructed in a single layer or
for a finishing course or asphalt concrete overlay, the asphalt concrete pavement shall be C2-PG
64-10.
A soil sterilant shall be applied per SECTION 15, as directed by the Engineer.
A tack coat shall be applied, as directed by the Engineer.
14-1.02 CRACK SEALING -- In areas where an overlay of asphalt concrete is to
be made on existing paving, all cracks larger than l/4" shall be cleaned and sealed with a hot-
applied rubberized asphalt sealant, prior to placing overlay. The Engineer shall make the sole
determination as to which cracks shall be sealed.
The crack sealing material shall be rubberized crack seal, "Crafeco" or "Percal
Polymerles" or approved equal.
Cracks 1/2" inch wide, to 1-l/2" wide, shall be cleaned full depth by blowing
operations prior to applying sealant. The sealant shall be applied in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
Cracks greater than 1-l/2" wide shall be cleaned full depth by routing and
blowing operations prior to applying the sealant. A tack coat must be applied to the
edges and filled with a fine asphalt concrete hot mix.
14-1.03 TACK COAT -- Tack coat shall be applied in compliance with Sub-
Section 302-5.4, "Tack Coat", of the Standard Specifications, and as directed by the Engineer.
SP-52
14-1.04 ADmSTING MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS TO GRADE AND
WATER VALVE ENCLOSURES TO GRADE -- Adjusting manhole frames and covers to
grade after completion of paving shall be in accordance with Sub-Section 301-1.6 "Adjustment of
Manhole Frame and Cover Sets to Grade", of the Standard Specifications, per the Plans and as
directed by the Engineer.
Adjusting water valve enclosures to grade after completion of paving shall be in
accordance with SECTION 25A, "Adjustment of Water Facilities" of these Special Provisions,
and as directed by the Engineer.
All debris and foreign material shall be removed from the cover in accordance with Sub-
Section 301-1.6
The pavement surrounding the frames and covers shall meet the smoothness requirement
as specified in Sub-Section 302-5.8, "Manholes (and other structures)", of the Standard
Specifications.
14-1.05 ADmSTING NON-CITY UTILITY MANHOLESNAULTSNALVES --
Adjusting non-city utility manhole/vault frames and covers or valve enclosures to grade after
completion of paving shall be performed by others.
14-1.06 PAYMENT -- The contract bid unit price paid per ton for "ASPHALT
CONCRETE PAVEMENT" and "ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT OVERLAY" shall
include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and
for doing all the work involved in crack sealing, tack coat and placing pavement material ,
including overlaying and feathering 2' minimum width (as required), to meet existing, complete
in place, per the Plans, the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions, and as directed by
the Engineer, and no additional or separate compensation will be allowed therefor.
Payment for "ADJUST Water Valve Enclosure To Grade" is a separate bid item of
work per Section 25A of these Special Provisions.
Cost of compaction testing ordered by the Engineer shall be paid for in the following
manner:
1. Tests which do not meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the
Contractor, as a deduction from his contract. The Contractor shall pay the price at
the same rate that the CITY is charged by the testing soils lab.
2. Tests which do meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the CITY.
SP-53
SECTION 15
15-1 AGGREGATE BASE
15-1.Ql GENERAL -- Aggregate base shall comply with requirements of Section
200-2, "Untreated Base Materials", and Section 301-2, "Untreated Base", of the Standard
Specifications and these Special Provisions for crushed aggregate base.
Crushed rock for aggregate base shall be 3/4 inch.
A soil sterilant shall be applied to all soil in the areas to receive bituminous concrete
pavements as directed by the Engineer.
Before application of soil sterilant or aggregate base material, the subgrade shall be
prepared in accordance with Sub-Section 301-1.2, "Preparation of Subgrade", of the Standard
Specifications.
Subsoil under the traveled way shall be compacted to a relative compaction of a minimum
of95%.
15-1.02 SOIL STERILIZATION -- Soil sterilant shall be "Poly-Bor-Chlorate", or
Borascu", with colored marker dye, manufactured by Pacific Coast Borax Company or approved
product of other manufacturer provided they are of non-flammable type.
After all fme grading, checking, shaping and compacting of the subgrade has been
completed, all soil in the areas to receive bituminous concrete pavements shall be thoroughly
treated with soil sterilant and thoroughly sprinkled to distribute the chemical through the first two
or three inches ofthe subgrade.
Soil sterilant shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
The Contractor shall provide all necessary protection to prevent injury to animal or plant
life and property occasioned by the application of the soil sterilant. The Contractor will be held
responsible for all personal injury or property damage caused by the application of soil sterilant or
the storage of same.
SP-54
15-1.03 PAYMENT -- The contract bid unit price paid per cubic yard for
"CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE", shall include full compensation for providing all the
material, tools and equipment, and for doing all the work involved in placing aggregate base
material, including soil preparation, soil compaction and application of soil sterilant, per the
Plans, the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, and
no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
Cost of compaction testing ordered by the Engineer shall be paid for in the following
manner:
1. Tests which do not meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the
Contractor, as a deduction from his contract. The Contractor shall pay the price at
the same rate that the CITY is charged by the testing soils lab.
2. Tests which do meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the
CITY.
SP-55
SECTION 16
16-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
16-1.01 GENERAL -- Portland cement concrete construction shall comply with
Section 201-1, "Portland Cement Concrete", and Section 303-5, "Concrete Curb, Walks, Gutters,
Cross Gutters, Alley Intersections, Access Ramps and Driveways", of the Standard
Specifications, as shown on the Plans, Standard Drawings and these Special Provisions.
Portland cement concrete shall be Class 520-C-2500, with a maximum slump offour (4)
inches.
16-1.02 PCC SIDEWALK Portland cement concrete sidewalk shall be
constructed in accordance with the CITY's Standard Plan 202, and as directed by the Engineer.
16-1.03 PCC CURB & GUTTER -- Portland cement concrete curb and gutter shall
be constructed in accordance with the CITY's Standard Plan 200, Type "B", per the Plans, and as
directed by the Engineer.
16-1.04 PCC CURB RAMP -- Portland cement concrete curb ramp shall be
constructed in accordance with Standard Plans for Public Works Construction (SPPWC) Standard
Plan 111-4, as shown on the Plans, and as directed by the Engineer.
16-1.05 CURB RAMP DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE -- Preparation of
existing concrete curb ramp and installation of yellow detectable waming panels on the ramp
shall be constructed in accordance with Standard Plans for Public Works Construction (SPPWC)
Standard Plan 111-4 and Masco CASTinTACT@ Detectable Warning Standard, or approved
equal, per the Plans, and as directed by the Engineer.
16-1.06 PCC RETAINING CURB. 6" WIDE -- Portland cement concrete retaining
- .
curb, 6" wide, shall be constructed in accordance with the Standard Plans for Public Works
Construction (SPPWC) Standard Plan 111-4, per the Plans and as directed by the Engineer.
SP-56
The above-referenced CITY Standard Plans, Standard Plans for Public Works
Construction (SPPWC) Standard Plans and Masco CASTinTACT@ Detectable Warning Standard
are included in the APPENDIX and made a part of these Special Provisions. All work shall
conform to the above standards to the extent feasible; however, emphasis shall be given to
matching dimensions of adjoining improvements, subject to concurrence of the Engineer.
It is the Contractor's responsibility for the ramp-type selection with concurrence from the
Engineer, at every access ramp location, before proceeding to remove existing improvements. No
removals shall be done until it has been determined by the Contractor that an access ramp can be
installed that will meet all ADA requirements.
The Contractor shall be responsible for modifying traffic signal and highway lighting conduit and
conductors when adjusting pull boxes in ramp areas. The Contractor shall be responsible for
replacement of any pull boxes and/or pull box covers damaged prior to and/or during
construction.
The Contractor shall protect all existing structures and facilities which are adjacent to the
limits of the work to be done under this contract, in accordance with Section 7-9, "Protection and
Restoration of Existing Improvements", of the Standard Specifications and these Special
Provisions.
16-1.08 BONDING -- Joints between new and existing concrete shall be given
surface preparation as follows:
I. Joints made with the mass of existing concrete by cutting, chipping, or grinding
shall be cleaned free of all loose deleterious material by thorough brooming and
compressed air jetting.
2. Original surfaces or existing concrete shall be cleaned free of bitumens, grease,
paint, and other deleterious materials and clean aggregate of at least 3/8-inch
size shall be exposed by rock hammer abrasive blast cleaning or machine
scarifying.
SP-57
16-1.09 PAYMENT -- The contract bid unit price paid per square foot for
"REMOVE Sidewalk and Tree Roots as required and CONSTRUCT PCC SIDEWALK"
shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and
for doing all the work involved in removing sidewalk damaged by tree roots and any roots below
damaged sidewalk and constructing Portland cement concrete sidewalk, including saw cutting
existing concrete, removing existing concrete, performing unclassified excavation and
unclassified fill, adjusting pull boxes, if required, complete in place, per the Plans, the Standard
Specifications, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional
compensation will be allowed therefor.
The contract bid unit price paid per each for "PCC CURB RAMP" shall include full
compensation for furnishing all materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the
work involved in constructing Portland cement concrete curb access ramp to meet existing,
including performing unclassified excavation and unclassified fill, and, if used, preparing the new
curb ramp for detectable warning surface panels and installing the detectable warning surface
panels on the curb ramp and adjusting pull boxes to grade if required, per the Plans, the Standard
Specifications, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional
compensation will be allowed therefor.
There will be "No Payment" of any kind for access ramps that do not meet the ADA
Standards and the APW A Standard Drawing No. 111-4.
SP-58
SECTION 17
17-1 COLD MILLING
17-1.01 GENERAL -- Cold milling operations shall be performed in accordance
with Section 300-1.3, "Removal and Disposal of Materials" and Section 302-1, "Cold Milling of
Existing Pavement", ofthe Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Existing asphalt concrete shall be milled at the location and to the dimensions shown on
the Plans and as included in these Special Provisions.
The cold milling machine shall have a cutter head at least 30 inches wide and shall be
operated so as not to produce fumes or smoke. The rotor teeth shall cut in an upward direction as
to the direction of travel reducing the size of material until the desired gradation has been
achieved.
The depth, width, and shape of the cut shall be as indicated on the typical cross sections or
as directed by the Engineer. The final cut shall result in a uniform surface conforming to the
typical cross sections. The outside lines of the milled area shall be neat and uniform. The road
surfacing to remain in place shall not be damaged in any way.
The material milled from the roadway surface, including material deposited in existing
gutters or on the adjacent traveled way, shall be inunediately removed. The removal crew shall
follow within 50 feet ofthe planer, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
Milling of asphalt concrete pavement will be measured by the square yard. The quantity
to be paid for will be the actual area of surface milled irrespective of the number of passes
required.
After the cold milling operation, the Contractor shall pave/overlay the street with new
pavement within 72 hours and/or as directed by the Engineer.
Where transverse joints are milled in the pavement at conform lines, no drop-off shall
remain between the existing pavement and the milled area when the pavement is opened to public
traffic.
If asphalt concrete has not been placed to the level of public traffic, a temporary asphalt
concrete taper shall be constructed. The asphalt concrete shall be placed to the level of the
existing pavement and tapered on a slope of 30: 1 or flatter to the level of the milled area.
SP-59
Asphalt concrete for tapers shall be commercial quality and may be spread and compacted
by any method that will produce a smooth riding surface. Asphalt concrete tapers shall be
completely removed, including removing all loose material from the underlying surface, before
placing the permanent surfacing.
Temporary tapers shall remain in place no longer than the above 72 hour limit required for
the application of new pavement surfacing after cold milling.
17-1.02 PAYMENT -- The contract bid price paid per square yard for "COLD
MILL" shall include full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this Section, for
furnishing all materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in cold
milling of asphalt concrete surfacing, including disposal of material milled from the site, per the
Plans, the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, and
no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
Full compensation for furnishing asphalt concrete for temporary tapers and for
constructing, maintaining, removing and disposing of the tapers, shall be considered as included
in the contract bid price paid per square yard for "COLD MILL" of asphalt concrete pavement
and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
SP-60
SECTION 18 THROUGH SECTION 19
BLANK
SP-61
SECTION 20
20-1 THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPING. PAVEMENT MARKING
AND RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS
20-1.01 GENERAL - The application of traffic striping, pavement markings and
raised pavement markers shall conform to the requirements of Section 210-1.6, "Paint for Traffic
Striping, Pavement Marking, and Curb Marking", Section 214, "Pavement Markers", Section
310-5.6, "Painting Traffic Striping, Pavement Markings, and Curb Markings" and Section 312,
"Pavement Marker Placement and Removal" of the Standard Specifications and these Special
Provisions.
Paint for traffic striping and pavement markings shall conform to the requirements of
Section 210-1.6.2, "Thermoplastic Paint, State Specifications", of the Standard Specifications.
The paint shall contain pre-mixed glass beads with additional glass beads to be mechanically
applied when the paint is applied, in accordance with Section 210-1.6.5, "Reflective Material", of
the Standard Specifications. Pavement markings and traffic stripes are to conform to pavement
delineation plates.
Thermoplastic material for traffic stripes shall be applied at a minimum thickness of
0.080-inch.
Thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall be placed a minimum of 6
working days after paving is completed.
Raised pavement markers (RPMs), ifrequired, shall be Stimsonite-Low Profile No. 953A
(yellow) and No. 953B (clear white) or approved equal.
The CAL TRANS Standard Plans details referenced on the Plans and in the BID
DOCUMENTS, and the related figures from the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices ( CA MUTCD ) are included in the APPENDIX and made a part of these Special
Provisions. All work shall conform to the above standards to the extent feasible; however,
emphasis shall be given to matching dimensions of adjoining improvements, subject to
concurrence of the Engineer.
SP-62
20-1.02 PAYMENT The contract bid lump sum price paid for
"THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPING, PAVEMENT MARKING & RAISED
PAVEMENT MARKERS" shall include full compensation for furnishing all equipment and
materials, and for doing all work involved in the application of thermoplastic pavement traffic
striping and pavement marking, and the installation of raised pavement markers (RPM), per the
Plans, the CALTRANS Standard Plans and the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices (CA MUTCD) Figures, the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and as
directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
SP-63
SECTION 21 THROUGH SECTION 22
BLANK
SP-64
SECTION 23
23-1 ROADSIDE SIGNS AND POSTS
23-1.01 GENERAL -- Installation of roadside signs and posts, installed at the locations
shown on the Plans or where. directed by the Engineer, shall conform to the Standard
Specifications, the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), and these
Special Provisions.
Roadside signs on single post, or existing street light standard, shall be installed in
accordance with the CITY's Standard Drawing No. 504, and as directed by the Engineer.
"SIGNAL AHEAD" (W3-3)
"DIP" (W8-2)
"10 MPH" (W13-1)
The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer regarding type of material and
required installation prior to placement of any sign posts.
New installation shall not impede into required ADA access distance around obstacles. A
minimum clearance of 48" shall be maintained.
23-1.02 PAYMENT - The contract bid unit price paid per each for "ROADSIDE SIGN
on Single Post", "ROADSIDE SIGNS on Single Post" and "ROADSIDE SIGN on Existing
Street Light Standard" shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools,
equipment and incidentals for doing all the work involved in installing roadside signs on new
single posts, and on existing street light standard, all complete in place, per the Plans, as specified
in the Standard Specifications, the California MUTCD and these Special Provisions, and as
directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
The removal and salvage of existing signs and posts, per the Plans, are separate bid items
of work included in the contract bid price paid per each as described in SECTION 11,
"CLEARING AND GRUBBING, UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION AND UNCLASSIFIED
FILL" of these Special Provisions. The Contractor shall refer to SECTION 11 of these Special
Provisions for instruction regarding the salvage of material.
SP-65
SECTION 24
24-1 TRAFFIC SIGNALS
24-1.01 TRAFFIC SIGNALS -- Traffic signals and highway lighting shall confonn
to the provisions in Section 86, "SIGNALS, LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS", of the
Specifications entitled, "State of California, Department of Transportation (Caltrans), Standard
Specifications", dated MAY, 2006, and the Caltrans Standard Plans, dated MAY, 2006, the
Standard Specifications (Green Book), latest edition, and these Special Provisions.
Traffic signal work is to be perfonned at the following location:
MEDICAL CENTER DRIVE
AND
MAGNOLIA AVENUE
24-1.02 EQUIPMENT LIST AND DRAWINGS -- The Contractor shall provide
one (I) copy of the Traffic Signal Plan for each controller cabinet. Record Drawings shall be
evaluated by the CITY's Representative before copies of the Traffic Signal Plans are prepared.
The size of the plan shall be 1.2" smaller than controller door, on all sides. The plan shall be a
reduced copy of the Traffic Signal Plan of record for the project. In the event the data is not
legible when the Plan is reduced, data numbers and symbols shall be enlarged. The Plan shall be
a black line print. When completed and approved, the Plan shall be hennetically sealed between
two pieces of plastic, each a minimum of 20 mils thick. The Plan shall be mounted using Velcro
tape so that, when the cabinet door is fully open, the drawing is oriented with the intersection.
The Contractor shall furnish a maintenance manual for all controller units, auxiliary
equipment, and vehicle detector sensor units, control units and amplifiers. The maintenance
manual shall be submitted at the time the controllers are delivered for testing or, if ordered by the
Engineer, previous to purchase. The maintenance manual shall include, but need not be limited
to, the following items:
(a) Specifications
(b) Design characteristics
(c) General operation theory
(d) Function of all controls
(e) Trouble shooting procedure (diagnostic routine)
(f) Block circuit diagram
SP-66
(g) Geographical layout of components
(h) Schematic diagram
(i) List of replaceable component parts with stock numbers
24-1.03 FOUNDATIONS -- Foundations shall conform to the provisions in Section
86-2.03, "FOUNDATIONS", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, and these Special
Provisions.
Portland Cement Concrete shall conform to Section 90-10, "MINOR CONCRETE" of the
Caltrans Standard Specifications, and shall contain not less than 470 pounds of cement per cubic
yard, except concrete for reinforced pile foundations shall contain not less than 590 pounds of
cement per cubic yard.
24-1.04 STANDARDS. STEEL PEDESTALS AND POSTS -- Standards, steel
pedestals, and posts shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.04, "STANDARDS, STEEL
PEDESTALS AND POSTS", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, and these Special
Provisions.
Where the Plans refer to the side tenon detail at the end of the signal mast arm, the
applicable tip tenon may be substituted.
24-1.05 CONDUIT -- Conduit shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.05,
"CONDUIT", ofthe Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
All conduit on this project shall be rigid metal type.
Conduit from pedestal to point of electrical service shall be 3" conduit with pull rope per
current Southern California Edison Company electrical service standards.
Insulated bonding bushings will be required on metal conduit.
After conductors have been installed, the ends of conduits terminating in pull boxes and
controller cabinets shall be sealed with an approved type of sealing compound.
Rigid metal conduit to be used as a drilling or jacking rod shall be fitted with suitable drill
bits for size hole required.
When a standard coupling carmot be used for coupling metal type conduit, a UL listed
threaded union coupling, as specified in the third paragraph in Section 86-2.05C, "Installation", of
the Caltrans Standard Specifications, or a concrete-tight split coupling or concrete-tight set screw
coupling shall be used.
SP-67
24-1.06 PULL BOXES -- Pull boxes shall be #5 (except as shown on the Plans)
and installed flush with top of curb or concrete sidewalk.
Plastic pull boxes will not be allowed.
Mark all covers "CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO" and "TRAFFIC".
Pull Boxes shall be secured with a locking pull box cover, as manufactured by Lighting
Security Products, (866) 922-5661, or approved equal. The manufacturer's recommended
installation instructions are included in the APPENDIX of these Special Provisions.
24-1.07 CONDUCTORS AND WIRING -- Conductors and wiring shall conform
to the provisions in Section 86-2.08, "CONDUCTORS", and Section 86-2.09, "WIRING" of the
Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Nylon-jacketed conductors shall not be used.
Splices shall be insulated by "Method B" as provided on Caltrans Standard Plans ES.13A.
24-1.08 SOLID-STATE TRAFFIC ACTUATED CONTROLLER -- Solid-state
traffic actuated controller units, cabinets, and auxiliary equipment shall conform to the provisions
in Section 86-3, "CONTROLLER ASSEMBLIES", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and
these Special Provisions.
Solid-state traffic actuated controller shall be furnished and installed at the following
intersection:
MEDICAL CENTER DRIVE
AND
MAGNOLIA AVENUE
The Type 170E Controller Assembly consisting of a Modell70E controller unit with BI-
Trans 200SA program module, completely wired Model 332 controller cabinet, Model 22C or
22D inductive loop detector sensor units, Model 242 isolators, Model_210 conflict monitor,
Model 200 switch packs, Model 204 flasher units, and such other equipment required to provide
for a complete control system shall be furnished and installed.
SP-68
The Contractor shall construct the controller cabinet foundation (including furnishing and
installing anchor bolts), shall install the controller cabinet on said foundation, and shall make all
field wiring connections to the terminal blocks in the controller cabinet.
In addition to the provisions in Section 86-3.03, "MODEL 170 AND 2070
CONTROLLER ASSEMBLIES", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, the complete control
system, including the Model 332 cabinet, shall conform to State of California, Business and
Transportation Agency, Department of Transportation, "Traffic Signal Control Equipment
Modifications", latest edition, and subsequent addendums.
The above-referenced document is available from the State of California, Bids and
Documents Section in Sacramento, for a fee.
Each controller shall have a local controller package consisting of I Model 400 Modem, I
Model 412 AZ with extended memory 2-64K SRAM chips (Dallas DS-1225) and 1-27256 blank
program EPROM chip and C-2 Connector.
A full complement of EPROM chips shall be furnished for each controller program
module.
Two (2) complete manuals and four (4) complete cabinet wiring diagrams shall be supplied
in accordance with the above-referenced Standard Specifications, latest edition.
The convenience receptacle shall have ground-fault circuit interruption as defined by the
Code. Circuit interruption shall occur on less than 4 milliamperes of ground-fault current.
The Contractor shall arrange to have a signal technician qualified to work on the
controller and employed by the controller manufacturer, or his representative, present at the time
the equipment is turned on.
New service pedestal with dual service meters for traffic signal system and highway street
lighting shall be installed per the Plans and in accordance with CITY Standard Drawing SL-2 and
Southern California Edison requirements. Copies of the CITY Standard Drawing and the
Southern California Edison Construction Drawing are provided in the APPENDIX of these
Special Provisions.
The Contractor shall arrange with the service utility to complete service connection. Such
request shall be submitted not less than 45 days before service connections are required.
All fees charged by the Southern California Edison Company will be paid by the CITY.
SP-69
24-1. 09
TRAFFIC UNINTERRUPTED POWER SUPPLY ( UPS )
OVERVIEW
The traffic UPS is a turnkey, true on-line, power conditioner and uninterruptible power or
battery backup system ( UPS-BBS ) designed for transportation and traffic applications. The
traffic UPS-BBS shall be capable of operating, up to its rated power level, in extreme
environments with existing equipment on the street today, including any and all signal heads (i.e.,
Incandescent, LED, Neon, etc.).
Where shown on plans, the Traffic UPS-BBS shall be mounted on the back side of the
controller cabinet, per the manufacturer's instructions. The UPS-BBS shall be Model 22 BBS
from Tesco Controls, Incorporated, 3409 52nd Avenue, Sacramento, CA 95823, telephone 800-
948-3726, or in all reference within, approved equal. Refer to the Tesco System
Specifications in the APPENDIX ofthese Special Provisions.
The UPS-BBS cabinets shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-3.04A, "Cabinet
Construction", ofthe Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
The UPS-BBS shall be furnished and installed in conformance with the following
specifications:
1.0 Operation
A. The traffic UPS-BBS shall be capable of producing -
simultaneously - fully regenerated, conditioned and true sine
wave, standby and continuous AC outputs.
B. Suggested operating mode for respective outputs during power
failure: Continuous output provided for signal controllers and
modems: Standby output provided for signals in flash mode
operation (optional delay timer available for short-term battery
run under full cycling operation).
C. Up to the maximum rating, the Traffic UPS shall be capable of
running any combination of signal heads, whether Incandescent,
LED or Neon, by any manufacturer, regardless of power factor,
without overdriving the poorer power factor LED heads which
may cause early degradation, low luminosity or early signal
failure.
SP-70
24-1. 09
Continued:
D. Upon loss of utility power the Traffic UPS-BBS shall insert
battery power into the system via a supplied Power Interface
Module (PIM). In case of UPS-BBS failure and/or battery
depletion, the PIM will ensure that the UPS-BBS will drop out
and, upon return of utility power, the traffic control system will
default to normal operating mode.
E. The Power Interface Module shall enable removal and
replacement of the Traffic UPS-BBS without shutting down the
traffic control system (i.e. "hot swap" capability). Connectors
shall be equipped with a "safety interlock" feature.
F. For l70E, 2070L or "California" style cabinets, upon loss of
power the Traffic UPS-BBS shall actuate the existing Flash
Transfer Relays (RTFs) and Mercury Contactor (MC) to force the
traffic control system into Flash Mode operation.
G. Existing Flasher Modules and Flash Transfer Relays shall be
utilized.
H. To facilitate emergency crews and police activities, the Traffic
UPS-BBS shall be compatible with police panel functions (i.e.
"Signals Ofe' switch must kill power to the field wiring even
when on UPS-BBS/Battery power).
1. The Traffic UPS-BBS shall not duplicate or take over flash
operation or flash transfer relay functions.
1. The Traffic UPS-BBS shall be capable of providing continuous,
fully conditioned, regulated, sinusoidal (AC) power to selected
devices such as signal controllers, modems, communications
hubs, NTCIP adapters and video equipment.
SP-71
24-1.09 Continued:
2.0 Description
The Traffic UPS-BBS shall consist of three major components, the
Electronics Module, the Power Interface Module, and the Battery
System.
2.01 The Electronics Module shall consist of the following:
A. True sine wave, high frequency inverter utilizing IGBT
technology;
B. 3-stage, temperature compensated, battery charger;
C. For connection from the Electronics Module to the Power
Interface Module and Battery System, dedicated harnesses
shall be provided with quick-release, keyed, circular
connectors and braided nylon sleeving over all conductors;
D. Local and remote control ofUPS-BBS functions;
E. Local and remote communications capabilities;
F. Be capable of accepting and NTCIP ready adapter or a Spread
Spectrum Radio modem;
G. Separate Power Interface Module (PIM) for inserting power
safely and reliable.
2.1 Mounting/Confil!UI'ation
2.1.1 Mounting method shall be shelf-mount.
2.1.2 170 Style: mounting method shall be 19" rack-mount.
Shelf angles or rails, typically supplied by others, are
available as optional accessories.
SP-72
24-1. 09
Continued:
2.2 Battery System
2.2.1 The battery shall be comprised of extreme temperature,
deep cycle, AGMNRLA (Absorbed Glass MaWalve
Regulated Lead Acid) batteries that have been field
proven and tested by the U. S. military.
2.2.2 The battery system shall consist of one or more strings
(typically 4 or 6 batteries per string) of extreme
temperature, deep cycle, AGM/VRLA (Absorbed Glass
MaWalve Regulated Lead Acid) batteries.
2.2.3 Batteries shall be certified to operate at extreme
temperatures from -370C to +740C.
2.2.4 The batteries shall be provided with appropriate
interconnect wiring and a corrosion-resistant mounting
trays and/or brackets appropriate for the cabinet into
which they will be installed.
2.2.5 The interconnect cable shall be protected with abrasion-
resistant nylon sheathing.
2.2.6 The interconnect cable shall connect to the base module
via a quick-release circular connector.
2.2.7 For purposes of safety and proper operation, the circular
battery connector shall have interlocking pins to prevent
turn-on if batteries are not connected, and to shut off the
UPS-BBS should the batteries be disconnected.
2.2.8 Battery construction shall include heavy-duty, inter-cell
connections for low-impedance between cells, and heavy-
duty plates to withstand shock and vibration.
2.2.9 The top cover shall use tongue and groove construction
and shall be epoxied to the battery case for maximum
strength and durability.
2.2.10 An optional lifting handle shall be available on most
battery models.
SP-73
24-1.09 Continued:
3.0 Electrical Specifications
3.1 Input Specification:
Nominal Input Voltage
Input Voltage Range
Input Frequency
Input Configuration
Input Current (Max. draw)
Input Protection
3.2 Output Specification
Nominal Output Voltage
Power Rating
Output Voltage Regulation
Output Frequency
Output Configuration
Output Wave Form
Overload capability
Fault Clearing
Short circuit protection
Efficiency
Load Power Factor
SP-74
120 V AC, Single Phase
85 VAC to 140 VAC
50 or 60 Hz (+/- 5%)
3 Wire (Hot, Neutral & Ground)
7.2 amps, Power-Factor Corrected
Input Fuse (12 amps)
120 V AC, Single Phase
I k VA (1000V A/700W)
+/- 2% for 100% step load change
and from High battery
to Low battery condition
50 to 60 Hz (+/ - 5%)
Keyed, circular connectors
and duplex receptacle
True Sinewave
100% for 10 minutes
200% for 1/2 second
Current limit and
automatic shutdown
Current limit and
automatic shutdown
85% at fullload
.7 lagging through unity
to .7 leading
24-1.09 Continued:
4.0 Phvsical Specifications. UPS-BBS Electronics Module
4.1 Dimensions:
Rack-mount: (See Tesco System Specifications in APPENDIX)
Shelf-mount: (See Tesco System Specifications in APPENDIX)
Wall-mount/Unistrut Rail mount: (See Tesco System Specifications
in APPENDIX)
Separate Power-Interface Module: (See Tesco System Specifications
in APPENDIX)
4.2 Weight: UPS-BBS:
(See Tesco System Specifications in APPENDIX)
5.0 Environmental Specifications
5.1 The UPS-BBS shall meet or exceed NEMA temperature
standards from -370C to +740C.
5.2 The UPS-BBS shall be certified and field proven to meet or
exceed NEMA temperature standards. A certificate of
compliance shall be made available upon request.
6.0 Battery Specifications
6.1 The battery system shall be certified and field proven to meet or
exceed NEMA temperature standards from -370C to +740C.
6.2 Ampere-Hour ratings: (See Tesco System Specifications in
APPENDIX)
6.3 Hydrogen gas emissions: must meet Mil-Spec #MIL-B-8565J
6.4 Dimensions: (See Tesco System Specifications in APPENDIX)
6.5 Weights: (See Tesco System Specifications in APPENDIX)
SP-75
24-1.09 Continued:
7.0 Communications. Controls & Diagnostics
7.1 Alarm Function Monitoring: The traffic UPS-BBS shall come
standard with a DB-9F connector with open collectors (40V @
20 mA) indicating:
7.1.1 Loss of Utility Power,
7.1.2 Inverter Failure, and
7.1.3 Low Battery.
7.2 An RS232 Interface shall be provided via a DB-9F connector
allowing full, interactive, remote computer monitoring and
control of the UPS-BBS functions.
7.3 Front Panel controls: Power ON, Cold (DC) Start, Alarm Silence,
Battery Test, Bypass Breaker, and DC/Battery Breaker.
8.0 Reliabilitv
8.1 Calculated MTBF is 100,000 hours based on component ratings.
8.2 When Bypass and Power Interface Module are included, system
MTBF increases to 150,000.
9.0 Battery Mounting
9.1 Battery Tray mounted on standard RETMA rails: (See Tesco
System Specifications in APPENDIX)
9.2 Swing-out Battery Box: (See Tesco System Specifications in
APPENDIX)
SP-76
24-1. 09
Continued:
9.3 Adjustable Delay-timer to provide up to 10 hours of full cycling
while on battery before switching to flash mode (only available
where 100% low-power/LED signals and pedestrian heads are
used). Batteries must be sized properly to fully utilize this
feature.
9.4 Service pedestal-mounting option.
9.5 One-shot ground pulse to trigger External Start upon return of
AC power.
9.6 Dial-out modem for wireless or land line communication.
9.7 Enhanced battery charger provides accelerated charging capacity
(Contact factory for details and proper application).
10.0 Serviceability & Maintainability
10.1 MTIR (Mean-Time-To Replace or Repair)
10.1.1 Electronics: 15 minutes or less
10.1.2 Battery System: 15 minute or less
11.0 Warranty
The Manufacturer shall provide a two (2) year factory-replacement parts
warranty on the entire Traffic UPS-BBS. Batteries shall be warranted for full
replacement for two (2)-years.
The warranty shall be included in the total contract bid lump sum price
for the installation of the traffic signal system, per the Plans, these Special
Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will
be allowed therefor.
SP-77
24-1.10 FUNCTIONAL TESTING
provIsions in Section 86-2.l4C, "Functional
Specifications, and these Special Provisions.
Functional testing shall conform to the
Testing", of the CALTRANS Standard
The complete control system including the cabinet shall be delivered to the City of San
Bernardino Signal Maintenance Yard, 234 South Mountain View A venue, San Bernardino, CA
92408, for operational testing and adjustment. The exact location of delivery shall be designed by
the City Engineer.
Prior to testing, the materials delivered must display or provide the following information:
(a) Project Identification
(b) Job Location
(c) Contractor's Name, Address and Telephone Number
(d) Manufacturer's Name, Address and Telephone Number
(e) Controller Program Identification
(f) All auxiliary equipment shall be provided prior to testing
(sensors, isolators, conflict monitors, etc.)
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer a minimum of 48 hours prior to delivery of
equipment to be tested.
When notified by the CITY, the Contractor shall pick up the complete control system
within 48 hours and haul same to the office of the work at his own expense.
The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 10 working days for operational testing and
adjustment, with the added provisions that if the equipment should fail, an additional 10-day
period shall be allowed for retesting.
All testing and transportation and/or shipping costs for the complete control system shall
be borne by the Contractor.
Costs for controller testing shall be paid for in the following manner:
I. Controller systems which do not pass testing shall be paid for by
the Contractor as a deduction from his contract.
2. Controller systems which pass testing will be paid for by the CITY.
SP-78
24-1.1 0
Continued:
Controller systems which fail the testing shall be picked up by the Contractor for repairs
and then redelivered to the testing lab for retesting.
A functional test shall be made in which it is demonstrated that each and every part of the
system functions as specified. This shall include camera vehicle counting, counting equipment,
interconnect wireless and hardwire.
24-1.10(a) TRAFFIC SIGNAL TURN-ON -- Traffic signal turn-on shall conform to
the provIsions in Section 86-1.07, "Scheduling of Work", of the CALTRANS Standard
Specifications, and these Special Provisions.
The traffic signal turn-on schedule shall be approved in writing by the City Engineer a
minimum of four (4) working days prior to turn-on. All traffic signal equipment shall be
provided and in place including, but not limited to, signal cabinet equipment, traffic signal
equipment, signal interconnect, phone drops, modems, counting equipment, striping and signing.
The Engineer, as well as representatives of the Public Works Department, Street
Maintenance Section and Traffic Signal Section, shall be present at the traffic signal turn-on.
24-1.11 TRAFFIC DETECTION -- Traffic detection shall be by inductive loop
detector and shall conform to the provisions in Section 24A, "INDUCTIVE LOOP
DETECTOR" of the these Special Provisions.
24-1.12 VEHICLE SIGNAL FACES -- Vehicle signal faces shall conform to the
provisions in Section 86-4, "TRAFFIC SIGNAL FACES AND FITTINGS" of the CAL TRANS
Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Mast arm and arrow signal heads shall have 12" glass lenses. Pole mounted signal heads
shall have 12" glass lenses.
All lamps for traffi(; signal units shall be LED and furnished by the Contractor. All LED
lamps must be hardwired ( Type I).
Signal section housing shall be metal type and backplates shall be metal louvered type.
SP-79
24-1.13 LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED) SIGNAL MODULES -- LED signal
modules shall conform to Section 209-5.511, "Circular Light Emitting Diode (LED) Signal
Modules" of Standard Specifications (Green Book) and these Special Provisions.
Each module shall consist of an assembly that utilizes LEDs as the light source in lieu of
an incandescent lamp for use in traffic signal sections.
The modules shall be rated for a minimum useful life of 48 months. All modules shall
meet all parameters of this specification during this period.
LED modules will have EP A Energy Star compliance ratings.
When a current of 20 mA AC *or less) is applied to the unit, the voltage reading across the
two leads shall be 15 V AC or less.
The modules and associated on-board circuitry must meet Class A emission limits referred
in Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47, SubPart B, Section 15 regulations
concerning the emission of electronic noise.
The assembly and manufacturing process for the LED signal assembly shall be designed to
assure all internal components are adequately supported to withstand mechanical shock and
vibration from high winds and other sources.
Material used for the lens and signal module construction shall conform to ASTM
specifications for the materials.
24-1.13(a) PHOTOMETRIC REOUIREMENTS--
The minimum initial luminous intensity values for the modules shall be as stated in Table
2-1 and Table 2-3 at 250C.
The modules shall meet or exceed the illumination values as shown in Table 2-2 and Table
2-4, throughout the useful life based on normal use in a traffic signal operation over the operating
temperature range.
SP-80
24-1.13
Continued:
Table 2-1 Minimum Initial Intensities for Circular Indications (in cd )
8" 12"
Anl!le Iv h) Red Yellow Green Red Yellow Green
2.5, +/- 2.5 157 314 314 399 798 798
2.5, +/-7.5 114 228 228 295 589 589
2.5, +/-12.5 67 133 133 166 333 333
2.5, +/-17.5 29 57 57 90 181 181
7.5, +/- 2.5 119 238 238 266 532 532
7.5, +/-7.5 105 209 209 238 475 475
7.5, +/- 12.5 76 152 152 171 342 342
7.5, +/- 17.5 48 95 95 105 209 209
7.5, +/- 22.5 21 43 43 45 90 90
7.5, +/- 27.5 12 24 24 19 38 38
12.5, +/-2.5 43 86 86 59 119 119
12.5, +/-7.5 38 76 76 57 114 114
12.5, +/- 12.5 33 67 67 52 105 105
12.5, +/-17.5 24 48 48 40 81 81
12.5, +/- 22.5 14 29 29 26 52 52
12.5, +/- 27.5 10 19 19 19 38 38
17.5, +/- 2.5 19 38 38 26 52 52
17.5, +/-7.5 17 33 33 26 52 52
17.5, +/- 12.5 12 24 24 26 52 52
17.5, +/- 17.5 10 19 19 26 52 52
17.5, +/-22.5 7 14 14 24 48 48
17.5, +/- 27.5 5 10 10 19 38 38
Table 2-2 Maintained Minimum Intensities for Circular Indications (in cd )
8" 12"
Anl!le lv, h) Red Yellow Green Red Yellow Green
2.5, +/- 2.5 133 267 267 339 679 679
2.5, +/- 7.5 97 194 194 251 501 501
2.5, +/- 12.5 57 113 113 141 283 283
2.5, +/- 17.5 25 48 48 77 154 154
7.5, +/- 2.5 101 202 202 226 452 452
7.5, +/-7.5 89 178 178 202 404 404
7.5, +/- 12.5 65 129 129 145 291 291
7.5, +/-17.5 41 81 81 89 178 178
7.5, +/- 22.5 18 37 37 38 77 77
7.5, +/- 27.5 10 20 20 16 32 32
12.5, +/- 2.5 37 73 73 50 101 101
12.5, +/- 7.5 32 65 65 48 97 97
12.5, +/- 12.5 28 57 57 44 89 89
12.5, +/- 17.5 20 41 41 34 69 69
12.5, +/- 22.5 12 25 25 22 44 44
12.5, +/- 27.5 9 16 16 16 32 32
17.5, +/- 2.5 16 32 32 22 44 44
17.5, +/- 7.5 14 28 28 22 44 44
17.5, +/- 12.5 10 20 20 22 44 44
17.5, +/-17.5 9 16 16 22 44 44
17.5, +/- 22.5 6 12 12 20 41 41
17.5, +/- 27.5 4 9 9 16 32 32
SP-81
24-1.13
Continued:
Table 2-3 Minimal Initial Intensities for Arrow Indications (in cd/m2 )
Red Yellow Green
Arrow Indication 5,500 11,000 11,000
Table 2-4 Minimum Maintained Intensities for Arrow Indications (in cd/m2 )
Red Yellow Green
Arrow Indication 5,500 11,000 11,000
The measured chromaticity coordinates of the modules shall conform to the chromaticity
requirements of Table 2-5, throughout the useful life over the operating temperature range.
Table 2-5 Chromaticity Standards (Cm Chart)
Red Y: Not greater than 0.308, or less than 0.998 - x
Yellow Y: Not less than 0.411, nor less than 0.995 - x, nor less than 0.452
Green Y: Not less than 0.506 - .519x, nor less than 0.150 + 1.068x
nor more than 0.730 - x
24-1.13(b) MODULE IDENTIFICATION Each module shall have the
manufacturer's name, trademark, model number, serial number, date of manufacture (month-
year), and lot number as iden6tification permanently marked on the back ofthe module.
The following operating characteristics shall be permanently marked on the back of the
module:
Rated voltage and rated power in Watts and Volt -Ampere
If a specific mounting orientation is required, each module shall have prominent and
permanent marking(s) for correct indexing and orientation within a signal housing. The markings
shall consist of an up arrow, or the word "UP" or "TOP".
SP-82
24-1.13
Continued:
24-1.l3(c) TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODULE - LED traffic signal modules shall be
designed as retrofit replacements for existing optical units of signal indications and shall not
require special tools for installation.
The following specification requirements apply to the Type I (hard wired) module only.
All general specifications apply unless specifically superceded in this section.
FACE Size:
12" circular (Red, Yellow, Green)
12" arrow (Red, Yellow, Green)
The maximum weight ofa Type I module shall be 1.8 kg (4Ibs.).
Two secured, color coded, 600 V, 20 A WG minimum, jacketed wires, conforming to
the National Electric Code, rated for service at +1050C, are to be provided for
electrical connection for each Type I LED signal module. Conductors for Type I
modules shall be I-m in length, with quick disconnect terminals attached and shall
conform to Section 86-4.0IC, "Electrical Components", ofthe Standard Specifications.
If specified in the purchased order, the module will be equipped with an adapter that
will screw into the medium base, lamp socket. The adapter shall be able to accept the
quick disconnect terminals at the end of the conductors for the module. The electrical
contacts ofthe adapter shall be made of brass.
The LED signal module lens shall be UV stabilized and shall be capable of
withstanding ultraviolet (direct sunlight) exposure for a minimum period of 60 months
without exhibiting evidence of deterioration.
If a polymeric lens is used, a surface coating or chemical surface treatment shall be
used to provide front surface abrasion resistance.
24-1.l3(d) LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED) 12" ARROW -- LED arrow signal
modules shall conform to Section 209-5.511.6, "Arrow LED Signal Modules" of Standard
Specifications (Green Book) and these Special Provisions.
SP-83
24-1.13
Continued:
24-1.13(e) QUALITY ASSURANCE The modules shall be manufactured in
accordance with a manufacturer quality assurance (QA) program. The QA program shall include
two types of quality assurance: (1) design quality assurance and (2) production quality assurance.
The production quality assurance shall include statistically controlled routine tests to ensure
minimum performance levels of the modules built to meet this specification, and a documented
process of how problems are to be resolved.
QA process and test results documentation shall be kept on file for a minimum period of
seven years.
LED signal module designs not satisfying design qualification testing and the production
quality assurance testing performance requirements described below shall not be labeled,
advertised, or sold as conforming to this specification.
Design qualification testing shall be performed by the manufacturer or an independent
testing lab hired by the manufacturer on new LED module designs, and when a major design
change has been implemented on an existing design.
A major design change is defined as a design change (electrical or physical) which changes
any of the performance characteristics of the module, results in a different circuit configuration
for the power supply or changes the layout of the individual LEDs in the module.
A quality of two units for each design shall be submitted for design qualification testing.
Test units shall be submitted to the CITY after the manufacturer's testing is complete.
Manufacturer's testing data shall be submitted with test units for the CITY's verification of
design qualification testing data.
The sample modules shall be energized for a minimum of 24 hours, at 100 percent on-time
duty cycle, at a temperature of +740C (+ 1650F) before performing any design qualification
testing.
Any failure of the module, which renders the unit non-compliant with the specification
after burn-in shall be cause for rejection.
For design qualification testing, all specifications will be measured including, but not
limited to:
Rated initial luminous intensity and chromaticity (color) shall be measured over the
operating temperature range.
SP-84
All specified electrical parameters shall be measured and used for quality comparison of
production quality assurance on production modules. (rated power, etc.)
Modules shall be tested for comparability with the controller unit, conflict monitor, and
load switch. Each signal module shall be connected to the output of a standard load switch
connected to an AC voltage supply between the values of 95 and 135 V AC with the input to the
load switch in the "off' position. The AC voltage developed across each LED signal module so
connected shall not exceed 10 Vrms as the input AC voltage is varied from 95 Vrms to 135 Vrms.
Mechanical vibration testing shall be as per MlL-STD-883, Test Method 2007, using 3
four-minute cycles along each x, y, and z axis, at a force of2.5 Gs, with a frequency sweep from
2 HZ to 120 HZ. The loosening of the lens, of any internal components, or other physical damage
shall be cause for rejection.
Temperature cycling shall be performed as per MlL-STD-883, Test Method 1010. The
temperature range shall be per "Environmental Requirements". A minimum of 20 cycles shall be
performed with a 3D-minute transfer time between temperature extremes and a 3D-minute dwell
time at each temperature. Module(s) being tested shall be energized and functioning throughout
the duration of the test. Failure of a module to function properly or any evidence of cracking of
the module lens or housing after temperature cycling shall be cause for rejection.
Moisture resistance testing shall be performed on all modules mounted in a standard type
"A" pedestrian housing per NEMA Standard 250-1991 for Type 4 enclosures. Any evidence of
internal moisture after testing shall be cause for rejection.
24-1.l3(f) PRODUCTION QUALITY CONTROL TESTING -- Production quality
control testing shall comply with Section 209-5.5.11.7, "Testing Requirements" of the Standard
Specifications (Green Book) and these Special Provisions.
Production quality assurance tests shall be performed on each new module prior to
shipment. Failure to meet requirements of any of these tests shall be cause for rejection. Test
results shall be retained by the manufacturer for seven years.
Bum-in period shall consist of each signal module being energized at rated voltage for a
3D-minute stabilization period before the measurement is made. Each module shall be tested for
rated initial intensity after bum-in.
A single point measurement, with a correlation to the intensity requirements of Table 2-1
for circular modules, may be used. Each module not meeting minimum luminous intensity
requirements per Table 2-1 or Table 2-3 shall be cause for rejection.
The ambient temperature for this measurement shall be +250C (+770F).
SP-85
24-1.13
Continued:
Each module shall be tested for required power factor after bum-in.
Each module shall be measured for current flow in amperes after bum-in. The measured
current values shall be compared against rated values resulting from design qualification
measurements under "Design Qualification Testing". The current flow shall not exceed the rated
value.
Each module shall be visually inspected for any exterior physical damage or assembly
anomalies. Careful attention shall be paid to the surface of the lens to ensure there are no
scratches (abrasions), cracks, chips, discoloration, or other defects. Any such defect shall be
cause for rejection.
The CITY may perform random sample testing on all shipments. Random sample testing
should be completed within 30 days after delivery to the specified location on the purchase order.
Arrow modules shall be tested as per California Test 3001 and as described herein.
All optical testing shall be performed with the module mounted in a standard traffic signal
section or in a standard Type "A" Pedestrian Housing, but without a visor or hood attached to the
section or housing.
The number of units tested (sample size) shall be determined by the quantity of each model
in the shipment. The sample size shall conform to ANSI/ASQC Z1.4. The Caltrans METS shall
determine the sampling parameters to be used for the random sample testing.
All parameters of the specification may be tested on the shipment sample.
24-1.13(g) WARRANTY -- In addition to meeting the performance requirements for
the minimum period of 60 months, the manufacturer shall provide a written warranty against
defects in materials and workmanship for the modules for a period of 60 months after acceptance
of the modules. Replacement modules shall be provided promptly after receipt of modules that
have failed at no cost to the CITY. All warranty documentation shall be given to the CITY prior
to random sample testing.
SP-86
24-1.14 PEDESTRIAN SIGNALS -- Pedestrian signals shall comply with Section
209-5.6, "Pedestrian Signal Sections" of the Standard Specifications (Green Book) and these
Special Provisions.
Pedestrian signals shall be Type "A".
If shown on Plan as applicable, the audible pedestrian signal shall supplement the visible
"WALK" symbol indicated and shall be mounted within the housing of the pedestrian signal on
the walk symbol side. Output (electric current) shall be generated from the field conductors to the
associated pedestrian signal head.
Audio output shall be adjustable. Additional audio output shall be adjustable from
adjustable low to an adjustable high, and shall be responsive to external ambient noise.
Directional audio outputs for right-of way designations shall be presented by 2 distinct bird
chirping sounds. The Northerly and Southerly phase(s) shall utilize a "CUCKOO" sound. The
Easterly and Westerly phase(s) shall utilize the "PEEP-PEEP" sound.
Operation parameters shall be:
115V AC +/- 25%, 60Hz, 3 watts
120 C temperature range
90/db watts at I meter (max) output
24-1.15 LIGHT EMITTING DIODE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL FACE "UPRAISED
HAND" MODULE -- The pedestrian signal face "Upraised Hand" shall be installed in each
Type "A" pedestrian signal. The light emitting diode (LED) module for the pedestrian signal
shall conform to Section 209-5.6.6, "LED Pedestrian Signal Section "UPRAISED HAND"
Module", ofthe Standard Specifications (Green Book) and these Special Provisions.
24-1.16 PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON -- Pedestrian push button housings shall
be the metal type.
Pedestrian push buttons shall be Type "B".
SP-87
24-1.17 ADA PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON -- The push button unit shall be
Synchronex Part No. IASY2021-40, ADA-2.
The housing for the push button shall be either machined aluminum, or die-cast aluminum.
All housing shall be coated with powered paint, matching colors of Federal Standard No. 595b,
and shall be shock and rain proof. The housing shall be "Bull Nosed" in shape to reduce
vandalism.
The pedestrian push button switch shall be a precision type, single pole, single throw,
expandable to three poles, single throw operation, having pressure type terminals, rated at 120vac,
and capable of IX106 operations. The switches shall be UL listed, CSA certified, and meet the
requirements ofNEMA ICS-I, ICS-2. The switch shall have the following characteristics:
A. The switching unit shall have a stainless steel, aluminum, or structural plastic
operator and shall be mounted within the housing with a stainless steel, non-
corrosive, temper-proof, fastening device. It shall be of such a size to permit
recessed mounting in most existing standard type pedestrian push buttons
without any modifications to either unit.
B. The actuator shall be conical in shape with the cone extending 7/16" to y,"
above bezel of the switch housing, and 2" in diameter.
C. The switch shall have an operating force of 9 to 13 ounces and a minimum
release force of 4 ounces. Pretravel shall be 1/64 inch maximum. Overtravel
shall be 7/32 inch minimum. Differential travel shall be .0004 to .002 inch.
24-1.18 LUMINAIRES -- Luminaires shall conform to the provisions in Section
86-6.01, "High-Intensity Discharge - Luminaires", of the Standard Specifications and these
Special Provisions.
All luminaire to be mounted on horizontal mast arms, when tested in accordance with
California Test 611, shall be capable of withstanding cyclic loading in:
(I) a vertical plane at a minimum peak acceleration level of 3.0 g's peak-to-peak
sinusoidal loading (same as 1.5 g's peak) with the internal ballast removed, for
a minimum of 2 million cycles without failure of any luminaire parts.
(2) a horizontal plane perpendicular to the direction of the mast arm at a minimum
peak acceleration level of 1.5 g's peak-to-peak sinusoidal loading (same as
0.75-g peak) with the internal ballast installed, for a minimum of 2 million
cycles without failure of any luminaire parts.
SP-88
24-1.19 MAST ARM-MOUNTED REFLECTORIZED STREET NAME SIGN --
Mast arm-mounted reflectorized street name signs shall be Type SG.
Sign panel surfaces, including lettering and borders, shall be 3M Brand Visual Impact
performance (VIP 3990) reflective sheeting or approved alternate. Reflective sheeting shall be
applied in such a manner as to maintain light transmission levels specified in the Caltrans
Specifications.
Sign legends shall be white on green as shown on the Plan. Minimum copy size for the
legends shall be 8" V.C. and 6" series D. Minimum sign panel width shall conform to the.
Standards established by Caltrans.
"Periods" shall not be used on abbreviations. Full-size layouts for each legend shall be
submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to fabrication.
Sign panels shall be .063 gauge 5052H38 aluminum with chromate conversion coating as
per Caltrans Specifications. Sign frames shall be constructed of 6061 T6 aluminum channel:
loW' X loW' X 1/8"
The frame shall be welded on all four comers. Sign faces shall be aluminum rivets. A face will
appear on both sides of frame.
The Contractor shall provide and install all the necessary hardware and mounting brackets
to install the mast arm-mounted reflectorized street name signs.
The Contractor shall provide Safeway Sign bracket EZ-L telescoping mast arm sign
bracket with swing assembly, or approved equal, by the City Traffic Engineer.
All modifications to standard equipment must be documented.
The Contractor is responsible for generating the desired documentation in the event that it
is not available from the manufacturer.
, high molecular weight polyethylene with a minimum of 0.060-inch (1.52 mm) jacket thickness,
which shall be resistant to sunlight and chemicals, shall withstand temperatures of -20oC. and
shall conform to the requirements of Specification PE-22 latest edition. The nominal outside
diameter of the cable shall be approximately 0.52-inch (13.1 mm). Interconnect cable shall not be
spliced.
SP-89
24-1.20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL INTERCONNECT SYSTEM -- The interconnection of
the traffic signal system shall be by spread spectrum radio interconnect system and shall conform
to the provisions in Section 24D, "SPREAD SPECTRUM INTERCONNECT SYSTEM" of
these Special Provisions.
24-1.21 EMERGENCY VEHICLE PREEMPTION Emergency vehicle
preemption and priority system shall be installed at this traffic intersection and shall conform to
the provisions in Section 24C, "PREEMPTION AND PRIORITY CONTROL, INFRARED
DATA-ENCODED" of the these Special Provisions.
24-1.22 PAYMENT -- The contract bid lump sum price paid for "TRAFFIC
SIGNAL SYSTEM" shall be considered as full compensation for furnishing all materials, tools
and equipment and for executing all the work involved in the installation of the traffic signal and
street lighting system, including traffic signal inductive loop detection, interconnect and
emergency vehicle preemption priority systems, complete in place, per the Plans, the Caltrans and
Greenbook Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, and
no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
SP-90
SECTION 24A
24A-l INDUCTIVE LOOP DETECTOR
24A-1.01 GENERAL - Inductive loop detectors shall confonn to the provisions in
Section 209, "Street Lighting and Traffic Signal Systems" and Section 209-5.8, "Detectors" of the
Standard Specifications (latest edition), the Caltrans Standard Specifications and Standard Plans
(latest edition), and these Special Provisions.
The traffic signal work includes installation of new inductive loop detectors and detector
lead-in-cables as shown on the Plan and/or as directed by the Engineer, and shall confonn to
Section 209-5.8.2, "Inductive Loop Detectors" of the Standard Specifications, and these Special
Provisions.
24A-1.02 MAINTAINING EXISTING AND TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM - Traffic signal system shutdowns shall be limited to periods between the hours of
9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m.
The Contractor shall place "STOP AHEAD" and "STOP" signs to direct vehicle and
pedestrian traffic through the intersection during traffic signal system shutdowns. All signal faces
shall be covered when the system is shutdown overnight. Temporary "STOP AHEAD" and
"STOP" signs shall be either covered or removed when the system is turned on.
"STOP AHEAD" and "STOP" signs shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall
confonn to the provisions in Section 12-3.06, "Construction Area Signs", of the Standard
Specifications. Minimum size of "STOP" signs shall be 36 inches.
One "STOP AHEAD" sign and one "STOP" sign shall be placed for each direction of
traffic. For two lane approaches, two "STOP" signs shall be placed. Location of signs shall be as
directed by the Engineer.
Full compensation for furnishing, installing, maintaining and removing temporary "STOP
AHEAD" and "STOP" signs and for covering signs and signal faces not in use shall be
considered as included in the contract lump sum price paid for the signal items involved, and no
additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
SP-91
24A-1.03 PULL BOXES - Pull boxes shall be #3-1/2 (except as shown on the Plans)
and installed flush with top of curb or concrete sidewalk.
Plastic pull boxes will not be allowed.
Mark all covers "CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO" and "TRAFFIC".
Pull Boxes shall be secured with a locking pull box cover, as manufactured by Lighting
Security Products, (866) 922-5661, or approved equal. The manufacturer's recommended
installation instructions are included in the APPENDIX of these Special Provisions.
24A-1.04 CONDUCTORS - Conductors and wiring shall conform to the provisions
in Section 209-5.8.2.3, "Conductors", and these Special Provisions.
Loop wire shall be Type 2.
Loop detector lead-in shall be Type C.
Nylon-jacketed conductors shall not be used.
Splices shall be insulated by Method "B" as provided on Caltrans Standard Plans ES-13A.
24A-1.05 INDUCTIVE LOOP DETECTOR - Inductive loop detectors shall conform
to the provisions in Section 209-5.8.2, "Inductive Loop Detectors" ofthe Standard Specifications,
and these Special Provisions.
The Contractor shall install a 6 foot diameter circular loop, Type E, at the locations as
shown on the Plans and as directed by the Engineer. The sides of the slot shall be vertical and the
minimum radius of the slot entering and leaving the circular part of the loop shall be 1-5/8 inch.
Slot width shall be a maximum of 5/8 inch. Loop wire for circular loops shall be Type 2. Slots
of circular loops shall be filled with elastomeric sealant or hot-melt rubberized asphalt sealant.
24A-1.06 SEALANT - Elastomeric sealant or hot-melt rubberized asphalt sealant
shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-5.8.2.4, "Sealants" of the Standard Specifications,
and these Special Provisions.
Residue resulting from slot cutting operations shall not be permitted to flow across
shoulders or lanes occupied by public traffic and shall be removed from the pavement surface.
SP-92
Slots shall be filled with elastomeric sealant or asphaltic emulsion sealant.
Slots in asphalt concrete pavement shall be filled with asphaltic concrete sealant as
follows:
After conductors are installed in the slots cut in the pavement, paint binder shall
be applied to all surfaces of slots in accordance with the provisions in Section 302-5.4,
"Tack Coat", ofthe Standard Specifications, and as directed by the Engineer.
Temperature of sealant material during installation shall be above 700F. Sealant
placed in the slots shall be compacted by use of an 8-inch diameter by lI8-inch thick
steel hand roller or other tool approved by the Engineer. Compacted conductor
coverage shall be one inch. Excess sealant remaining after rolling shall not be reused.
On completion of rolling, traffic will be permitted to travel over the sealant.
24A-1.07 TESTING The Contractor shall test inductive detector loops in
accordance with Section 86-2.14B, "Field Testing", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, and
as directed by the Engineer.
An operating test consisting of five (5) days of trouble-free operation shall be satisfactorily
completed prior to acceptance by the Engineer.
Functional testing shall conform to the prOVISIOns in Section 86-2.14C, "Functional
Testing", ofthe Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
The Contractor shall test the detectors with a motor-drive cycle, as defined in the
California Vehicle Code, that is licensed for street use by the Department of Motor Vehicles, of
the State of California. The unladen weight of the vehicle shall not exceed 220 pounds and the
engine displacement shall not exceed 100 cubic centimeters. Special features, components or
vehicles designed to activate the detector will not be permitted. The Contractor shall provide an
operator who shall drive the motor-driven cycle through the response or detection area of the
detector at not less than 3 miles per hour nor more than 7 miles per hour. The detector shall
provide an indication in response to this test.
24A-1.08 REMOVING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - Removal of any existing
electrical equipment shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-7.01, "Removing Electrical
Equipment", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Any existing
electrical equipment removed shall not be reused, especially conductors, detectors and fuse boxes,
and they shall become the property of the Contractor.
SP-93
24A-1.09 PAYMENT - Full compensation for furnishing all the materials, tools and
equipment and for doing all the work involved in the installation of the inductive loop detector
system, including all the appurtenant facilities, saw cutting, splicing, testing, complete in place,
per the Plans, the Standard Specifications (Green Book), the Caltrans Standard Specifications and
Plans, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, shall be considered as included in
the contract bid lump sum price paid for "TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM", and no additional
compensation shall be allowed therefor.
SP-94
SECTION 24C
24C-I TRAFFIC CONTROL PREEMPTION AND PRIORITY CONTROL SYSTEM
INFRARED ACTIVATED. DATA-ENCODED
24C-1.01 GENERAL -- The priority control system for authorized emergency and
transit vehicles shall employ data-encoded infrared communication to identify the presence of
designated priority or probe vehicles. All equipment supplied as part of this system intended for
use in the controller cabinet shall meet the electrical and environmental specifications spelled out
in the NEMA Standards Publications TS2 where applicable
A record of system users by vehicle classification and identification number shall be
created. In priority vehicle mode, the data-encoded communication shall request the traffic signal
controller to advance to and/or hold a desired traffic signal display selected from phases normally
available. In probe vehicle mode, no traffic signal priority will be requested, only a record of the
probe vehicle's presence will be generated.
A single given traffic intersection within a complete priority control system shall consist of
a matched system of data-encoded emitters, infrared detectors, detector cable, phase selectors,
system software and applicable system accessories from a single manufacturer.
The system shall be the Opticom Multmode EVP system (MMPS) manufactured by
Global Traffic Technologies (GTT), or pre-approved and compatible equal. The manufacturer's
specifications are provided in the APPENDIX of these Special Provisions.
The system emitters shall be capable of generating a user programmable infrared, data-
encoded signal as well as the standard base frequency for emergency and transit bands. The data-
encoded signal shall be detected and recognized by the infrared detectors at or near the
intersection over a line-of-sight path of up to 2,500 feet (762 m) under clear atmospheric
conditions. The phase selector shall process the electrical signal from the detector to ensure that
the communication is:
1. a valid base frequency, and/or
2. is correctly data-encoded, and
3. is within user-settable range
If these conditions are met, the phase selector shall generate a priority control request to
the traffic controller for the appropriate ,intersection approach to request a "green light" for the
approaching priority vehicles, or record the presence of approaching probe vehicles by
classification and identification number.
SP-95
The system shall not require action from the vehicle operator other than to activate (turn
on) the infrared emitter. The system shall operate on a first-come, first-served basis. High
priority requests will override low priority requests. The system shall interface with the 170 and
2070 traffic signal controller equipment and their associated cabinet systems, and shall not
compromise normal operation or existing safety provisions.
24C-l.02 SYSTEM COMPONENTS -- The priority control, data-encoded, infrared
communications system shall be comprised of five (5) basic matched components: data-encoded
emitter, infrared detector, detector cable, phase selector and system software. In addition, a card
rack and electromechanical interface card shall be available if required. To ensure system
integrity, operation and compatibility, all components shall be from the same manufacturer. The
system shall offer compatibility with most signal controllers, e.g., electromechanical, National
Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), 170 or 2070. The system shall be capable of
interface with most globally available controllers using the RS232 interface or with the card rack,
using designated external inputs. Interfacing to an electromechanical controller may require the
use of an interface card.
A. DATA-ENCODED EMITTER - The data-encoded emitter shall trigger the system.
It shall send the encoded infrared signal to the detector. It shall be located on the
priority or probe vehicle.
B. REMOTE CODING UNIT - The remote coding unit shall remotely program the
data-encoded LED infrared emitter without the use of a computer. The remote
coding unit shall not be available for use with the OEM version of the data-
encoded LED emitter.
C. INFRARED DETECTOR - The detector shall change the infrared signal to an
electrical signal. It shall be located at or near the intersection. It shall send the
electrical signal, via the detector cable, to the phase selector.
D. DETECTOR CABLE - The detector cable shall carry the electrical signal from the
infrared detector to the phase selector.
E. PHASE SELECTOR - The phase selector shall accommodate data-encoded
communications and shall validate, identify, classify and record the signal from the
infrared detector. It shall be located within the controller cabinet at the
intersection. It shall request the controller to provide priority to the requesting
vehicle and/or record the presence of a probe vehicle.
SP-96
F. SYSTEM INTERFACE SOFTWARE - The system software shall provide
windows and menus for setting vehicle ID subgroups and codes, range settings,
intersection and channel names, timing parameters, desired green signal
indications during priority control operation and for viewing and downloading
logged information. It shall be a Windows™ compliant program.
G. SYSTEM CENTRAL MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE - This database software
shall support remote system configuration and gathering and reporting of
operational information. This software shall be capable of running on a
Windows™ 2003 server or Windows™ XP or Windows™ 2007 operating system.
H. CARD RACK - The card rack shall provide simplified installation of a phase
selector into controller cabinets that do not already have a suitable card rack.
24C-1.03
SYSTEM COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS --
A. DATA-ENCODED INFRARED EMITTER and PROGRAMMING SOFTWARE
1. The data-encoded emitter shall generate the infrared signal which serves as the
trigger to the rest of the priority control system. The infrared signal generated
by the data-encoded emitter shall be a series of infrared pulses from an array of
infrared LEDs with an integral power supply. The flash signal shall consist of
a fixed frequency base signal and a coded overlay signal that can be used to
transmit information.
2. The data-encoded LED emitter shall be powered by the DC voltage supplied
from the battery of the vehicle. The emitter power supply shall operate from
10 to 32 volts DC. The unit shall be equipped with a weatherproof in-line fuse
holder and a weatherproof quick-disconnect plug.
3. The unit, including all electronics, shall be miniaturized to a size no greater
than 5.9 inches (15 cm) wide by 3.8 inches (9.7 cm) high by 3.5 inches (8.9
cm) deep to accommodate standalone and internallightbar installation.
a. Alternately, for a data-encoded LED based emitter intended for Lightbar
Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs), the unit, including all
electronics, shall be miniaturized to a size no greater than 5.7 inches (14.5
cm) wide by 1.2 inches (3 cm) high by 1.6 inches (4 cm) deep to
accommodate internallightbar installation.
SP-97
4. The data-encoded emitter shall be supplied complete with a 25 foot (7.5 m)
installation cable.
a. The installation cable for the LED OEM version shall be provided by the
OEM.
5. The flash sequence generated by the data-encoded emitter shall carry three (3)
types of information:
a. The fIrst function shall be to transmit the industry standard carrier
frequency for High priority Emergency band signals (14.035 +/- 0.03 Hz)
or Low priority Transit band signals (9.639 +/- 0.003 Hz), or
approximately 12 Hz for Probe frequency.
b. The second function shall be to transmit a vehicle identifIcation signal,
added to the carrier frequency either by modulating the carrier frequency
or by interleaving extra pulses between the standard carrier frequency
pulses.
c. The third function shall be to effect range adjustment of the system using
either coded or non-coded optical emitters positioned at the desired
distance, while the optical signal processor/phase selector range
adjustment features are activated in the traffIc cabinet. The range of each
system intersection approach shall be adjustable between 200 feet (90m)
and 2500 feet (762m) for both high and low priority signals.
24C-1.04 OPTICAL DETECTOR -- The optical detector shall be manufactured
from black glass-fIlled, UV stabilized polycarbonate suitable for all weather use. The detector
shall be designed and sealed to prevent the entrance of rain, sleet and snow.
The optical detector shall sense and transform optical energy from optical emitters into
electrical signals to be decoded by the optical signal processor/phase selector and shall sense
optical emitter signals over an adjustable range of up to 2500 feet (762m) in optimum
atmospheric conditions. It shall transmit electrical signals to the optical signal processor/phase
selector via up to 1000 feet of optical detector cable. It shall have an internal terminal strip with
wiring label for convenient positive connection to the detector cable.
The optical detector shall have as a minimum a conical eight (8) degree or greater fIeld of
view centered about the view port normal axis. Should wider viewing fIelds be necessary, the
vendor shall supply the equiprnent/hardware to achieve the detection area that is needed for the
specifIc application.
SP-98
24C-1.05 OPTICAL DETECTOR CABLE -- The optical detector shall be either
three (3) or four (4) conductor shielded control cable, with foil shield overall and ground wire. It
shall the requirements ofIPCEA-S-61-402/NEMA WC5, Section 7.4, 600-Volt Control Cable,
rated for 75 degrees Celsius, Type B, and the following:
Wire Quantity
Wire Gauge
CONDUCTORS
3
A WG #20 (7 x 28) stranding
Conductor Material
Individually tinned copper
strands
PVC, 80C, 600V, 25-mil
minimum average thickness
Insulation
Wire Color
1 Blue, 1 Orange, and 1
Yellow
4
AWG #20 (7 x 28)
stranding
Individually tinned
copper strands
PVC, 80C, 600V, 25-
mil minimum
average thickness
Blue, Orange,
Yellow, and Other
Shield shall be aluminized polyester film or approved equal, applied with a nominal 20%
overlap to provide 100% shield coverage Drain Wire shall be A WG #20 (7 x 28) stranding
gauge. Material shall be individually tinned copper strands, non-insulated and in contact with the
shield conductive surface. Drain and conductor DC resistance shall not exceed 11.0 ohms per
thousand feet. Capacitance from 1 conductor to the other 2 conductors and shield shall not
exceed 48 pf/ft at 1000 Hz. Jacket shall have a minimum average wall thickness of .045",
temperature rating of 80C, voltage Rating - 600V. Material shall be PVC, Black with a nominal
O.D. over jacket - .35" maximum.
The optical detector cable shall be of durable construction to allow the following types of
installation: Direct burial; Conduit and mast arm pull; or Exposed overhead, as with span wire.
24C-I.06 OPTICAL SIGNAL PROCESSOR/PHASE SELECTOR -- The optical
signal processor/phase selector shall be installed in the traffic controller cabinet to decode the
electrical signals from optical detectors. The optical signal processor/phase selector shall
interface directly with 170 and 2070 series controllers with compatible software, and NEMA TS-
1 and TS-2 with suitable system interface equipment and software and associated cabinet systems.
SP-99
24C-1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL -- All equipment supplied as part of the optical
preemption traffic control system intended for use in the controller cabinet shall meet the
electrical and enviromnental specifications spelled out in the NEMA Standards Publications TS2-
1992 Part 2 where applicable.
24C-1.08 QUALIFICATIONS -- The manufacturer or their qualified agents shall
supply a list of at least three preemption system users having experience with the various types of
preemption system components available from the manufacturer for a minimum of three years.
The manufacturer shall be able to demonstrate the ability to provide on going technical and
product warranty support.
A tour of the manufacturer's production facilities shall be made available for a maximum
of two inspectors from the CITY upon request.
The manufacturer shall have an independent quality control department that has complete
authority to monitor product integrity and is answerable only to a senior officer of the
manufacturing organization.
24C-1.09 RESPONSIBILITIES The manufacturer or the manufacturer's
representative shall provide responsive service before, during and after the installation of the
priority control system. The manufacturer or the manufacturer's representatives shall provide
training to the system installer and maintenance department of the CITY. Training shall consist
of proper installation and operating procedures for the system hardware and software.
The manufacturer or the manufacturer's representative shall, at the request of the CITY,
assist with field surveys of the traffic system intersections to insure that all traffic control system
equipment shall interface with the manufacturer's preemption system components. The necessary
number of preemption channels and the appropriate location of the optical detectors, for optimum
system operation shall be determined at this inspection.
The manufacturer or the manufacturer's representative shall assist the installer or the
CITY's Traffic Operations to insure that all traffic controllers are properly programmed for
preemption system interface. Preemption system maintenance and operational manuals shall be
provided to the purchasing agency and system installer.
The manufacturer or the manufacturer's representative shall provide an Emergency
Vehicle Driver Training Course to all qualified personnel who will use the preemption system, at
the request of the CITY. At least one copy of the materials used for the driver training course
shall be provided to the CITY for future review.
Sp.IOO
The manufacturer shall warrant, provided the preemption system components have been
properly installed, operated, and maintained, that matched system components that fail due to
material flaws or workmanship shall be replaced or repaired under manufacturers published
warranty provisions. The protection period against system component failure shall have a total
duration of not less than 10 full years (1 year for emitter lamps) according to provisions set forth
in the manufacturers published warranty.
The manufacturer shall provide, upon request, a certificate of product liability insurance
for $5,000,000.
The manufacturer of the preemption system shall certify on request from the CITY that all
the component products in their system are designed, manufactured, and tested as a system of
matched components and shall meet or exceed the requirements of the specification.
24C-l.l 0 PAYMENT - Full compensation for the installation of emergency vehicle
preemption and priority system, including furnishing all materials, tools and equipment and for
doing all the work involved in the installation of the preemption and priority, infrared activated,
data-encoded system, including all the appurtenant facilities and testing, complete in place, per
the Plans, per the Standard Specifications (Green Book), the Caltrans Standard Specifications and
Plans, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, shall be considered as included in
the contract bid lump sum price paid for "TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM", and no additional
compensation shall be allowed therefor.
SP-lOl
SECTION 24D
24D-l SPREAD SPECTRUM INTERCONNECT SYSTEM
24D-1.01 GENERAL - Traffic Signal Spread spectrum interconnect system shall
conform to the provisions in Section 209, "Street Lighting and Traffic Signal Materials" and
Section 307, "Street Lighting and Traffic Signal Systems" of the Standard Specifications (latest
edition), the Caltrans Standard Specifications and Standard Plans (latest edition), and these
Special Provisions.
24D-1.02 TRAFFIC SIGNAL INTERCONNECT SYSTEM -- The interconnection
of the traffic signal system shall be by spread spectrum radio interconnect system and shall
consist of antennas, cables, interface units, modems, radios and all other appurtenances to provide
a fully functional communication system to operate with Model 170E or 170 masters and local
Model170E or 170 controller units.
24D-1.03 INSTALLATION -- The Contractor shall install master and slave radios in
the controller cabinet at the locations shown on the Plans. The antenna for the radios shall be
installed by the Contractor on a signal pole as shown on the Plans and as determined in
cooperation with the Engineer and the manufacturer. All cabling and connections from the radios
to the antennas shall be installed by the Contractor in coordination with the Engineer.
24D-1.04 RADIO -- Spread Spectrum Radio shall be P-Com Corporation Airlink
Model 19MP-E or approved equals. Each radio shall meet FCC Part 15.247 requirements for
unlicensed use and shall operate with a communication protocol that is fully compatible with the
traffic signal controller system's equipment communications protocol. The radio shall be able to
operate as either a master or as a slave, and the use direct sequence to spread the radio frequency
(RF) carrier. The radio shall be encased in a hardened unit and meet the National Electrical
Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) TS-l environmental standards for traffic signal equipment.
SP-I02
Other features to be provided are as follows:
Data Interface
Slaves
Power Re uirements
The radio supplier or its authorized representative shall verify by written certification that
said radios are fully compatible with said traffic controller equipment; certification shall be prior
to installation. All radios supplied shall be of the same type (manufacturer model, series, etc.). A
shelf shall be provided for each cabinet for the radio. One extra radio will also be provided.
24D-l.05 COAXIAL CABLE -- Coaxial cable shall be installed from each antenna
to the controller cabinet. At least 10' of coax shall be left in the cabinet. For routing of said
coaxial cable, refer to Exhibits for conduit information. NOTE: The Exhibits are not to scale; it
will be the Contractor's responsibility to determine length of coaxial cable required.
The coaxial cable shall be Times Microwage System LMR 400 or approved equal. The
coaxial cable shall be designed for underground installation and shall meet or exceed the
following specifications:
1m edance
Attenuation
Core Insulation
Outer Diameter
Shield
Outer Jacket
Minimum Bend Radius
50 Ohms
3.9 db/lOO ft 900 Mhz
Foam 01 eth lene core
405" outer diameter
100% shield coverage > 90dB
RF shieldin
Black Polyethylene, UV
rotected
1.0"
SP-103
24D-1.06 ANTENNA -- The antenna shall be a directional Yagi antenna compatible
with the Spread Spectrum Radio System (900 Mhz). The antenna shall have 50 OHM impedance,
an N type female antenna post and shall have a gain of 15 dB!.
24D-1.07 ANTENNA MOUNT -- Directional antennas shall be installed on the
existing traffic signal pole mast-arms and/or pole shafts as selected by the Engineer. The antenna
mount shall be band-strapped to the mast-arm or pole shaft.
24D-l.08 CONNECTORS -- The connectors shall be AmphenoI82-202-1006. Male
type "N" or approved equal.
24D-1.09 LIGHTNING PROTECTOR The lightning protector shall be a
Polyphaser IS-50NX-C2 or approved equal. A lightning protector shall be provided for each
radio. It shall be mounted in the traffic control cabinet.
24D-1.l 0 MODEM -- An external type 202 modem shall be installed at the master
radio location. This modem shall meet all NEMA TS-l enviromnental standards.
24D-1.l1
CABLES -- Cables shall be provided for the following:
Master Radio:DB25 to DB9; C2 to 4 wire; 4' drop coax.
Slave Radio:
DB25 to C2; 4' drop coax.
ALL CABLES SHALL BE WIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION WITH SPECIFIED
EQUIPMENT.
24D-1.l2 SPREAD SPECTRUM TESTING -- To assure path feasibility and
spectrum availability for proper operation of the Spread Spectrum Radio System Interconnect, the
following tests shall be performed:
a. A spectrum analysis to determine spectrum usage and availability within the
902-928 Mhz frequency range shall be conducted by the radio supplier or an
authorized representative in the presence of the Engineer or his representative.
From the results of this analysis and after conferring with said representative,
the Engineer will determine the appropriate frequency to be used. This analysis
shall be performed prior to antenna and radio installation.
SP-I04
b. To determine the quality of data transferred over the RF link, a BERT reading
shall be taken and logged for each maser to slave link. This BERT shall follow
the industry standard test pattern for BERT measurement. The documentation
shall include initial BERT readings, error readings and return BERT readings.
Each shall be logged by listing the ending points of the link along with BERT
reading.
c. Each link shall have an R.S.S. reading logged for proper determination of path
integrity. This reading shall b in D.C. volts and shall reference an average Bit
error Rate. The R.S.S. shall be monitored for at least 10 minutes.
24D-1.13 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE MANUAL -- This manual shall be
assembled in volumes of 3D-ring binders of 3" maximum thickness and shall be indexed item by
item. Several items may be covered in a single binder. The manual shall document in detail the
maintenance and service aspects of the equipment on an item by item basis with clearly detailed
illustrations including schematic diagrams. The manual shall contain comprehensive lists of parts
and costs, with illustrations if necessary, as well as a troubleshooting guide to enable CITY
technicians, or others to carry out maintenance operations down to the module level. The
Contractor shall furnish one manual.
24D-1.14 INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL -- This manual shall be
assembled in volumes of 3D-ring binders of3" maximum thickness and shall be indexed item by
item. Several items may be covered in a single binder. The manual shall document in detail the
installation and operation of the equipment on an item by item basis with clearly detailed
illustrations. The Contractor shall furnish one manual.
All modifications to standard equipment must be documented.
The Contractor is responsible for generating the desired documentation in the event that it
is not available from the manufacturer.
24D-1.15 PAYMENT - Full compensation for furnishing all the materials, tools and
equipment and for doing all the work involved in the installation of the spread spectrum
interconnect system, including all the appurtenant facilities and system testing, complete in place,
per the Plans, the Standard Specifications (Green Book), the Caltrans Standard Specifications and
Plans, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, shall be considered as included in
the contract bid lump sum price paid for "TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM", and no additional
compensation shall be allowed therefor.
SP-IOS
SECTION 25A
25A-l ADmSTMENT OF WATER FACILITIES
25A-1.01 GENERAL - Adjustment of water meter boxes and water valve enclosures
shall be in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
In general, the work includes the adjustment of water meter boxes and water valve
enclosures that may exist in the project area.
The Contractor shall notifY the owner of the water facility a minimum of seven days prior
to beginning work that will affect the water line system.
The word "Water Department" shall mean the City of San Bernardino Municipal Water
Department or the East Valley Water District, depending on the area of construction,
The words "Directed, Required, Permitted, Ordered, Designated, Prescribed by the Water
Department", or words of like importance, used in Specifications or upon the drawings, shall be
understood to mean that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation, or prescription
of the Engineer is intended, and similarly, the words "Approved, Acceptable, Satisfactory by the
Water Department", or words of like importance, shall mean approved by or acceptable to, or
satisfactory to the Engineer, unless otherwise expressly stated.
The word "Engineer" shall mean a Civil Engineer registered as such in the State of
California and employed by the Water Department, acting either directly or through designated
and properly authorized agents, assistants, and inspectors.
The word "Contractor" shall mean the person, persons, partnership or corporation duly
licensed as such in the State of California to enter into a contract for the performance of the work
required.
The words "Or Approved Equal" shall mean a product that meets all A.W.W.A.
specifications and has been approved for use in the City of San Bernardino's domestic water
system by the Municipal Water Department or the East Valley Water District.
SP-I06
25A-1.02 CONDITIONS - The Contractor shall obtain copies of and comply with all
applicable current statutes, laws ordinances, rules, regulations, and State of California, the County
of San Bernardino, the City of San Bernardino, and any other governmental agencies having
jurisdiction, and shall make application for all required permits and bear cost of same.
In the event of conflict between the requirements of these Special Provisions specifications
and the requirements of the permits, it shall be understood that the more exacting requirements
shall govern.
The Contractor shall furnish to the owning Water Department copies of all required
permits and licensed prior to initiation of the work. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor
shall supply to the Water Department letter(s) of approval from the governing bodies having
jurisdiction that the Contractor has met the requirements and conditions of the permits or licenses.
25A-1.03 CAL-OSHA SAFETY CODE - All work shall be done in a manner that
complies with all CAL-OSHA Title 8 - Safety Codes.
25A-1.04 DEFECTIVE WORK OR MATERIALS - No work which is defective in
its construction or deficient in any of the requirements of these Specifications will be considered
as accepted in consequence of the failure of any inspector connected with the work to point out
said defects or deficiency during construction. The Contractor shall correct any imperfect work
without compensation from the City of San Bernardino or the Municipal Water Department
before final acceptance of the work by the Water Department.
25A-1.05 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS - Unless otherwise
indicated in the Plans or these Special Provisions specifications, or unless otherwise cared for by
the owner of a public utility or franchise, all water, gas, oil, or irrigation lines, structures or house
laterals, in place, and other surface or subsurface structures or lines, shall be maintained by the
Contractor and shall not be disturbed, disconnected or damaged by him during the progress of the
work. Should the Contractor in the performance of the work disturb, disconnect or damage any of
the above, all expenses of whatever nature arising from such disturbance or in the replacement or
repair thereof shall be borne by the Contractor.
25A-1.06 EXCAVATION. TRENCHING AND BACKFILL All excavation,
trenching, and backfill shall be in accordance with Public Works Standards and shall be inspected
by the Public Works Engineer.
SP-I07
25A-1.07 PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT - When it is necessary to break pavement
in order to adjust water facility enclosures shown on the construction drawings, the existing
pavement shall be cut vertically as nearly as possible to a straight line by a method approved by
the City of San Bernardino, Public Works Division, Department of Development Services, as
shown on the Plans. The pavement so removed shall be hauled away and shall be replaced with
like material. All pavement removal and replacement shall conform to the standards and
specifications of the governing body having jurisdiction and shall meet with their approval. The
Contractor shall be responsible for removing, disposing of, and replacing all necessary pavement.
All paving shall be inspected by the Public Works Division Engineer. It is understood by the
Public Works Division that all pavement replacement by this construction is not the responsibility
of the Municipal Water Department.
25A-1.08 INSTALLATION - All foreign matter and dirt shall be removed from the
interior of the meter box or valve box prior to adjustment of the water meter box or water valve
cover.. The pipe shall be inspected for defects. Any defective, damaged, or unsound pipe shall
be immediately reported to the Engineer.
The Contractor shall at all times take care to protect and preserve all improvements. All
pipe and materials which, in the opinion of the Water Department, have been damaged shall be
replaced by the Contractor at his own expense.
All existing gate valves shall be shut off by Water Department staff. All service, valves,
and corporation stops shall be shut offby Contractor under Water Department inspection.
AU valves 4" and larger shall be operated by Water Department staff onlv.
25A-1.09 PAYMENT -- The contract bid unit price paid per each for "ADJUST
Existing Water Valve Enclosure To Grade" shall be considered as full compensation for
providing all the material, tools and equipment, and for doing all the work involved in the
adjustment of water valve enclosures to meet grade of project improvements, complete in place,
per the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, and no
additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
The provisions contained in Section 3-2, "Changes Initiated by the Agency", of the
Standard Provisions shall not apply to adjusting water valve enclosure and water meter box and
covers, and no adjustment shall, therefore, be made in the contract unit price for increased or
decreased quantities of adjusting utility facilities.
SP-l0R
SECTION 26 THROUGH SECTION 37
BLANK
SP-109
SECTION 38A
38A-l IRRIGATION SYSTEM
(MODIFY EXISTING)
38A-1.0l GENERAL -- Landscape irrigation shall comply with the Standard
Specifications, Section 212-2, "Irrigation System Materials", Section 308-5, "Irrigation System
Installation", Section 308-7, "Guarantee" and these Special Provisions, as shown on the Plans and
as directed by the Engineer.
The work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the relocation of existing irrigation
system, including any incidental work not shown or specified, including all incidental work not
shown or specified which can reasonably be inferred as part ofthe work and necessary to provide
a complete and functional system.
. The Contractor shall coordinate irrigation sprinkler work with all underground utilities and
other trades responsible for their installation. The Contractor shall use extreme care in excavating
and working near existing utilities. Contractor is responsible for damages to utilities which are
caused by his operation or neglect. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing describing
all unacceptable conditions and will not proceed with work until unacceptable site conditions are
corrected or existing utilities are located.
The Contractor shall furnish all necessary labor, materials and equipment required to
complete the work of installing a fully functioning landscape irrigation system in accordance with
the Plans, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and
experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified
requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section.
The Contractor shall provide whatever temporary system is necessary to provide adequate
watering of existing landscape area during the time of relocation of existing irrigation system.
Additional water shall be performed in the event of unusually hot/dry conditions or during a
prolonged high temperature period during the summer months, as directed by the Engineer.
SP-IIO
38A-1.02 IRRIGATION SYSTEM MATERIALS -- All materials and components
used shall be new and without flaws or defects and of quality and performance as specified. Prior
to installation of any irrigation work, the Contractor shall submit a list of all materials and
components the Contractor proposes to use for approval by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall relocate, repair, replace, clean, adjust, straighten, raise and lower the
sprinkler and irrigation system components, including the existing irrigation control valves, as
directed by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall, at no cost to the CITY, repair or replace any damaged sprinkler and
lor irrigation system component damaged due to the Contractor's own negligence.
Any replacement must conform the type and kind of the existing system. Any deviation
must be approved in writing by the Engineer.
38A-1.03 TRENCHING - The Contractor shall dig trenches and support pipe
continuously on bottom of ditch. Lay pipe to an even grade. The Contractor shall plan trenching
excavation and shall follow layout indicated on plan and as noted. Where lines occur under paved
areas, consider dimension to be below the subgrade. Piping shown in paved areas shall be
installed in sleeves.
The Contractor shall provide not less than 6 inches clearance between sprinkler lines, and
lines of other trades, and shall not install parallel lines directly over any other line.
Minimum width of any trench shall be four inches, or 1.5 times the diameter of pipe,
whichever is greater. If rock is encountered, excavate four inches deeper and backfill to pipe
grade with well-graded sand. Keep trenches even and free of obstructions and debris that may
damage pipe. The Contractor shall not mix sub-soil with top-soil.
All pressure supply lines and control wires shall have a minimum cover of24".
All other non-pressure lines shall have a minimum cover of 18"
Under vehicle bearing paving, all lateral piping and pressure lines shall have a minimum
cover of 30" from top of pavement.
SP-ll1
38A-1.04 BACKFILLING -- Initial backfill (first 6") on all lines shall be of a fine
granular material, with no foreign matter larger than 3/8" in size.
Backfill material shall be tamped in four-inch layers, under the pipe unifonnly on both
sides for the full length of the pipe. Materials shall be sufficiently damp to pennit thorough
compaction under and on each side of the pipe, to provide support free of voids.
Backfill for trenching shall be compacted to dry density equal to the adjacent undisturbed
soil, and shall confonn to the adjacent grades without dips, sunken areas, humps, or other
irregularities.
In proper types of soil, the Engineer may authorize the use of flooding in lieu of tamping.
Under no circumstances shall truck wheels be used for compacting soil.
38A-1.05 FLUSHING - Pressure and non-pressure lines shall be thoroughly flushed
after all irrigation pipe lines and risers are in place and connected and prior to installation of
equipment and heads. The Contractor shall not proceed with the installation until lines have been
flushed to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
38A-1.06 PRESSURE TESTING - All hydrostatic tests shall be made only in the
presence of the Engineer, or other duly authorized representative of the CITY. No pipe shall be
backfilled until it has been inspected, and approved in writing.
Pressure supply lines shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 pounds per square
inch for a period of two hours. Non-pressure lines to be tested under hydrostatic pressure of 100
pounds per square inch for one hour. The Contractor shall furnish necessary force pump and all
other test equipment.
If leaks develop, repair and repeat pressure test until system is water tight.
38A-1.07 ADmSTING OF SYSTEM - The system shall be adjusted to minimize
pressure loss. All back drainage of heads shall be stopped with "Valcon ADV" check valves, or
approved equal, in riser. Heads shall be flushed and adjusted to prevent over spray onto adjacent
paving and/or structures as much as possible.
Adjusting shall include valves and alignment and coverage of sprinkler or emitter heads.
The Contractor shall make final adjustments to the system including addition of sprinkler heads or
emitters and emitter housings as necessary to provide for irrigation of all plant material as shown
on the Plans. These changes or adjustments shall be made without additional cost to the CITY.
Sp.112
38A-l.08 COVERAGE TEST -- When the sprinkler system is complete, the
Contractor shall perform a coverage test in the presence of the Engineer to determine if the water
is complete and adequate. The Contractor shall furnish all materials and all work required to
correct any inadequacies of coverage due to deviations from Plans, or where the system has been
willfully installed as indicated on the Plans when it is obviously inadequate, without bringing this
to the attention of the Engineer.
38A-l.09 FINAL INSPECTION -- A [mal inspection of the work shall be made by the
Engineer in the presence of the Contractor, at the time when all the work is completed. A
notification of work completion and request for a final inspection shall be made by the
Contractor, in writing, four (4) working days in advance of such inspection.
38A-1.l0 COMPLETION CLEANING -- Upon completion of the work, the
Contractor shall make the ground surface level, remove excess materials, rubbish, debris, etc., and
remove construction and installation equipment from the premises.
38A-1.l1 GUARANTEE - All work shall be guaranteed against all defects in
workmanship, materials, and equipment for one (1) year from date of [mal inspection and
acceptance. Any and all damage, resulting from the faulty materials or workmanship, shall be
repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer, at no expense to the CITY. All
problems related to these defects and called to the attention of the Contractor by the CITY during
this period, shall be corrected by Contractor within 15 days of notification.
The CITY shall have the right to make emergency repairs without relieving the Contractor
of his guarantee obligation. This guarantee also covers sinking of trenching below adjacent
grade, and breaking or settlement of paving and other structures and planting due to sinking of
trenching.
38A-1.l2 PAYMENT -- The contract bid lump sum price paid for "MODIFY
Existing Landscape Irrigation System" shall include full compensation for providing all the
material, tools and equipment and for doing all the work involved in modifying the existing
landscape irrigation system affected by the work of this project, complete in place, per the Plans,
these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be
allowed therefor.
SP-113
GUARANTEE FOR SPRINKLER IRRIGATION SYSTEM
We hereby guarantee that the modified sprinkler irrigation system we have furnished and
installed is free from defects in materials and workmanship. The work has been completed in
accordance with the drawings and specifications (ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or
neglect excepted). We agree to repair or replace any defects in material or workmanship which
may develop during the period of one (1) year from date of fmal acceptance. We also agree to
repair or replace any damage resulting from the repairing or replacing of such defects at no
additional cost to the CITY. We shall make such repairs or replacements within fifteen (15) days
after receipt of written notice. In the event of our failure to make such repairs or replacements
within the specified time, we authorize the CITY to proceed to have such repairs or replacements
made at our expense, and we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand.
PROJECT:
LOCATION:
SIGNED:
CONTRACTOR FIRM NAME:
ADDRESS:
TELEPHONE NO.:
DATE OF ACCEPTANCE:
SP-114
SECTION 39 THROUGH SECTION 49
BLANK
SP-llS
SECTION 50
50-1 REMOVAL AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING
IMPROVEMENTS EXCEPT STREET PAVEMENT
50-1.01 GENERAL - The Contractor shall comply with Section 7-9, "Protection
and Restoration of Existing Improvements", of the Standard Specifications, latest edition, and
these Special Provisions.
All existing improvements (except utilities and street pavements) including, but not
limited to curbs, gutters, cross gutters, spandrels, driveways and sidewalks, walls, fences,
sprinkler systems, lawns, shrubs, trees, and traffic signs, traffic striping and traffic detector loops
which are damaged or removed during the course of construction of the project shall be restored
or replaced to a condition equal to or better than, in all respects, the existing improvements
removed or damaged, unless otherwise specified or noted on the drawings.
The removal and restoration of existing improvements shall be in accordance with the
applicable provision of these Special Provisions, the Standard Specifications, Standard Drawing
and the following requirements:
I. In the event a portion of curb, gutter or monolithic curb and gutter is damaged by
the Contractor's operations, a minimum of 10 feet of curb, gutter or curb and
gutter shall be removed and replaced regardless of how short a length is damaged.
The Contractor shall begin said 10-foot section, if possible, at an existing joint or
scoring line. If said 10-foot section ends within 3 feet of an existing joint or
scoring line, then the removal shall extend to said joint or scoring line.
2. If concrete cross gutter is damaged by the Contractor's operations, the cross gutter
shall be removed in its entirety and replaced.
3. Concrete sidewalk shall be removed in its entirety between scoring lines or
between scoring line and joint. Prior to removal, scoring lines shall be saw-cut.
4. If a concrete driveway is damaged and is a single monolithic structure, it shall be
removed in its entirety and replaced.
SP-116
5. If a concrete driveway is damaged and is monolithic with the sidewalk, it shall be
set off from the sidewalk by a saw cut along the edge of the sidewalk. The
driveway shall then be removed in its entirety and replaced.
6. If the roadside signs are damaged during the construction, they shall be restored or
replaced to a condition equal or better than the existing per the prior approval of
the City's Traffic Section. New installation shall not impede into required ADA
access distance around obstacles. A minimum clearance of 48" shall be
maintained.
7. If existing fence is in conflict with the new construction, fence shall be relocated
by the Contractor.
Unless otherwise specified, all excess excavation or removed material shall become the
property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by him away from the site of work.
50-1.02 PAYMENT - Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this
section, not otherwise provided for, shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the
various contract bid items of work involved, and no additional compensation will be allowed
therefor.
SP-ll7
APPENDIX
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM
FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
BXCDPTS I'RO. TBB CALII'ORlIL\. LABOR CODB RBLATDlG TO
APr_-tJ:CB8 OK PUBLIC WORKS
Chaptv 1 01 DnIaIoa 3
APPRBIITICBS OK PUBLIC WORKS
1773.3. An ~ _ ..baR pubUc ....... contnICt .. wilhln the jurioodidIon or Seclion 1777.5 _. within
..... dl\yo 0( the a........ """" a """" of the ........ to the DIftoIaa 0( Appo-.........,p _ Wben __.....~
requeoted by a ""* joint __p c:oaunI_. the _ oIoaIl DOtiI'r the Ioca1 jaiftt _tk:abip -
"'88ftIinI aD ouch ....,.,-da app1V-..... to the joint _ticeobIp -- IIIaIdns the ~ Within ..... Up of a
ftndlnc of...y dioaqlaney ~ the ratio or __ to jourIIqIIlea. punu...t to the _ _ number
of _lice. tojoumeymen, the IlW1Udlnc _ obaJl DOtiI'r the DmoIon 0( "-tioeobip _..
1776. (01 E8<:b con_ and .u-'_ obaJl keep _Ie ~ -. ........... the -. _... oodaI
oeel1ri13"number. _ ...-...-....... tllraf&ht _ and__ ......... __ -. do,y and -. and the """,01 per
diem _ pUd to _ jou_ _ntlce. _. or other......-.,,_ ~ by blm or bee In connection
with the public -. _ P"IJ"III .-.I _ c:ontoin or be __ by a written _ _ it io mode under
penaIt;y ofpesjwy. otatin& both or the ~ (1) The ~ _ in the ~ _ io ln1e and c:om:cL
(2) The employer boo complied with the __nb of Sectiono 1771. UIII. and 1815 fill' any __ pedtmu:d by hio
or bee....," ~_ on the public""'" ptqject.
lbl The P"IJ"III _. enu__ under oubdloioion (01 _ be certilied and oltaD be avollable for
i__ at aD _...... _co at the principal oIIi<e of the con_ on the following buio: II) A cortl6ed """" of
... empio,roe'. P"IJ"III _ obaJl be mode aonUIabIe far ~ or fUmlobed to the emploJoec or blo or bee
0_ .CjlI__ on ~. (21 A --'K1lOd COP.!' of aD ~ _ enumerated in..._ (01 obaJl be
mode .. . L" far...... ..... or lUmiobed upon requeot to a ..-- of the body .........uns the contnlc., the
0i0rWaa oIl.abar StaDdarde ~, -t, and the DWWoa fIl Ar__"L ...11. ~ of the Depllrtment of'
__ _. (3) A certiIied copy or aD ~ __ enumerated in IIIIbdiYioion (a) obaJl be mode ..aDaI>Ie
upon JelIueal by the pubUc for In............. or for copio. tbereoC. _. . -' by the public obaJl be mode throucb
eitber the body ~ the _t, the Olvloion of "-tioeobip 8tandarda. or the Divialon 0( Labor Standanla
_to If the .......- ~ _ hue not been ..._ld.d punuent to porocrapb (2). the requeatlna parIy
obaJl, prior to belna ...__ the -*. ___ the _18 0( _lion by the contnlctDr. IItlbconlnoctDro. and
the CIlIiIy lbrou&h which the requeot _ ...-. The pu- - - be Pen """".. to the _. at the prindpaI
..... o(the....-.
(c:lThe certilied ~ _ obaJlllo on ....... ,.._. ..-" by the Dioloion ol Labor Standanla Enforcement or
ohaDc:ontointhe__ ~ ..the_,.._I~ 1bythe_.
(d) A _ or ouboo<lv.;- maD IIIe a certilied """" or the recorda enumerated in l1li_ (01 with
the enIiIy _.......- tile _ __ 10 cIIIp __ ~ ora written requeoL
(e) Any c:apy of _ __ ...- ... ~ .. ..... - lllmiabed upon requeot to the pubHc or
_ pu_ _ by the a. ........ the DWlolan 0( Ap,.....1I IJp _, ...the Dloiolan 0( Labor Standanla
.................t obaII be __ or .... _ to _t _re of... indIriduol'. ......., _. and oociaI oecurity
attmber. TIle _ __ o(tbe -'" . __ the __...the oubeen_.~ the ...........
obaII not be __.....wt>.. . , ,...,c:apyol_ _ _ Ioriaop"tio.. by. or _ tIO. ajaifttlo1Jor-
--....-_t .".-...m-..,-1.'" ......-at tD the IIdenl LHor..... .u -'";: CoopcatiDD Act or 1978 (8eetion IT5&.
o(TitIe 29 01 the _ _~... Ilo __ ....eLI.. ,.~ IlII\r tIO _tdilodooure or...lndioiduaI'. name
mad -.xW 8IeCUrit;y nu.ber. A jolnt labor -- JI. .,t . I ...,. .....tmn lID IIdian. in a ClOUd or eam.petent
jwiodietion oplnot ... O'"'r''''''' ...... _ to comply with Seclion 1774. '!'be court _ ........ _lion to an
_ " " ,,__ fDI' UDp8id .... ud ..., ..... tbe jMilt labor -- __ lI>..t COID81ittec .. ...." ~...""... aDd ~
in<:Urred in mainlalnlnll the .:lion. AD _ under _ -_ _ not be ..... on tile emplo,ot'.
-' ~ .~ ... 0I1Ile _ oIa _ .. iIo ...- P"IJ"III _. Hothb1lIin _ 1IIIbdl....... Ilmito any otbcr
............ "'1 ....'.i.. ~af""""',
"The _1>.___ tbe \loolr-...the.....tno:to(the _0I1Ile _en__
__.. 101. ~ t,~ 11M __.... - '-"liY. - obaJl, wlthln..... ~do,yo, pmide a - ofa
cllanFof__- .
!liThe ....._111' ~b_. _ hue 10'" in which tIO comply _bIeqtlmt to recolpt 01. written
_ .....--.. the .-. .....- In ..bdloIolan 101. In the _t _the con_ or ___ _ to
comply _ the lo.do,y period. .... ... obe obaJl, .. a"""'" to the _ ... poIIllcaJ .._.. __ _ the
...._ '" _... _...<Ied, fodeIt ~.Ihe doIIon 1*251.... _ _ do,y, or portlan IheRol, far - -.
UDII1 oldot .'1 - ,".1" .. Upoa die __ oil die Ditlolaoa or Appnmtioeobip IItaDlIe<da or the 0i1rlII0n of
....... S' .. AI - - - . .... JI w- .... lie . -.. ........ ......~. k '- ....... due. A CIIIItndlII' iI not.
..lIJIect tIO a ......., , ... t .. lIIia __ _ to ... ........ 0( a AI' !Jat: - tIO comply with lbio
--.
lIII The.... __ .... tbe __......... Ilo _ ill the __....... ,. .. _ lbio
--.
fil TIle ~........ ruIoo ".,1 1 t wlIIt the CaBxnIa PIlblle
__ -. l~ 3.5 ~no:inII: with Section 6:l5Ol, Di'riaion 7, TItle I, Government Code) and the Informalion
_llctaU9'77. (I'ltIe t.81 h' . OCwithSection 1798). -'4. Dtrioion 3. CiwilCada) pemiDgthe",_of
_ .-da. iar:1udiac the .,-.........-. al...,.-..... _ to be duqod for n:producln& c:opleo al n:conI. n:quin:<!
by----
(j) nu. -. _ n:main In.- aa\y until J.......,. I, 2003, and _ al_ _ ;. n:pcooIed, uDlcu .Ialer
...- _Ie, _ Ie...-....... J.......,. 1,:1003,"""'" or_ -_.
1T16. laI Each __ and ."bccm_ _ keep an _ul'llle pe.yroI1 n:conI. .-... the -, -. oaciaI
oecurity number, _ c",! - ..".." and......... lima and.....rtime houra __.- dl\Y and wad<, and the ociual
per diem _ poId to.-jou_. _lice, _, arother empIayee eDlJlIoJ<d by him arber In canneelian
with the public: _,
(bl 1ba pe.yroI1 n:conI. .....1D01'8lOCI under ."bdtrioion (aI .hoII be certlIied and o1ud1 be Il1'OiIabIe br
in__ at 011 __ houra at the princ:ipaI a8Ice of the __ on the loIIowiDa booio: (I) A eertlIied ~ of
an employoe'. pe.yroI1 n:conI _ be mode available lor Inspaction III" furni8hed ta the enapJa,oe or blo ar her
outbarilled ...",__ OIl n:queot. (21 A certlIied ~ al on pl\JIOII n:conI. enumeralled In .,,_ laI ohoIJ be
mode ...- .... ........Ii..' 1IC lUmiobed upon n:queot ta a .......-,tatm of the ~ .......-clIng the _tract, the
Di'riaion al Labor S_ __t, and the Diriaian al Appn:nticeobip 8-. al the Department 01
InduolriaI ............. (3) A __ _ of on pe.yroI1 n:a>rda enWllllralled In .,,- laI _ be made ..-
upon n:queot by the public: for ..... .. " or.... copie. _. ~, a _t by the public: ohoIJ'be mode through
either the ~ .......-clIng the _tncl. the Dtrioion of Apprenticeobip StandenIa, III" the Dtrioion of Labar StandanIs
_~t. If the __ __ ......... "- not been /1...._ purouant ta ~ (2). the n:queatlng perty
aboD, prior to bein& ...~ilIt.d the n:a>rda, __ the _ of pre_lion by the __. ."bccmtractora. and
the entiIJ tJuou&b which the n:queot _ mode. 'Jbe public: aho1I not be pon -... ID the ......... at the principal
a8Ice of the .....-.
(cl1ba certlIied pa.yn>II n:a>rda ohoIJ be on forma pmridad by the DtrIalon of Labor _ E>di>....,...,.,t or
aho1I contain the __ .......wioa _ the forma ...u.ldoAI by the__
(d) _ _ ahallfiIe a eertlIied copy 01 the recorda enumeralled in aubdmaion (al with the entity that
__ the n:a>rda within 10 dl\YO after n:eeipt of a written _t
Ie) Any c:apy of......... mode avoJJable i>r 1n"P"""- a. capiea and fumiabed upon n:queot ta the public Dr
_ public: _ by the -.rdiDIl~. the Dlviaion of Apprenticeahip Standarda, or the Diwiaioo of Labar StandanIs
_...........t _ be _ or obIiteralled ta prevent _un: of an individual's _. addreaa, and oaciaI accurity
number. 1ba .-. and _ al!be _ __ the _tract III" perlcnnin& the _tract ohoIJ not be -
III" .-..od>.d. /my _ al .-. made _ for ............... by. or fumiabed 110, a joint Iabor__t
. ,"... _""-'-' pursuant ta the -..1 Labar u__._-> C."",. .', Act alt978lgection 175aof'lltle 29 of
the UniIled Statea Code) _ be ........ 1IC Dbliteralled aa\y to _t diacJoaun: of an _oriduaI'. oaciaI ~
DUIIlber.
IQ 1ba con_ _ infann the ~ awudJnc the _tncl of the IocatiOll of the n:a>rda enWllllralled under
aubdirialOD laI, IncIudln& the _ _. cit;y and CDIJIIt;y, and abaII, within lift -.. dlIY". __ a notice of a
c","- of location and addmoa-
fIl1ba __ _ ...... 10 dl\YO in which ta cmnp!;y aubaequcnt to receipt of_ notice .,....i{tb.g in
what reapecta the __ muat comply with thlo acclion. In the ......t _ the contractar _ ta compI;Jo within the
to-day period, be 1IC abe _. .. . penaIt;y to the alale III" political aubdirialOD on _ _the coatrad is mode or
__. forfOit ~,h _ l*25l i>r each caJondar .. or portion tbeIeol, for .- -. untD .trict
",""",,"_ ;. eIIectuaIOd, Upon the n>queat 01 the Oiwiaion al Appnmticeahip Stand_ .. the DiYialDn of Labor
Stondarda __I, _ ......- ahaD be wltbbeJd liam _ _to tben due.
(hI 'll1e ~ ........una: the __ ahaII couac to be inacrlled in the _tract atipuIaliona 110 _Ie tbio
__ Tbeac ~....... ahaII fiIc the ._. ......tit;y i>r .,....,1",.- with thio """lion on the pm. -_.
(II The _ _ edopt ruloo canaiateDt with the CaIifomla Public:
_-. 1~3.S c->mcncin& with _ 6250t. Oiwiaion 7. 'lltIe I, ~ C4*) _ the_
_Actof 19'77, (T\tIe 1.8 ~ .. ""'__ 1798), -'4. Diwiaion 3, ClwiICodel.......,matbe ..._of
_ .-da. """"....... the ............-t of_~.- .... to be cbarpd .... repI<lClucinc c:opleo of n:a>rda n:quin:d
by---
CD 'I'bt. MCtiDD ..... become ~..tic .JaDWIIY 1. 2003.
tm.s. laI JIotbinc in thlo cbapter _ prevent the _....._at of-W I L ..d ........t>...4 upon pubIOc warka,
(bl -.y ......v.dice ~ upon public _ _ be paid the po"""'" .... of po< diem _ ....
~.. _ in the trade to which be or abe is .~"" __ be v . . . .,.-.l aa\y at the _of !be ...a.. trade ID
which be (It abe is .........<1.
le) Only IIjljloIIIDdoo.. _ doIinocI ia _ 3IY17, ...... an: in ~ under ......tfo....bip -- that
have been ......_-4 b:r the Chief" tile Diriekm of Appr-~.L. . T 8. .......... .-d who are ..... to writ:teD ...-entice
......-.... under CllIIi*I' 4 r-- . '... with _ 3070) of DiwiaiOIl 3 an: ....... to be eDlJlIoJ<d at !be
_tlco:...... .... on pulJlic -a. 1ba _~ _........ of each _tlco:'" be in __ with
_ It) the ......<MIl.. . ~l ............ and _lice .... .- under - be .. .... is lDiDin& or (lIl tho ruloo
and "'lPl"",""" ortho C. 1"' ...AppIenllceahlp Council.
(lII- the ......~-,.tD __ the _tract is -mad by tho _ or _ poIiIlcal...-. In
.-......... _ olthe ~ under the -. ~ __ in _ ....,...,L~.... ad.. trade. the ........-
ahaD eaopIoy ......_ in at _ the ratio aot finth in thio acclion _ ..., apply to _ .. ."'.. ...... __in
2
the craft .... _ _ aon ~ __ to the oi1e of the public -" for a certllk:alle .......u.h.g tbe c:ootnl<:tor
under 11M: _ticcobip _ ilr 11M: .......,...... .- traiDIn& 01 __ in the an:a .... indually afrocIled.
H_. the dec:ioiIm 01 11M: -w<".... ..... _ to __ .... deny a __ ohaIl be aubject to _ by the
Adminlalrator of """,..f ....W. TIle ~ _ .... _ upon llpJII"OOina the .....,,""tor. ohaIl
__ for the ~~h 01__ to tbe _. A contnctm "'""""" by... _~ _'s
__ ohaIl not be ......- to submit """ __ appIleatlan In onIer to iaclude .............., public --
__ under that ___ .Ap.....- craft llI" _: .. used In _ oection. ....... a craft or _
__ 88 ... __.......... oecupaIloD In _dalue with I11Ioa .- .............. pn:acribed by tbe California
Apprentioeahlp Council As used in _ -*t. 'con""""" _ """ __ _ a con_ who
perIbrma any public _ not excluded by an_ 101.
lei Prior to ......-c _ OIl a _baCt ilr public -. cnry __ ohaIl an_t contract award
Infonnatinn to ... appIicabIc _ticeahip _ !bat can suppl.y __ to the _ 01 11M: public work. The
Infonnatinn su_ __... _ ofjaumeyman boura to be .........- u-.. _ _ the number
of_tlce. "'L~' ~ to be _j>IOJlOd, and the _..d>-te _ the _--- be ~. A copy of_
lnfimnatIan ohaIl ... be submitted to the --. bod.Y if __ by the awudlntl body. W"dhin 60 deJa allI:r
c:ancIudinc _ 00 the exmtract. eadI __ .- an_ ohaIl submit to the .w....!b." bod.Y. if requeal1<d,
.- to 11M: __........hlp _ a __ ....~-t of the joumeyman _ _tlce _ po.6:0.....d on tbe
___ Tbe __ under _ su_ abaD be public. Tbe IIppIeIlticcobi ___ ohaIl _ this
In_for 12_.
(Il The __........Ip _ _ can supply _tinea to the .... of 11M: _ of the public worl< abaIl
ensure equal em...,.....t.- _ _In_ticeahip Ibr........,.- minorities.
III The raiIo of _ .........- by ......~. to journeym"" ....pIoJed in a particular craft or tmde on tbe
public _ _ be DO blfIhet than the raiIo atipuJated In the _tlceabip _ under which tbe
_ticcobip___-the---to be bound bythoac_.. but, _..otherwise
prorided in this _. In no caae abaD 11M: raiIo be _ than one baur of appnmtlce work i>r cnry _ baura of
joumoylnan wad<.
(hi ThIs raiIo of IIppIeIltb: -" to joume,yman work - aw\Y durin& """ d8,y or portinn of a cI8,y wilen any
journeyman ;. .' ,-4 at the jobaite and ahaII be computed on the bIlaia of the hours _ durin& the d8,y by
joumc:ymen 80 .........,...t. Any -" performed by .journeyman In __ of.....t bours per d8,y or 40 hours per _
abaD not be used to .,........... 11M: raiIo. Tbe contraetor abaIl employ appnm_ lor the number of hours computed 88
..- bei>re the end of the contract..... in the _ of a anbeootnoctor. beiJ", 11M: end of the subeootnu:t. H........r. the
exm_ shaD ....do...._. to the ..- _t po88ibIe. to II1IIpiaIy __ durin& the """'" time period that !h"
joumc:ymen in 11M: _ craft .... _ .... _.' ,cd at !he jobaIte. Wbere ... hourly apprelIticeabip ndIo is not feaJaDle
for a particular craft or trade. the Chief of the Division of A_tIceahIp SlandanIs. upon ~ of ...
appnmtioeahlp -. _onIeramlnianlm raiIo of not _ than one _lice foreadl _journeymen in a craft
01' trade ,. OR. ..l..IltII~
(iJ A exm__ by _ _ _baa.....,.t to be - by... _tIceahIp _'.
__ _ tbe '-'- of the ~ _. at that baa been --...aIy ......~d for 811 apprentic:eahip
_ in the craft or trade, shaD empIuy 11M: nunlher of __ or the raiIo of .........- to jClUl'DClJllU'l1
stipulated in the "pp"'-"'" _tk:eabip atandoud.. but in DO _ _ than the 1-_ ndIo __ by
su_lII. .
flI Upon _ -. by a __ _ he or"'" employs __ in a particular craft or tmde in
the _ 011 .. ofbla II< her _.t._ on... 811111181 a_ of not _ than..., bour of ......_tlce _ for """y 6..,
_ of_""- by jounIeJ8en. the Chief oftbe DiIIaion of AppnII-. __... _....t a_
_tins 11M: __ _ 11M: 1-10-5 _rIy ratio. as BBt forIh In _..- for thet craft ...._.
~ An f...... ,utL..+" pIUI;JMl .... the 4it.....~ to IJ'IIBt to . .....t~.:i~ tL.. contractor or con.tractor
.............. a _.I~ .. _ __ be ~ to the __ of the AdminlatnItI>o' of ApprentIceahIp. ........,Al>. the
__ _ 11M: 1_ raiIo BBtforlh .._1I8Ctiaa _It_ ___of the iA._h.a..oudi1iona Is met: (11
U- j' Ji -t .... lite ........ I 1 W duM --th period in the area exceedlI all ........ of 15 percent. (21 The number of
__In ttalniaC in tile area __ a'- 01110 5. (3) '"""'" is. -"lhat the appreII_ craft or trade
la '., . 'III at _ one-IhirtleIh of i1a Jow_ -lr tIJrouF IIppIeIlticcobi traiain8. either 011 a --
_ or 011 a _-. 141 Aaaip......t of an ~r .......... _ work ........- under a pubIlc - ---
en=ate.-U.u- that wouldjeopAnlile JUaor her life or the Hit,....... 01' praped;y'ollaUDw'-t.a. Jill. or the pubJic at
.... or the apadIic _ lD _ the .....~dllo,., is 10 be - V-:d Is of a __ that trainIn& _ be __ by a
jmi.~1 -,
(II WMn an _pdan ia......... parMI_t .. eabdi9WDn Ikl to ~ .....~ tbat ""I" t. CDIltmctonl in
a apocIIk: _ _ .... 1-"":; raiIo 011 a _ '" __ _, the __ __ _not be __ to
___ .... .. _....__..._joInt.. ~-_.iflheyareahaly"'"""""byllM:
__tioeahlp..........cIo.
(ml (1) A ___ a _baCt Is A__Jvl. who, in ............... """ of the work under the_
empIoya .low-...- .... __ In """ .,.......tioeabIe craft .... _ __ c:aatribule to the CaIliImla
Appnmtloeabip Coundl!he __ _nt tbat the _ ___ is the ..... .. 'I _ of __......hlp
trainIn& __ In the area oC 11M: public _ site. A __ ... .... as a ~ for ......_,Jt8 to !he
COOIIICIJ _ _tB paid by !he __ to... .......aed .. .,. 'F _ _..... 8UIIPlJ __ to the
site of !he public __ ~. The __ _ .,!II the _ of the __ in CGIIIpUtiJII IDa or her bid
forthe_
3
(2) At !be concluoion 01 each _ ~, !be CaIIfomia Apprenticeship Council - _bole training
COl1lriI>utkma _ by the ........n UIllIIer tbIo oubdiwiolon, Ie. !be "'1'""'- of !be DMoion of A~ship
StaDdordIo for odmini8lI:rin& tbIo oubcliYioioo, by makiDc _Ie to appmved app<ellticeship ___ fi>r !be purpooe
of trainin& appnmticeo. The Iimdo oIWI be __ .. - (AI If _ 10 lU1 approved multiempJoyer
_tiOe8bIP JlIOlJ1'lIIIl ..mnc !be __ cnoft or lr8dc 8Dd ......."""Ie IIR& for which !be traiDlng contribulion. were
made to !be _nell, a grant to _ __ _ be made. (8) If !be.. .... two or mo.. approved multiemployer
_tioe8bIp ___ ..mnc the ....... cnoft or lr8dc 8Dd ~ IIR& i>r which !be trainin& contributiooa_..
_ to !be COl1JIciI, the grant IhaJJ be diridod _ _ __ baaed on !be number af ~ '...........d
in each __. (C) All traiDlng _tributiooa IU!t diltribu"'" under au............. (AI 8Dd (Bl1haJJ be uaed to defray
the tutu.. ___ 01 admlnilterinc !hi. oubdioialon. (3) AU traiDlng contributiooa _ punlUlU1t to this
oubdl. '..... oIWI be ~"'" in the Apprentioe8blp Tr8ining Contribulion PIlad, which Nad i. .....by c...."'" in !be
_ Tn:aItuy. ~ Section 13340 of the Government Code. .u money in the ApprentieeWp Tr8ining
Contribulion PIlad i8 bereby _tinuoualy appropriated h the purpooe of c:anying out thi8 1UIxti"rilion 8Dd to _the
_olthe _ in adm-.,gthilIUbdfriaimL
(n) The boc\y -.-ding the __ ahaIl C&UIO to be inaertecI in the contract otipuIationIto effectuate IhiI
-. The otipuIationIlhaJJ fix the ....,.,...w;ntY of compliance with thII _ for 111 apprentieeable """"potion.
_the prime __.
(oj TbII_ __ _ oppIy to __ of senenJ con__ or to con_ of opedaJl;y contnu:tors not
bidding b- ~ tIJrou&h . ~ or prime ....._ wben the contracil af ..- con-' or - opeciaI\y
conlrllcton _ .... than Ihir\Y thou_ - ($30.000).
(plAII deciaionJo of lU1 apprenticeahip __ uader _ _ ... IUqect to Section 3081-
1777.6. It oIWI be u_1 h lID employer or . Iahor union to n:N1O to accept othe...... quoIi6ed employeel ..
re&isfcrcd appnloticee 011 any public worD. 011 the pound. of the race. retiPJua creed. color. national origin, an.ceatry,
..... or IF. except.. ...~idcd in Section 3rYT7, at ouch employee.
1777.7. (0) (I) A con_ or IU__ thet iI determined by the Chief of the llioiaion of Apprenticeship
S_to....... __.- Seetiuo 1777.5 _ forIi:it... ciril penoI\y on omount not ............ng one
buadn:d dollln ($1001 ... each tuD eoJondor dlI,Y of """"",,,p"-nce. The amaunt of_ JlCDIl\Y moy be ..dueed by the
Chief if the amount ol !be JlCDIl\Y -.Id be di.p.__ to the ...m\y of the oiolation. A 001I_ or
1Ubc:nn_r -1mowin&1Y oommIle . oecond or ouboequent oiolalion at Section 1777.5 within. tbree-year period,
when: !be noncompllaDc:e .....1tIl in _tiOe8bIP traiDlng not being provided.. """,- by thiI clulpter. IhaJJ forfeit
.. a ciriJ JlCDIl\Y !be OIl. ol not """" than _ buadn:d dollln ($300) i>r each NU caIendIIr dlI,Y 01 noncompliance.
NotwitboIlmdinc Section IT:1.7. upon ..ceipt of a _rmination tbot . civiJ penllO;y b.. been intpoaed by the Chief. the
owudin& boc\y oIWI w1thbo1d the ..-mt or the ciriJ penoI\Y from _trKt __ poymenle then due or to beeome
due. (2) In .... ol!be peaaJty proYided for in IhiI IUbdmoion, the Chief moy. for a Iirot-tlme violation and with the
~ at an _tiOe8bIP __ dncrlbed in .ubdtrioinn (d). order the 001I_ or 1Ubc:nn_ to
proride appren_ mnpIaplent equ_t In the ~ hours that wauId ba.... been pmri<Ied b app<entic:ea during the
period of noncomplilnc:e.
(b) In the e'leftt a contractor or IIUbcontraCtor is determined by the CIder to bave JmowincIy l'ftft'In'littNt a
oeriou. _ of any ...",_ of Section 1777.5. the Chief may aloo deny In !be 0DIltnlel0r or IUbc:onlrllctnr, and to
ita _...... oIIicora, the right to bid on or be awarded or peri>rm ~ .. a aubcon_ on any publlc worke
__ lOr .. period or up to one ~ b !be fiI1It violalion and for . period of up to _ years fi>r a aeeond or
aubaequent YioIatlon. _ period ol ~t IhaJJ tun _ !be date the determination of noneomplilnc:e by the
Chief b....... a linaJ onIer 01 !be A.dminlattalnr of ApprentieeWp.
(c:l (1) An ~ ""'_. au__. or n:apmeibIo oIJicer moy obtain a _ of !be detennination 01
the Cblef impoaIng the debarment or ciriJ penllO;y by tranamittin&. writlen requeet to the oIIice of !be AdmlniItratnr
within 30"'" after _ of !be datIenaination ol debarment or clvll penally. A copy ol tbie report - alae be -
OIl the Cblef. lithe ,Ad_In_tor"" _ .- a timely requeat for review of the do_lion of debannent or civi1
penaJtJ'made by the CbIot the onIer _ become the final Older of the Adminia_. (2) Wltbln 20 doyo of !be timely
reeeipt ol a requeet lOr _. the cbief IhaJJ provide !be ....-. 011_-. or reepona1ble oIIic:er the
~nIty m _ any v.l I n the Chief _ after at the bearing. The CIIicf oIWI alae ...-411, - any
noapriYiloelld _to obtained _ the :;KkIoy time limit at . time lOt _ for 0lIlCi>anF of eoidenee by the
~. (3) Within 90 dlI,Ya of the timely reeeipt of a nqueat b _. . bearing _ be ..,...-......... - the
__...... ~ --. QllIcet i ......... by !be ........In_ and P--_II!be 'P................. of an
.... . ............ law Ju4F ....- In MI.' .. _ Ibl of Section 11502 of !be -....at Code. The alfected
......._. eu__.. '"1"'"'''''''''...... __ the bunJenof~ ..I~ - of_p".n~ - Section
1777.5. f4I Within 4S dlI,Ya of the _I-'- ol the --.. the __ - iaIUe a - dedaion al6rmin&
-n......... . ~...the"''''' ..........ol_torciriJponaity.The__contein._tolthe
___IepI_ for the.- and _onIer. TbIa__ be _on an partleeand!be awanIlna;bocIy
punuant In Seetlon 1013 ol the Code olCloll Procedunr by __ - at !be - -- -- of the J>lIIV thet
the parW _ _ with the ...._.............. Within 15 doyo ol ....,....... ol !be _. the _r may
.--....... or.....the .-. CD __... error. -.opt _. _ error _be con_ at any time. (5) An
~ aatNdiDr, ..~ . r_l!.r. 01' .1... ..... aIIcer who bu timeIJ requnIIed nme. and ......'-d . decWon
_ .._...... f41""", _.... elthe __ ofthe~ by ~.. petition b a writ of--.....to
the .. ........ __.-It.......-t CD 8ectIon 1094.5 olthe Code ofCloll "'-'!we within 4S d8,ya _ eo_ of
Ihe ~ J ill. Ii an timIlI:r ~ III' a writ ol - .... Ia _. !be _ IhaJJ _ !be tiDal onIer 01 the
4
_. 'lhe deciIdon of !be __ obaIl be aflinncd u_ !be petitioner _ Ibat the AdminiBIraIor
abuKd hia or her _. If the potitioner _ that !be findinp .... not aupported by the evidence, abu.. of
_ is e__ If the court __ that !be ~ are not aupporlAld by aubotantiel evidence in lisht of
the entire _. (6) 'lhe cmef _ certify a copy of the Iina1 order of the Admloiatrator aiuI file it with !be clerk of !be
auperio< court in aoy OOUD\Y in wbJcb the aftOded _traetor or au__ '- ...u..... ~ 0< ...... or had a place of
buaineaa. The clerk, irn--t.ly upon the liIiD& obaIl enter ju~t fo< the _ apinat !be peraoo ..- in the
amount _ OIl the cmtiIied Older. A judpleDt -.ed purauaot to this aection obaIl bear the ......, ra" of interest
and obaIl hue the ....... _ aa other j......-.. and be ,pen the __ prefeleDCO allowed by the law on olber
judpleDta n:Ddered fOr _Ibr ___ The clerk obaIl DOt....... ilr !be aemce .....a........t by him or her purauaot to
this oectloa. An awanIiDc body _ haa withlleld I\mda in _ to a cIeIenPination by the Cbief """"",,,I a penalw
UDder _ aection obaIl, upon receipt of a cmtiIied copy of a lina1 order of the Admloiatrator, pIODlIlt\y - !be
withheld _a, up to !be amount of the cmtiIied Older, to the _.
(eIIlf a au_tractor. fouad to ...... _ Secticlo11777.S. the prime contractor of the ~ Is DOt liable
for lU1Y ponaJtIea UDder aubcJ_ (ai, unleaa the prime .....- bad 1t.nool1,~1P' of the aubcon_a fili1ure to
~ with the prvriaIona of Section 1777.5 0< unIeaa !be prime _traetor faIIa to comply with _ of the i>IIowing
R!CI"h.......u..: (11 'lhe _tract.......1led be_n the __ aDd !be au_ or the performance of work on
thepub1ic _project obaIl incJude a copy of the ....._ ofSectiona 1771,1775,1776, 1777.S. 1813, and 1815.
(2J The contradO< obaIl oontinu8ll7 monitor a au__a uee of __a requlred to be ....pIayed OIl the public
_ project purauant to aubcJ_ leII of 8eetion 1777.5, includia& but DOt _ to, periocIIc review of !be
cmtiIied payroU of the au_tractor. (3) Upon bec:ominI aware of al'ailwe of!be .._ to entpIo,' the required
number of apprenticea, the __ obaIl _ _._live _, indudin& but DOt Iimiled to, retJlininc timda due
the au__ ilr work ",.formed on the public _ project until the l'ailwe Ie correclled. 141 Prior to making the
Iina1 ~t to the au__ ilr work .-"'...-d on the public _rka Jl"O!iect, the contra<tor obaIl obtain a
_lion ...... under penalty of perjurY .-.- the aubcontractor thaI the aubcontractor '- employed the required
number of appnmtlcea on the public - prqjec:t.
te) Any lIIada withbelcl by the awanJinl body purauant to thla aection aball be ~ in the Genend Fund
If the awardinc body . a atate entity, or in the equi9alenllland of ao awanIiDc body If the awanIiDc body is an entity
other than the _.
IQ 1be Cbief obaIl conaider, in aettinB the amount of a monetaty peoall;y, in cIetenDlDinIwbelber a violation Ie
aerioua. and in deterInininIwbether and fo< _ Iont: a party abouId be debamld fa< rioIatiD& thla aection, all of the
foIIowin& c:irc:umataocea III Whether the _ waa inllentional. (2) Whelber the party ...... committed other
vioIatlona of Section 1777.5. (3) Whether, upon notice of the violation, the party _ aile,. to.oJuntarily remedy the
.J.Mdoo. 14) Whether, and to _ _t, the _ reaullled in Ioat traininl ~itiea for apprentlcea. (S)
Whether, and to what _t, the _ __ harmed appnmtlcea 0< apprenticeehip JlI1lIRIIIla. If a party ....ka
review of a cJecioion by the Cbief to im_ a monetary pena1ty or period of debannent, the AdminiatraOOr ohaII decide
de IlOYO the ............_ pena1ty, by _rinK the ......, factora eet forth abcm:.
III The in1Upretation of 8eetlon 1777.5 and thla _n ohaII be in aa:ordance with the __ of the
CalIfornia ~lp CounciL The Adm_ may adopt __ to .- .......-- for the impoaition
ol_taty pcnaItlea and perioda of debarment and _ deaip1ate preccdentiel _ under 8cctlon 114:15.60 of
the o-nment Code.
NOTE: THE ABOVE c.&l.lVOUIA LABOR CODE SECTIONS ARE AVAILABLE
FROII THE Il'fTBRlIET tiil_.dIr.ca.Jr:ov/.
DAB 10 (RoY. 04-(2)
5
Division of Apprenticeship Standards - Public works information
Page lof2
Welcome to the California
DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
Division of Apprenticeship Standards -Important notice - Change to Code of Regulations Setlon
230.1
Notification of Change In Regulation 230.1
Regarding Employment of Apprentices on Public Works.
~> Regulation 230.1 has been amended. The change will affect projects bid after June 30, 2009.
Projects bid on or before June 30, 2009 will still be controlled by the prior version of 230.1.
..l> The change requires all contractors (who are not already employing suffICient epprentices) to request
dispatch (etther consecutively or simultaneously) from all approved apprenticeship programs in the
geographical area of the project.
"l> The change also requires that contractors who employ apprentices but are not meating the required
ratio for their craft must request dispatch from any other programs In their craft that exist in the
geographical area of the project
..l> The change also requires contrectors to give the approved apprenticeship programs written notice of
the request for dispatch at least 72 hours in advance. Previously 48 hours advance notice was
required.
EffBctlve on projects bid July 1. 2009
Reg. 230.1. Employment of Apprentices on Public Works.
(a) Contractors, as defined In Section 228 to Include general, prime. speciatty or subcontractor, shall employ
registered apprentice(s), as defined by Labor Code Section 3077, during the performance of e public work project
in accordance with the required one hour of work performed by an apprentice for every fIVe hours of labor
performed by a joumeyman, unless covered by one of the exemptions enumerated in Lebar Code Section 1777.5
or this subchapter. Unless an exemption has been granted, the contractor shall employ apprentices for the
number of hours computed above befora the end of the contrect. Contrectors who are not already employing
sufficient registered apprentices (as defined by Labor Code Section 3077) to comply wtth the one-to-Iive ratio
must request the dispatch of required apprentices from the apprenticeship commtttees providing training In the
applicable craft or trade and whose geographic lIAKl of operation includes the site of the public work by giving the
commtttee written notice of at Ieasl 72 hours (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and holidays) before the date on
which one or more apprentices are required. If the apprenticeship committee from which apprentice dispatch(es)
are requested does not dispatch epprentices as requested, the contractor must request apprenlioe dlspatch(es)
from another committee providing baining in the applicable craft or trade in the geographic area of the site of the
public work, and must request apprentice dispatch(es) from each such convntttee, elther consecutively or
simultaneously, until the contractor has requested apprentice dispatches from each such commtttee In the
geographic area. All requests for dispatch of apprentices shall be In writing, sent by ftrst class mall, facsimUe or
emall. If a non-.ignatory contractor declines to abide by and cornpIy wtth the terms of a local committee's
standards, the apprenliceehlp committee shell not be required to dispatch appranllces to such contractor.
Conversaly, if in response to a written request no apprenticeship cornmiltee dispatches, or egrees to dispatch
during the period of the public works project any apprentice to a contractor who hes agreed to employ and train
apprentices in accordance with either the apprenticeship committee's standards or these regulations wIIhin 72
hOUI1l of such request (llllCluding SaluIdays, Sundays and holidays) the contractor shall not be considered in
violation of this section 88 a result of failure to ~Ioy apprentices for the remainder of the project, provided that
the contractor made the requeat in enough time to meet the abovlHllIled nKio. If an apprenticeship committee
dispatches fawer lIpprenlicea than the contractor requested, the contractor shall be considered in compliance if
the contractor employs thoM apprentices who are dispatched, provided that, where there is more than one
apprentlces~ oommillee able and willing to unconditionaHy dispatch apprentices, the contractor has requested
dispatch from all commiltees providing tralnlng In the applicable craft or trade whose geographic area of operation
include the In of the public work. Nolhing In this section shaD atract the right of a contractor who participates in
and employs reg/elered apprentices from progrems appllMld under Labor Code Sac:tion 3075 oulllide the
geographic area of the public work from employing said apprentice(s) on the sRe of the public work in order to
http://www.dir.ca.gov/DAS/PublicWorksImpNot230-1.htm
01/05/2011
Division of Apprenticeship Standards - Public works information
Page 2 of2
meet the ratio requlllllllent of labor Code Section 1777.5.
(b) Apprentices employed on public works shall be paid the applicable apprentice pl8Vailing per diem wage rate,
available from DAS, and derived from the Director's survey of wages paid on public works in the geographic area
of the craft or trade. DAS shall refer complaints alleging any contractor's failure to pay the proper apprentice
prevailing wage rate on a public works project to the Division of Labor standards Enforcement for investigation
and appropriate action. .
(c) Appl8fllices employed on public works can only ba assigned to perform work of the crall or trade to which the
apprentice is registered. Work of the craft or trade consi818 of job duties normally assigned to journeymen in the
apprenticeable occupation. Where an employer employs apprentices under the rules and regulalions of the
California Apprenticeship Council, as set forth in Labor Code Section 1777.5(c) (2), apprentices employed on
public works must at all times work wMh or under the dkecl supervision of journeymanlmen. The on-the-job
training shall ba in accordance wMh the apprenticeship standards and apprenticeship agreement under which the
apprentice is training, provided that a contractor shall not be subjact to any financial or administrative obligations
to a trust fund or employea banefit plan unlass the contractor has so agreed.
(d) The provisions of this regulation shall not apply to contractors on public works projects that were bid prior to
July 1, 2009. Such contractors shall comply wMh the version of this regulation that was in effect prior to July 1,
2009.
Note: AulhorMy cMed: Saclion 1777.7, Labor Code. Reference: Sedion 1777.5, Labor Code.
June 2009
Conditions of Use I Privacy Policy
Copyright C 2011 State of California
http://www.dir.ca.govIDASlPublicWorksImpNot230-1.htm
01/05/2011
Division of Apprenticeship Standards - Public works infonnation
Page 1 of2
Welcome to the California
DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
DIvision of Apprenticeship Standards. Public works Infonnatlon
In general, public works refers to construction projects that 1118 paid for in whole or In part out of public funds, or if
private funds are used, more than 50 percent of tha square footage Is leased to a public entity. Because of this,
there are laws regardIng many aspects of the construction projects to protect the pubRc's Interest.
One of tha legal requirements for wortdng on a public works project is the employment of apprentices. The
Division of Apprenticeship Standards provides assistance to contractors in employing apprentices on public works
sites.
Important Notices
Changes to r.nriA of ReguIatlons Section 230.1 9~ing the employment of appnsntices on Public Works.
Effective for projects bid on or after 7/112009.
Exemption Reauest for Ooerating Enolneers & laborers
Basics
Are you interested in bidding on e public works project and not sure where to start when tt comes to complying
wtth the law and hirinq IIDDI'8nlices?
Have you been _aroed a public works contract?
Click here to _ a listing of contractors and individuals who have been debarred
Freouentlv Asked Questions
Interactive databases
1. If you are looking to check the apprenticeship status of an individual this database can give you the
information you need.
2. If you are looking to fmd apprentic:eable crafts and the contact infonnalion for those apprenticeship
orograma in your area this dat.....e IOI't8 by county and craft and gives you contect Infonnation.
3. If you are looking to find out if trainino funds have been paid by a contnrinr working on s public works
projact this datallasa can provide you Information.
4. If you are looking for the additional apprenticeship wags infonnation as noted in the general prevailing
wage appnsnticeship schedules, pubtlahed by tha Division of Labor Statistics and Rasearch .
Forms
1. PubUc Works ConlnIcl AWMllnfonnation - DAS Form 1.010). version . WIIill!l
2. _ Request lOr Dispatch of an AppNntice . DAS Form 142 ). :i!!!Ii!m. ~
3. Training Fund Contributions - CaHfomIa Appnsnliceship CouncY - CAe Form 2 (Rev 6103) ). (.pelf format,
181kb)
4. 'iractious to complete CAC form 2 (UPDATED 6/10)
5. If you are M ~ body, 1Il18 18 the form you need: To contract to oerform pubic works under Lebar
Coda section 17n.5 - DAS FORn 13 -(Rev 5I01)(.pelffonnst, 16kb)
For more information on public works:
~~ from ItIe ,................ ........C'- A~ to ~ on Public Works - DAS10 (Rev 4102)}. (.pelf
format 55kb)
Laws and Regulallons
http://www.dir.ca.govIDAS/PublicWorksFonns.htm
01/05/2011
Division of APJI.."dio:eship Standards - Public works information
Page 2 of2
The Division of Labor Standards Enforcement enforces labor law related to the payment of prevailing wage and
working conditions.
The Division of Labor Statistics and Research conducts labor research and provides statisllcs for public works
projects.
Files in Adobe Acrobat PDF ). format are viewed wfth Ababa Acrobat Reader. If you do not already have Adobe
Acrobat installad on your computer, you should download the free Acrobat Reader from Adobe's web sfte at
www.adobe.com. download Instrucllol18 are available on the Adobe web sfte. Once you have downloaded the
Acrobat Reader you can view PDF documents In your web browser If ft supports plug-ins or, if ft does not support
plug-ins, you can save the Iile(s) to your hard drive and view them by opening them in Acrobat Reader. Km!wn
Prinllng Problems.
June 2010
Conditions of Use I PrivacY Policy
Copyright Cl 2011 State of California
http://www.dir.ca.govIDASlPublicWorksForms.htm
01/05/2011
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
EDISON COMPANY
NEW METER SERVICE
CONSTRUCTION DRAWING
NOTE; A 48.HOUR ADVANCE NanCE IS
REQUIRED FOR UNDERGROUND
INSPECTION. CONTACTSCE INSPECTOR.
INSPECTOR: Bob Hove
909 -841-7943
CF: Customer to furnish and install 60'
of'$' conduIt from X5291E to pedestal
with~.. yellow pull rope inside duel
EX: X529' E
'5/'2
e/L
~ f>
~
TO J;:'J
Pad -.J
~I
~
N
gl
~I
EX:
120
# 4A
Vicinity Map
~
o
~
OJ
~
C
OJ
U
o
.S'
-0
OJ
::<
r
;,
~
J
~
DIS'JRICT
31 - REDlANDS
FllREIlAN
l.4a nolia Ave
Raisin 12KV
Sixteenth Street
CUSTOMER NOTE:
1. SCHEDULE 40 pvc
2- 2-%" &3" DUCT'" 36" SWEEPS
4' DUCT = 46" SWEEPS
3- SCHEDULE 80 SWEEP AT RISER POLE
4- DUCT TO BE MINIMUM30" BELOW FINISHED GRADE
5- INSTAll }Ii" POLY PUll ROPE IN DUCT FOR MANDRELLING
6- DUCT MUST BE INSPECTED BEFORE BACKFILLING
7- DUCT MUST BE MANDRELLED AFTER BACKFILL
Magnolia ove
UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT
1-80~22-4133
or
1800-227-2800
CeU USA for underground locating
2 wortclng days before you dig.
TRENCH DETAIL
!;;.1oI....IIADIW.Y
-LFROI.ITaJX\lCATv
'---.
RISER DETAIL
EX: 4380439E
t
RISER: 30'
RUN: 60'
TOTAL: 90'
EX: X5291E
4(}'
EX: 15Kva Trns 120/240 1P - 12KV
IN: (1) 3" to 2" Riser
IN: (') 1 P , /0 Hy-Plug Kit (ZUOT -002)
IN: 90' 3-1/C 2-'/0 & 1 #2 (237E To Pod)
IN: (2) Zt.4TR-'08
t~
NOT TO SCALE
PR<l.1 ....
PIIllN[
TRUCl< NO. P
1J.i1,1-'2.QQQ O~Q~O
IlESIGN N~
2t8II2 0.81
ASSOCIAlED DESIGN NO.
0..:>>'
Vi Inlo St
CSD 140 ~
8Y-PASS EXlSllNG
coor CHANGE n>
PRODUCT NO.
432I23-NEW IIETER SERVICE
"
Ii
8
'"
.
~
'" N~
432123
PROPOSED ca.lS'TRUC1IOtI (LOCATION)
'602 MAGNOLIA AVE
SAN BERNARDINO. CA 92411
SHfET .KlB NO.
PAX f
APPROIIED BY DATE QoIECKED BY DRAWN BY
Southem Collfornia Edison Com an
266592
0.01
'"
MANUFACTURER INFORMATION
& INSTRUCTIONS
MASCO CASnnTACTe DETECTABLE WARNING
2 EACH 2' x 2' PANELS
~
~
1:1TAPER. NORMAl
~
SIDEWAlXWlDENING (WHEN REQUIRED)
1220mm (48') PERPENDICULAR RAMPS
OPTION 4
(FOR NARROW SIDEWAlXS)
2% StOPE
THE SELECllON AND USE OF THIS DRAWING
WHILE DESIGNATED IN ACCORDANCE WlTIl
GENERAU. Y ACCEPTABLE ENGINEERING
PlUNCIPL.ES AND PRACTlCES, IS THE SOLE
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE USER AND SHOl.lD
NOT BE USED WITHOUT CONSULTING A
REGISTERED PROfESSIONAL ENGINEER.
.
GENERAL NOTES
1. SIDEWALK RAMP DETAILS AIRE BASED ON UNITED STATES ACCESS BOARD STANDARDS.
2. PlACE lRUNCATED DOME DElECTABLE WARNING PANElS AT THE BASE OF CURS RAMP. INSTAU.ACROSS FUll WIDTH OF
RAMP A MINIMUM 81_ (241 IN DEPTH AND SET BACK2lIIlmm (8') FROM GRADE BREAK.
3. SIDEWALK CURS RAMP SLOPES SHOWN AIRE RELATIVE TO THE TRUE L.EVB. HORIZON (ZERO BUBBLE).
4. SIDE FlARES THAT AIRE NOT PART OF THE PATH OF TRAVEL MAY BE ANY SLOPE.
5. FOR THE PUllPOSES OF THIS DRAWING, A CIJlIl RAMP IS CONSIDERED 'PERPENDICULAR' IF THE ANGLE BETWEEN THE
lONGrruDlNALAXIS OF THE _ AND A TANGENT TO THE CURBATTHE RAMP CENTBlIS 75 DEGREES OR GREATER.
6. JOINlSAIRE REQUIRED AT AU. SIDEWAlJ( RAMP SLOPE BREAKS. EXPANSION JOINTS AIRE RECOMMENDED BETWEEN EXISTlNG
CONCRETE AND NEW CONCRETE WHEREAPPUCABLE. (REFER TO N:I. 360R)
7. SIDEWAlJ( RARE IS NOT NECESSARY WHERE THE RAMP IS PROJECTED FROM PEllESRIAN CROSS TRAVEL
8. THICKEN CONCRETE UNDER DElECTABLE WARNING PANEL
9. IN EXTREME CUMATES LEAVE 3/16" GAP BETWEEN SQUARE CUT PANEL JOINTS AND SEAL WITH COMPATIBLE
ELASTOMERlC SEALANT.
10. ONLY USE DETAlLSAU.OWED BY JURISDICTION.
E.J. = EXPANSION JOINT
CJ. = CONTROL JOINT
""''''''__vIIll:
CASTlnTACT.com
~
MASCO
MASONS SUPPLY REVISED
'"'
September 11, 2003
TESCO TRAFFIC 22 BBS 1400XL-6
Traffic Signal Uninterrupted Power Supply Project:
Traffic Sie:nal Battery BackuD System SDecifications:
ENCLOSURE SPECIFICATIONS:
Anodized aluminum weatherproof enclosure shall house BBS and batteries. Enclosure shall be TIG
welded construction with welding materials specifically designed for the material to be welded.
Enclosure shall have fully framed side hinged outer doors with swaged close tolerance sides for flush
fit with drip lip and closed cell neoprene flange compressed gaskets. Front door shall incorporate a
full-length piano hinge, pad-lockable draw latch (center area on door-latch side). There shall be no
exposed nut, bolts, screws, rivets or other fasteners on the exterior of the enclosure. Maximum cabinet
dimensions 46" H x 20" W x 10.25" D. Weight 250 lbs with batteries. BBS shall be mounted in an
interior tilt out housing with 800 lb rated stops. Battery connectors shall be Anderson Connectors with
silver plated contacts. Batteries shall be installed in fixed position framed trays for seismic safety and
be readily accessible for maintenance. Batteries shall be mounted allowing airflow front and back.
Enclosure will include one transfer bypass switch for BBS bypass. All switches must be panel
mounted on interior dead front panel board. UV resistant plastic laminated nameplates shall identiJY all
controls and major components. A plastic covered wiring diagram will be attached to the inside of the
front door. All components shall be factory wired and conform to required NEMA, NEC, and UL
standards. A chassis ground point shall be provided. Panel shall be UL 508 Industrial Control Panel
rated.
DDS PANEL MINIMUM FEATURES:
. System shall provide 700 watts of full control run time for two (2) hours. In addition the system
shall provide six (6) to eight (8) hours of flash.
. BBS bypass and BBS isolation switch.
. Deadfront safety panel board with all switches, indicating fuses, plugs, and isolation fuses for
each battery pre-wired with phenolic nameplates.
. All nameplates shall be screwed on phenolic engraved type.
. All wire terminating lugs shall be full wrap around type.
. All batteries shall be captive spaced from external captive sides in earthquake proof buckets.
. Cabinet ventilation shall be by (qty. 2) 4" x y.." louvers top and bottom with encapsulated bug
screens, cleanable filters and a I OOcfrn fan to completely exchange air 25 time minimum per
minute.
. All DC terminals and connections shall incorporate safety covers such that the safety covers are
in place for every normal maintenance mode.
. Event Counters & Total Run Time Counter.
Page 1 of4
DDS UNIT MINIMUM SPECIFICATIONS:
BBS unit shall provide a true sine-wave output with minimum 1400 Volt-Amp continuous capacity.
BBS must provide for utility service isolation when in operation. The minimum rating for wattage
output will be 950 watts. The BBS shall be capable of running an intersection with LED lights (for
Run Time consult manufacturer). The unit shall operate off-line, with transfer time of 2 ms or less,
with battery condition indicator, with automatic test provisions, and with hot-swappable batteries (all
batteries in system). BBS will automatically recharge batteries from full discharge to 95% capacity
within 6 hours. BBS will provide on-line operation for a minimum input of 92 to 145 V AC, provide
full load output of 120V AC - 10% / +4% at 60 Hz +/- 0.05% over a temperature range of _370 C
(optional adder) to +740 C and be a UL Approved Design.
For Safety and maintenance the BBS shall not exceed 28 pounds. The BBS unit will be delivered with
maintenance manuals and schematic diagrams.
DDS UNIT MINIMUM FEATURES:
. 1400V A 950 Watts, with quick make/break connectors and plugs. (Systems requiring hard wiring
termination to/from the inverter are unacceptable).
. Surge energy withstand 480 Joules, 6.5kA
. Common mode clamping 0 ns < 5ns typical UL 1449
. Conditioned power - Computer quality
. Transient lighting protection - 160 Joules
. Transfer to battery time - 2 ms
. Retransfer to utility - 2 ms
. Each battery shall be 24 volts @ 18 AH with heavy duty Anderson plugs and isolated fused
(deadfront panel mounted 30 amp) connections to the BBS for greater system reliability and ease
of maintenance. Series wiring is unacceptable.
. Fan cooling shall be fused for locked rotor current.
. Cooling air shall be ducted to cool the front and back of each battery with air space on all four
sides and top of battery.
. BBS covers shall be 60% open on both sides to diminish the environmental effects of extreme
temperatures.
. Includes USB & RS232, DB9 Computer Interface Ports.
. Low voltage safety design at 24v DC. (Higher voltage DC systems are unacceptable).
DDS COMMUNICATIONS MODULE:
All inverter connections shall be made without the use oftools. This includes: AlC-Input, AlC-Output,
Normally-Open, and Normally-Closed progranunable contacts.
Smart Slot Relay VO Module;
Input #1 Turn the BBS on.
Input #2 Turn the BBS off.
Input #3 Start the BBS self-test.
Input #4 Shut down the BBS (when on battery).
Output #1 The BBS is on-battery (during a power failure, self-test or run time calibration).
Output #2 BBS has a low battery - Progranunable.
Output #3 The protected load is not receiving power from the BBS.
Output #4 Replace the BBS batteries.
Output #5 The BBS is overloaded.
Output #6 Any BBS fault or self-test failure.
Page 2 of 4
BATTERIES:
Batteries shall be maintenance-free, type AGM/VRLA (Absorbed Glass Mat / Valve Regulated Lead
Acid), such as APC Smart-UPS RMXL or approved equal. Batteries shall be independently pre-wired
and individually fused. Batteries shall be furnished with heavy-duty 50 amp rated silver-plated
Anderson Connectors. 100 Amp internal fuse by Battery supplier. Batteries shall be lightweight for
personnel safety and protection plus ease of installation and maintenance. Batteries with a weight of
over 26 lbs are not acceptable.
ENCLOSURE TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION:
Operating temperature shall be a minimum -370 C to +740 C.
POWER SYSTEM ANALYZER AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION MODULE:
The 1400XL incorporates an integrated Power System Analyzer and Conflict Resolution Module. The
Analyzer will evaluate and make limited adjustments to the incoming utility power and will
automatically transfer load to the battery back-up power if utility power is lost. When utility power
becomes available, the BBS will analyze the power to verifY stability and return to normal operation.
The system provides automatic BBS failure detection and automatically isolates the failed BBS and
locks the unit on to utility power. Once the failure has been corrected, the system will return to the
normal operation.
TRIPLE BYPASS SYSTEM FOR OFFLINE BBS:
I. SP ACT - Smart Power Analyzer with Conflict Monitor Isolation and Transfer Module.
2. PCM - Power Conflict Monitor
3. The PCM is a totally redundant failsafe system. The PCM monitors load bus power available
continuously. If load bus power fails for 5ms the PCM will transfer and isolate the BBS and
guarantee that commercial power will be locked on.
4. Watchdog Timer - Redundant 5 ms delay and hard transfer to utility power.
5. The outboard Smart Transfer Switch shall not interrupt the normal controller function. Transfer
time shall be 2ms.
6. Onboard Smart I/O module will execute lockout of battery back up system upon Smart
detection of any inverter BBS fault. If BBS resets itself, it will automatically be available for
backup.
7. ON Inverter to timed relay for Full Time control of Output, 0 to 10 hours.
SMART BATTERY CHARGER:
Shall charge from shut off discharge to 95% fully charged in less than 6 hours. Batteries shall be
ambient enclosure compensated to less than 1200. The battery charger shall utilize Smart Cell
Technology to extend battery life.
Page 3 of 4
INTELLIGENT BATTERY MANAGEMENT:
Cell Guard means longer battery life - Improved reliability results from a precision battery charging
system, and automatic true-load battery tests. Redundant overcharge protection contributes to longer
battery life. Smart Boost and SmartTrim regulate under and over voltages without switching to battery.
Battery Replacement Warning prevents downtime - 1400XL-BBS automatically performs a self-test
every two weeks. This ensures that you will be alerted to degrading batteries before they wear out.
Through software, or the push of a button, self-tests may be performed at anytime. Faster Recharge
Time - 1400XL-BBS battery charging systems are microprocessor controlled to precisely charge
batteries in less time than legacy BBS systems. This makes the system available more quickly for
subsequent power disturbance.
HOT-SW APPABLE BATTERY REPLACEMENT:
The 60 second, user friendly, hot-swappable battery replacement system - Saves the time and expense
of returning the BBS to the factory for battery service, and allows safe and easy replacement of
batteries while your system is up and running. Replacement battery packs ship in a reusable box for
conve
WARRANTY:
Manufacturers shall provide a two (2) year factory-replacement parts warranty on the BBS. Batteries
shall be warranted for full replacement for two (2) years. The warranty shall be included in the total
bid price of the BBS.
ADDITIONAL DESIGN OPTIONS TO BE INCLUDED:
. Automatice Transfer Switch (ATS) with BBS bypass and 30-amp external reverse service plug.
. Web SNMP card with Ethernet
Phone Tesco Controls, Inc.
Pedestal Sales Department
for digital copy of this specification.
916-395-8800
PedestalslWtescocontrols.com
Page 4 of 4
DIMENSIONING FORM - V AUL T
All street lighting poles are equipped with a series of light poles connected together by
copper wire that terminates in junction boxes, normally buried in the ground. These junctions
boxes, also referred to as pull boxes, are typically made of concrete with a metal or composite
material cover which is held in place by two bolts
In order to ensure we send you the correct size Locking Vault Access Covers for your
specific application, it is essential we have accurate inside dimensions for the vault. Please
complete the information below per the dimensioning drawing.
If you have any questions, you may call our sales department at 702-358-1331.
Manufacturer:
Style: [ ]3.5 [ ]5.5 [ ]N9 [ ]N16 [ ]N30
L1d:[ ] Cast Steel ~
[ ] Stamped Diamond Tread Ste.1
[ ] Solid Concrete
[ ) Composite
DIMENSIONS
A
B
IN V
IN W
IN
IN
C
IN X
IN
Y IN
Z IN
When Complete, Please Fax To: 888-742-7316
Thank YOU!
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
LOCKING PULL BOX COVER
1. Clear the bottom of the pull box such that the securiug legs can fit under the bottom of
the vault walls.
2. Select four of the eight possible mounting positions
for the Securing Legs on the underside of the Pull Box
Cover Frame considering where clearance is needed
inside the vault to allow installation without
interference with existing conduit and wire. Loosely
attach the four Securing Legs to the underside of the
Pull Box Cover Frame in the four positions selected,
using either the 3/8" bolts and/or nuts and washers
provided so the legs have flexibility of movement.
3. Insert the Pull Box Cover
Frame assembly into the vault,
with the Securing Legs loosely
attached, taking care to clear the
existing conduit and wire. When
the Frame is in place, tap the
securing legs outward into
position under the walls of the
vault.
4. Pull upward on the Frame until it is just under the ledge that supports the existing pull
box lid. Tighten all of 3/8" bolts that connect the Securing Legs to the frame in turn until
the frame assembly is level with the top and bottom of the vault, and equally spaced from
each side. Finally tighten all of the nuts and/or bolts securely.
5. Install the Pull Box Security Cover using the tamper proof
counter sunk torques screws provided. Install the cylinder lock into
the Lock Tube and onto the Lock Receiver in the Security Cover.
Remove the key and snap the attached weatherproof cap over the
lock. Install the original pull box cover over the security cover using
the 2 5/16" X 2" brass bolts and washers provided. Discard the cover
mounting bolts used previously.
If you have any questions, please call 702-294-1854
-
Global Traffle Technologies, LLC
(GTT), formed in 2007 from
3M's pioneering Intelligent
Transportal/on Systems business,
Is the manufael11rer of Opl/eomN
priority control systems and
CanogaN fraffle sensing systems.
0P110QM'" PRtORm' CONfftOl.SYSfEM
..............-.........
OPT/COM SYSTEM COMPONENT FOR ENVIRONMENTS WITH INFRARED
AND GPS TECHNOLOGY
Description
The OpticomN Model 764 Multimode Phase Seiector is a plug-in, four-channel, dual-priority, multimode
encoded signal device designed for use with both Opticom N infrared system emitters and detectors and
OpticomN GPS radio/GPS intersection units and vehicle equipment. It can be installed directly into the input files
of Type 170 trafiic controllers equipped with priority phase selection sofiware and in virtually any other traffic
controller equipped with priority phase selection inputs and related sofiware. Phase selectors are powered from
AC mains or 24 VDC and contain their own internal power supply to support OpticomN infrared system detectors
and OpticomN GPS radio/GPS units.
The OpticomN Model 764 may be used in iR only applications, GPS only applications, or IR and GPS
appiications simultaneously.
The OpticomN Model 760 Card Rack is required when input file space is not available. When used in GPS only
mode, the Modell 040 card rack may also be used.
Opticom'" Model 764 recognizes and discriminates among three distinct OpticomN IR emitter frequency rates
via OpticomN detectors: high priority, low priority and probe priority. Within each of these three frequency rates,
the phase selectors further discriminate among 10 classes of vehicle identification codes, with 1,000 individual
vehicle codes per class - 10,000 total per frequency rate. The OpticomN Model 764 also recognizes three
different priority levels transmitted by Opticom'" GPS vehicle equipment: high priority, low priority and probe
priority. Within each of these three priority leveis, the phase selectors further discriminate among 254 agency
IDs, 15 classes of vehicle identification codes, with 10,000 individual vehicle codes per class - for more than
38 million total per priority level.
OpticomN Model 764 Phase Selector internally records each system activation. Each entry contains:
. Intersection name
. Date and time of the activity
. Vehicle class code of the activating vehicle
. Activating vehicle's 10 number
. Agency 10 (GPS only)
. Channel called
. Priority of the activity
. Final green signal indications displayed at the end
of the call
. Time spent in the final greens
. Duration of the activation
. If preempt has been requested and reason if not
. Turn signal status at the end of the call (GPS only)
. Entry, exit and average speed (GPS only)
. Relative priority level
. Capability to playback up to the last 250 seconds of
the 1 00 most recent calls
~
~
Building critical
traffic connections'm
~.
~TT
Building critical
traffic connections""
Global Traffic Technologies, ltC
7800 Third Street North
St. Paul, Minnesota 55128-5441
1-800-258-4610
651-789-7333
'M'M'.gtt.com
Global Traffic Technologies Canada, Inc.
157 Adelaide Street West
Sufie 448
Toronto, ON M5H 4E7
Canada
1-800-258-4610
OPTICOM™ MODEL 764 MULTIMODE PHASE SELECTOR
OPT/COM" SYSTEM COMPONENT FOR ENVIRONMENTS WITH INFRARED
AND GPS TECHNOLOGY
.
Features
.IR only operation, GPS only operation, or simultaneous
IR and GPS operation
. Four channels of detection
. Two auxiliary detectors per channel ~R)
. Records green signal displayed at end of preemption
. Compatible with encoded signal and non-encoded signal Opticom'"
IREmitters
. High and low priority as well as probe frequency discrimination
. "First-come, first-served" priority within each priority level
. Priority-by-class setting via the interface software
. Priority-by-direction setting via the interface software
. Direct installation into CN~ Type 170 input files
. Automatic range setting using an encoded emitter OR}
. Call bridging for both IR and GPS calls including mixed mode
. Low.priority output may be configured for first-come, first-served
or all-channel active
. User-adjustable range setting up to 2,500 feet of operation
. Compatible w~h most traffic controllers
. 1011 OOMb Ethernet communication on the front panel
. use 2.0 communication on the front panel
. RS232 communications front port, and rear backplane and
Auxiliary Interface Panel
. User-selected communications baud rate of 1,200 to 230,400 bits
per second
. Customizable ID cooe validation
. Flexible programming options for priority control parameters
. Detailed current Opticom'" System parameter information
. History log of most recent Opticom'Y Infrared and GPS system
actMties {10,OOO entries}
. Call playback-logs 100 of the most recent caUs-250 seconds long
.30,000 frequency/claS&lvehicle code ID combinations OR}
. More than 38 million agency/class/vehicle code combinations
(GPS)
. Front panel switches and diagnostic indicators for testing
. Accurate infrared signal recognition circuitry
. Precise output pulse
. Definitive call verification
. Regulated detector power supply OR)
. Optically isolated outputs
. Two character display and keypad to enable diagnostics and test
calls to each channel
. Display LED Indicators
- Hlgh- and low-priority test calls
- Reset to default parameters
- Range setting
. User-settab~ Iange setting by ETA andlor distance (GPS onM
. Varied outputs depending on turn signal status of requesting
vehicle (GPS onM
. Diagnostic test
. AcNanced bulb.ln diagnostics and testing
. Tested to NEMA and caltrans environmental and electrical test
specifications
Accessories
. On.site Interface software package
. Model 768 Auxiliary Interface Panel
. Optlcom'w Model 755 Four-Channel Adapter Card (optionaQ
. 760 Card Rack
Operating Parameters
. Four dual-priortty and probe frequency channels
. "First-come, first.served" for vehicles with the same priority level
(high or low)
. Priority override: always higher over lower
. Opticom'Y GPS Radio/GPS Unit input
. Opticom'" Infrared System Detector input(s): one per channel on
the card edge connector and two auxiliary per channel through the
Model 768 auxiliary interface panel
. Optional interface software for flexible programming options and
call history
. LED indicators
-Status
- Radio (GPS mode)
- Unk (GPS mode)
- High signaVcal1 per channel
- Low signaVcall per channel
- Two-dig~ status display
. Two character display and keypad to enable diagnostics and test
calls to each channel
. Voltage: 89 to 135 VAC, 60 Hz at up to 500mA or 24 VDC at up to
1 Amp
. Temperature: -3rc to +740C (-34.60F to + 165.20F)
. Humidity: 5% to 95% relative
. CE certified
. NEMA TS-2 compliance
. FCC compliance
Physical Dimensions
Length: 7.0 in. (17.8 em) x 8.2 in. (20.8 em) including handle
Width: 2.3 in. (5.8 em)
Height: 4.5 in. {11.4 em)
Weight: 0.60 Ibs.(272 g)
For complete wammty information visit www.gtt.com.
Opticom and the GTT logo marK are trademarks of GlobalTraffic Technologies, LlC. Used under license In Canada. Please recyde. PrInted In U.S.A.
CGIobalTrafficTechnologles,LlC2011 All rights reserved.
79-1000-oS24-0(A)
GLOBAL TRAFFIC TECHNOLOGIES
(CURRENT JUNE, 2011)
Multimode Priority Control System Description
A multimode priority control system shall operate in a manner that allows Infrared, and GPS/Radio
priority control technologies to interoperate and activate one another in a consistent manner. The priority
control system shall consist of a matched system of vehicle equipment and intersection equipment capable
of employing both data-encoded radio communications to identify the presence of designated priority
vehicles, as well as data-encoded infrared signaling communications. In priority vehicle mode, the data-
encoded communication shall request the traffic signal controller to advance to and/or hold a desired
traffic signal display selected from phases normally available. A record of system usage by agency
identification number, vehicle classification and vehicle identification number shall be created. The
system software shall support call history analysis and reporting across any subset of intersections and/or
vehicles independent of activation method. System software shall also support both onsite and remote
programming and monitoring of the priority control system.
The vehicle equipment may include a GPS radio unit and vehicle control unit or a data encoded infrared
emitter employing either a strobe or LED based light source. The GPS receiver on the vehicle shall obtain
vehicle location, heading and speed from the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD) operated satellites. The
vehicle equipment shall also monitor the vehicle's turn signal status. A 2.4 GHz spread
spectrum/frequency hopping radio in the vehicle equipment shall transmit this data to nearby
intersections, only when it is within radio communication range of an intersection, which is received by a
similar radio located at the intersection. The vehicle radio shall communicate to intersection radios at
distances up to at least 2,500 feet (762 m) with no obstructions. If an infrared data-encoded emitter is
employed on the vehicle, it shall send an encoded infrared signal to the detector, with a range capability
of2,000 feet minimum.
Intersection detection equipment will consist of either a GPS receiver and radio transceiver or an infrared
detector or both connected to a multimode phase selector located in the intersection controller cabinet.
The GPS radio unit receives the data-encoded radio signal from the GPS radio equipped vehicle and
transfers the decoded information through detector cable to the multimode phase selector for processing.
The intersection radios also communicates to vehicles and other intersection radios at distances of up to at
least 2,500 feet (762m) with no obstructions. The infrared detector receives the data-encoded infrared
signal from the infrared equipped vehicle and transfers information through detector cable designed to
convert Infrared light energy at the proper wavelength into analog voltage signals that can be evaluated
and decoded by the multimode phase selector.
The multimode phase selector shall be capable of receiving data encoded signals from either or both
infrared and GPS radio detection equipment and combine the detection signals into a single set of tracked
vehicles requesting priority activation. The multimode phase selector will process the vehicle information
to ensure that the vehicle is (1) in a predefmed approach corridor, (2) heading toward the intersection, (3)
requesting priority, and (4) within user-settable range. The multimode phase selector shall treat the
combined, single set of tracked calls with first come first served priority methodology within a given
priority level. Arbitration between infrared signal intensity and GPS radio distance/ETA shall be first
come first served methodology based on time of detection as each equipped vehicle reaches its
programmed threshold.
When these conditions are met, the phase selector shall generate a priority control request to the traffic
controller for the approaching priority vehicle. If the approaching vehicle has an active turn signal, the
approach intersection shall relay the priority request to the next nearest in-range intersection in the
direction of the approaching vehicle's turn signal. The output ofthe phase selector may also be varied
depending on the state of the approaching vehicle's turn signal.
Page 11
79-1000-05l8-0A
To ensure priority control system integrity, operation and compatibility, all components shall be from the
same manufacturer. The system shall offer compatibility with most signal controllers, e.g. NEMA
(National Electrical Manufacturers Association), 170. The system can be interfaced with most globally
available controllers using the controller's preemption inputs. RS-232, USB and Ethernet interfaces shall
be provided to allow management by on-site interface software and central software.
The central software shall manage the region's priority control system as a single, integrated system,
independent of the particular activation method or methods (infrared or GPS/radio) used within the
region. The central software shall allow each intersection within the region to be confignred with one or
more phase selectors with varying methods of activation; e.g., one infrared phase selector and one
GPS/radio phase selector or a multimode phase selector. The central software shall allow each vehicle
within the region to be configured with priority control equipment with varying methods of activation;
e.g., an infrared emitter and a GPS/radio vehicle control unit.
The central software shall support analysis of priority control activity at an intersection and/or for a
vehicle as it is migrated between activation methods (e.g., migrated from infrared to GPS/radio). This
analysis shall allow the user to readily determine whether the priority control system has retained its
effectiveness across the migration. When a phase selector is removed or replaced at an intersection (e.g.,
replacing an infrared phase selector with a GPS/radio phase selector or multimode phase selector), call
history and configuration history from that phase selector shall still be available for use in analysis and
reporting in the central software.
The central software shall provide a means to filter the display such that only the information relevant to
the activation method in use is shown to the user.
Matched System Components
As stated above, the Opticom system is comprised of matched system components. These components are
further described as follows:
I. Opticom GPS Components
a. Vehicle/Intersection radio/GPS module, Radio/GPS Antenna with factory terminated SMA
connectors, and vehicle control unit. The radio/GPS module shall obtain the vehicle position,
speed and heading information and transmit this information only when within range of a
GPS intersection. The vehicle control unit shall communicate with the radio/GPS module
and provide the interface to the vehicle in order to monitor the vehicle's turn signal status,
provide activation and disable inputs as well as regulate the vehicle power provided to the
radio/GPS module.
b. Intersection Radio/GPS Module. The intersection radio/GPS module shall transmit a beacon
every second and receive the data transmitted by the vehicle equipment and relay this
information to the phase selector as well as other system-equipped intersections. It shall also
obtain position information from the GPS satellites.
c. Radio/GPS Cable. The radio/GPS cable shall carry the data received from the intersection
radio/GPS unit to the phase selector. It shall also carry the power for the radio and GPS
components provided by the phase selector. The same cable shall be used to carry the data
between the vehicle radio/GPS unit and the vehicle control unit. The cable used to connect
the radio/GPS unit to the phase selector shall be a shielded 10 conductor data cable; the use of
coax cable is not permitted.
2. Opticom Infrared Components
a. Data-Encoded LED Infrared Emitter. The data-encoded emitter shall trigger the system. It
shall send the encoded infrared signal to the detector. It shall be located on the priority or
probe vehicle.
Page I 2
79-1000-0518-OA
b. Remote Coding Unit. The remote coding unit shall be capable of remotely program the data-
encoded LED infrared emitter without the use of a computer. The remote coding unit will not
be available for use with the OEM version of the data-encoded LED emitter.
c. Infrared Detector. The detector shall change the infrared signal to an electrical signal. It shall
be located at or near the intersection. It shall send the electrical signal via the detector cable
to the phase selector.
d. Detector Cable. The detector cable shall carry the electrical signal from the detector to the
phase selector.
3. Opticom System Multimode Components
a. Multimode Phase Selector. The multimode phase selector shall recognize inputs from both
infrared and GPS/radio activation methods at the intersection and supplies coordinated inputs
to the controller. The multimode phase selector shall process the data in order to validate that
all parameters required for granting a priority request are met. It shall be located within the
controller cabinet at the intersection. It shall request the controller to provide priority to a
valid priority vehicle by connecting its outputs to the traffic controller's preemption inputs.
b. Card Rack. The card rack shall provide simplified installation of a phase selector into
controller cabinets that do not already have a suitable card rack.
c. Auxiliary Interface Panel. The auxiliary panel shall provide additional preemption outputs if
needed. It shall also provide a connection point for the phase selector to monitor the status of
the intersection's green lights (green sense). Additional RS-232 communication ports may
also be accessed via this panel. If additional outputs are not required, an auxiliary harness
shall be used to monitor the status of the intersection's green lights.
d. Base Station. The Base station module is used at fire stations that are located very close to
intersections. When the base station is activated, all nearby equipped intersectionls or only
those intersections in the planned direction of travel shall immediately begin requesting
preemption from the traffic controller. The base station shall wirelessly communicate to
intersections near the station that can be activated from the base station controller and/or
passing vehicles that are equipped with GPS radio vehicle equipment.
Multimode Phase Selector
I. The multirnode phase selector recognizes inputs from both infrared and GPS/radio activation methods
at the intersection and supplies coordinated inputs to the controller.
2. The multirnode phase selector is designed to be installed in the traffic controller cabinet and is
intended for use directly with numerous controllers. These include California/New York Type 170
controllers with compatible software, NEMA controllers, or other controllers along with the system
card rack and suitable interface equipment and controller software.
3. The multimode phase selector will be a plug-in, four channel, multiple-priority, multi-modal device
intended to be installed directly into a card rack located within the controller cabinet. The multi-mode
phase selector shall be capable of using existing Opticom IR or Opticom GPS card racks,
4. The multimode phase selector may be powered from either +24 VDC or 120V AC.
5. The multimode phase selector shall support front-panel RS-232, USB and Ethernet interfaces to
allow management by on-site interface software and central software. An RS-232 port shall be
provided on the rear card edge of the unit. Additional RS-232 communication ports shall be available
using the Auxiliary Interface Panel.
6. The multimode phase selector shall include the ability to directly sense the green traffic controller
signal indications through the use of dedicated sensing circuits and wires connected directly to field
wire termination points in the traffic controller cabinet. This connection shall be made using the
auxiliary interface panel.
7. The multimode phase selector shall have the capability of storing a minimum of 10,000 priority
control calls. When the log is full, the phase selector shall drop the oldest entry to accommodate the
new entry. The phase selector shall store each call record in non-volatile memory and shall retain the
Page I 3
79-IOOO-0518-0A
record if power terminates. Each preemption record entry shall include the following points of
information about the priority call:
a. Agency: Indicates the operating agency ofthe vehicle.
b. Classification: Indicates the class type of vehicle.
c. Identification number: Indicates the unique ill number of the vehicle.
d. Priority level: Indicates the vehicle's priority level (High or Low priority).
e. Direction: Channel A, B, C, or 0; indicates the vehicle's direction of travel.
f. Call duration: Indicates the total time in seconds the priority status is active.
g. Final greens at end of call: Indicates which phases are green at the end of the call.
h. Duration of the final greens: Indicates the total time fmal greens were active at the end of
call.
i. Time and date call started and ended: Indicates the time a priority call started and ended,
provided in seconds, minutes, hours, day, month, and year.
j. Turn signal status: Indicates the status of the turn signal during the call.
k. Priority output active: Indicates if the phase selector requested priority from the controller
for the call.
I. Historical no preempt cause: Indicates a history of conditions, which may have prevented a
call or caused a call to terminate.
m. Speed of vehicle: entry speed, exit speed, average speed through call,
n. Relative priority: relative priority of vehicle class logged at time of call,
o. Directional priority: directional priority logged at time of call,
p. Preempt output used
q. Signal intensity: maximum and minimum infrared signal intensity during call.
8. The multimode phase selector shall support a minimum of 5000 code pairs (agency ill, vehicle ill)
for unique vehicle identification.
9. The multimode phase selector shall include several programmable control timers that will limit or
modify the duration of a priority control condition, by channel. The control timers will be as follows:
a. MAX CALL TIME: Sets the maximum time that a channel is allowed to be held active by a
specific vehicle. It shall be settable from 60 to 65,535 seconds in one-second increments.
The factory default shall be 360 seconds.
b. OFF APPROACH CALL HOLD TIME: Sets the amount of time a call is held on a channel
after the vehicle has left the approach. It shall be settable from four to 255 seconds in one-
second increments. The factory default shall be six seconds.
c. LOST SIGNAL CALL HOLD TIME: Sets the amount of time that a call is held on a channel
after the intersection has lost contact with the vehicle. It shall be settable from one to 255
seconds in one-second increments. The factory default shall be six seconds.
10. The multirnode phase selector shall have the ability to enable or disable all calls of both priority
levels. This shall be independently settable by channel.
II. A unique intersection name, which shall be broadcasted, shall be settable for each rnultimode phase
selector.
12. Up to 25 different radio channels shall be available to be assigned to the multirnode phase selector.
13. The multirnode phase selector shall operate in a mode that shall vary the output based on the status
of the approaching vehicles turn signal. Additional outputs available on an Auxiliary Interface Panel
may be needed. Settings shall be available for this mode as follows:
a. Output mappings for each charmel.
b. Separate setting for each of the four charmels.
c. Separate settings for each left turn, right turn or straight signal status for each of the above
four charmels.
14. The multirnode phase selector's default values shall be programmable by the operator on-site or at a
remote location.
15. The multirnode phase selector shall be capable of three levels of signal discrimination, as follows:
a. Verification of the presence of the signal of either High priority or Low priority.
Page I 4
79-1000-0518-OA
b. Verification that the vehicle is approaching the intersection within a prescribed Estimate
Time of Arrival (ETA).
c. Determination of when the vehicle is within the prescribed range, either by intensity level or
distance from the intersection.
16. The multimode phase selector shall include one opto-isolated NPN output per channel that provides
the following electrical signal to the appropriate pin on the card edge connector:
a. 6.25Hz 010 O.1Hz 50% on/duty square wave in response to a Low priority call.
b. A steady ON in response to a High priority call.
c. The phase selector will also have the option of providing separate outputs for High and Low
priority calls for controllers that do not recognize a 6.25 Hz pulsed Low priority request.
d. Additional outputs or output modes shall also be available on the auxiliary interface panel.
17. The multimode phase selector shall accommodate three methods for setting range thresholds for
High and Low priority signals:
a. Based on the approaching vehicle's Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA). This shall be settable
between 0 and 255 seconds in one second increments. The factory default shall be 30
seconds. The ETA threshold shall be independently settable by each of the following
parameters: vehicle class, approach channel and priority level.
b. Based on the approaching vehicle's distance from the intersection. This shall be settable
between 0 and 5000 feet in one foot increments. The factory default shall be 1000 feet. The
Distance threshold shall be independently settable by each of the following parameters:
vehicle class, channel and priority level.
c. Based on infrared emitter intensity the system shall accommodate setting a separate range
from 200 feet (6Im) to 2,500 feet (762m) with 1200 range set points for both High and Low
priority signals.
18. The multimode phase selector shall support three types of green sense logging.
a. Preemption impact logging which measures and records the impact of an individual signal
preemption upon a measured green cycle time.
b. TSP impact logging which measures and records whether a TSP advantage was gained during
a request and the amount of early or extended green applied.
c. Green cycle logging records changes in the average green cycle time. When the average time
is measured to have changed, a new log entry is made.
19. The multimode phase selector will have the following indicators:
a. A STATUS indicator that illuminates steadily to indicate proper operation.
b. A link indicator on the multimode phase selector illuminates green if other radios are within
range.
c. A radio indicator that indicates the status of the communication between the vehicle control
unit and the radio/GPS unit. The indicator illuminates amber to indicate that there is
communication between the vehicle control unit and the radio/GPS unit. The indicator
illuminates green to indicate that a GPS signal has been acquired and the 2.4 GHz radio is on
the air.
d. LED indicators (one for High priority, one for Low priority) for each channel display active
calls as steady ON and pulse to indicate pending preemption requests.
20. The phase selector shall have a test switch for each channel to test proper operation of High or Low
priority.
21. The multimode phase selector shall utilize the time obtained from the GPS satellites to time stamp the
activity logs. The user will set the local time zone (offset from GPS time) via the interface software.
22. The interface software shall have the capability to set the multimode phase selector to automatically
adjust the GPS time offset for changes in daylight savings time.
23. An auxiliary interface panel shall be available to facilitate interconnections between the multimode
phase selector and traffic cabinet wiring as well as provide additional outputs.
Page I 5
79-1000-0518-0A
24. A multimode phase selector port may be configured to output GPS data at a user selectable baud rate
in the NMEA 01 83format. It will output the following messages (depending on the baud rate):
a. GGA - Global Positioning System Fix Data (2400 baud and higher)
b. GSA- GPS DOP and active satellites (2400 baud and higher)
c. GSV - Satellites in view (4800 baud and higher)
d. RMC - Recommended Minimum Navigation Information (1200 baud and higher)
For traffic controllers that are capable of interpreting GPS data in the NMEA 0183 serial format, this
GPS data may be used to synchronize the controller's clock using the GPS date and time.
Additionally, a discrete output from the phase selector may be used to reset the traffic controller using
the clock reset function/input of the controller. This output shall be available on the Auxilliary
Interface Panel. This output shall be referenced to the GPS date and time.
This output may be configured as follows:
a. Enabled or Disabled
b. Time of day reset is activated (12:00 A. M. to 6:00 A.M. in 30 minute increments)
c. Duration of reset pulse (100-2000 milliseconds)
d. Repeat every I to 30 days
25. The multimode phase selector shall provide the user with call play-back logs for the last 100
priority activation requests. Each log shall contain up to the last 250 seconds of a call. The
call play-back logs shall include:
a. GPS/radio based calls shall record vehicle speed, heading, sigual quality, GPS location,
coded rD, green sense state, call status (active, pending, disabled), approach channel and turn
signal status and priority information.
b. Infrared based calls shall record intensity, coded rD, green sense state, call status (active,
pending, disabled), approach channel and priority information.
c. Data shall be recorded once per second. Recording terminates at call end.
26. The following diagnostic tests are incorporated in the multimode phase selector
a. Power up built in test
b. Communications port tests
c. Preemption output test call
d. Detector response test
27. The multimode phase selector shall be capable of call bridging. Call bridging enables the treatment
of two vehicles requesting priority activation to have their calls linked together to hold a call to the
controller so that they may traverse the approach together.
28. The multimode phase selector shall be capable of directional priority. Priority for calls may be
assigned to individual approach channels such that calls in a particular direction will be given priority
over calls in competing directions within the same priority level.
29. When used with a GPS Radio Unit, the multimode phase selector shall relay a priority request to the
next adjacent intersection based on the direction indicated by the vehicle's turn signals.
30. The multimode phase selector shall be capable of utilizing time plans to allow users to vary priority
activation by time of day, or for a specific time period such as special events. Time plans
shall be configured via system software.
31. The multimode phase selector shall support evacuation mode for low priority calls. Upon activation
of this mode from the central management software, low priority vehicle calls shall be recognized by
the multimode phase selector as if they were high priority vehicle calls for a temporary period of time
as defined by the user. This mode shall be supported for both infrared and GPS radio emitters.
Vehicles transmitting high priority signals shall continue to maintain priority over the evacuation
mode priority vehicles.
Page I 6
79-1 000-05 I 8-OA
32. The multimode phase selector shall allow relative priority. Relative priority allows emitter classes to
be used as an additional level of prioritization within priority levels (i.e. high and low priority levels
have different sets of relative priorities). Relative priority shall support IS unique classes in each
priority level (High and Low). Relative priority class level 15 will have the highest weight and I the
lowest weight in each. If relative priority is enabled, a priority call will be granted to the caller with
the higher class level within high and low priority levels. A vehicle with a call granted, shall be able
to have its call taken away by a higher level class vehicle. The system shall provide a lockout
threshold that once met, shall disallow higher relative priority calls from taking away a call. Separate
thresholds for infrared and GPS/radio calls shall be provided. Infrared call thresholds shall be
specified as an intensity with a default value of 1000. GPS/radio call thresholds shall be specified as
an ETA in seconds. The default is ETA shall be 12 seconds. Threshold values for both types of calls
shall be settable via system software. High priority calls will always be served over low priority calls
regardless of either's relative class. Preemption for vehicles with the same base priority (high, low)
and the same relative priority is done using the default first come, first served mechanism. Relative
priority is capable of being enabled or disabled using system software. Relative priority for high and
low can be separately enabled or disabled using system software. The default settings for all relative
priority (high and low) values will be IS. Relative priority shall be disabled by default for both high
and low priority.
On-site Interface Software
I. Interface software shall be provided to manage the multimode phase selector while on-site at the
intersection.
2. The on-site software shall be provided on CD-ROM or via download from the vendor's website.
3. The on-site software shall be supported on WindowsTM XP and Windows™ 7 operating systems.
4. The vendor shall provide minimum hardware configuration information for computer(s) running the
on-site software.
5. The on-site software shall provide context-sensitive online help.
6. The on-site software shall allow the user to view and update all programmable configuration
parameters of the multimode phase selector.
7. The on-site software shall allow the user to provide intersection name and approach names for each of
the four channels and store these as part of the multimode phase selector configuration.
8. The on-site software shall allow the user to view and update valid and blocked vehicle codes for the
multimode phase selector.
9. The on-site software shall allow the user to create preemption zones directly on a GIS map. Provided
the map data is complete, it shall not be necessary to drive a vehicle to create the preemption zones.
In areas where map data is incomplete or incorrect, it shall be possible to record points to be used as a
reference to create the preemption zones.
10. The on-site software shall allow the user to save the configuration from the multimode phase selector
to a file.
II. The on-site software shall allow the user to restore the configuration for a multimode phase selector
from a saved configuration file.
12. The on-site software shall allow the user to print the multimode phase selector configuration.
13. The on-site software shall allow the user to view the activity log from the multimode phase selector.
14. The on-site software shall allow the user to save the activity log to a file.
IS. The on-site software shall allow the user to print the activity log.
16. The on-site software shall allow the user to update firmware for all upgradable modules of the
multimode phase selector.
17. The on-site software shall display current status of all vehicles within radio range of the multimode
phase selector, both in table format and displayed on a GIS map. The following details shall be
tracked:
a. The approach channel
Page I 7
79-1000-0518-0A
b. Agency ID, vehicle class, and vehicle ID
c. Priority level
d. Preempt / priority status
e. No preempt cause
f. Turn signal status
g. Signal strength serial number
h. Radio channel
i. ETA, distance, heading and velocity of vehicles in approach corridor
j. Source of the call: vehicle or intersection
k. Green phase monitoring with information on the current greens
1. Active preemption / priority output
18. The on-site software shall display current status of all other intersections within radio range of the
multimode phase selector. The following details shall be tracked:
a. Name
b. Radio channel
c. Signal strength
d. Number of vehicle tracked
e. Number of satellites heard
f. Fix type
g. Horizontal and position dilution
h. Serial number
19. The on-site software shall display current status of visible GPS satellites. The following details shall
be tracked:
a. Intersection latitude and longitude
b. Fix type
c. Horizontal and position dilution
d. Satellite number, elevation, and azimuth
Central Management Software
I. The central management software shall be provided with installation support services to interface
with phase selectors via customer communication architecture.
2. The central management software shall be provided on CD-ROM.
3. The central management software shall be supported on Windows™ 2003 Server, Windows™ XP,
and Windows™ 7 operating systems.
4. The vendor shall provide minimum hardware configuration information for computer(s) running the
central management software.
5. The central management software shall provide context-sensitive online help.
6. The central management software shall provide the functionality detailed for the on-site software
above, allowing the user to configure and monitor individual multimode phase selectors remotely,
except that configuration settings directly related to intersection wiring shall only be modifiable via
the on-site software.
7. The central management software shall track all configuration changes made through the central
system, including the user who made the change, the date and time of the change, and the specific
configuration information changed.
8. The central management software shall provide for management of the priority system by
jurisdiction, intersection, agency and vehicle.
9. The central management software shall provide asset inventory information of all configured phase
selectors, including component serial numbers and firmware versions.
10. The central management software shall provide asset inventory information of all configured
vehicles, including component serial numbers.
Page I 8
79-1000-0518-0A
II. The central management software shall allow the user to directly manage the security of the priority
control system. Supported security levels include I) all vehicles allowed, 2) all vehicles allowed
except uncoded vehicles, 3) all vehicles allowed except uncoded and default-coded vehicles, and 4)
only those vehicles allowed where mutual aid agreements exist.
12. The central management software shall allow the user to block access to the priority control system
by specific vehicle, vehicle code, or agency.
13. The central management software shall allow the user to schedule a job to update security settings in
each phase selector, or within a selected jurisdiction or intersection set.
14. The central management software shall allow the user to schedule a job that updates firmware in
each phase selector, or within a selected jurisdiction or intersection set.
IS. The central management software shall allow the user to schedule a job to periodically collect log
information and current configuration from each phase selector, or within a selected jurisdiction or
intersection set.
16. The central management software shall store all collected log and configuration in the central
database, and augment all log data to include agency, vehicle, and intersection information as
configured by the user.
17. The central management software shall provide ad-hoc and scheduled reports for system usage,
usage by vehicle and intersection, unauthorized vehicles, unregistered vehicles, and excessive green
time.
18. The central management software shall support analysis of all system log data through sorting,
filtering, and pivot table analysis of all log fields.
19. The central management software shall allow the user to configure multiple evacuation plans,
including set of intersections to be placed into evacuation mode and the time and duration of the
evacuation plan.
20. The central management software shall display the current (when last polled) operational status of
each multimode phase, as well as recent calls and system events.
21. The central management software shall manage the replacement of phase selectors from central by
provisioning the specific configuration for the intersection from the central management software
database.
22. The central management software shall support user roles such that each user is allowed to perform
only those operations essential to their position
Page I 9
79-1000-0518-0A
PUBLIC WORKS
STANDARD DRAWINGS
c:.ITY OF' 5AN BE.IZIoJAlZ:OINO STA-f\.JOAIZO
E-". STI ~a
--4
TC Fl'OQ t2' A pI'......,..
c.lJN~~ l.1t.le
a/w
--- CITY L..IMITS
lZIG~T OF WAY L.INE
-E:. L..
1-5
-.:'ct
s-
'N-
-WCO"'~.
0-
a,-
- 'L"M
- -T--
-It"r.o .COlllh-lIr~.,.--
-TV
E-
- -'So.L...--
---514..-----
--F.--
I == ==""10 PC:C= =
--c- ---c- -0- -0- -C-.,..-
-X-:lC-)(-)(-
O~ .
II
"
1-"--'1;-----
~
I QIr--..r-1IIJ'"-.....--mr
_..AL_--"_JUL._~_
-
-
-
.
-
-
~- -~
I 0 4jHIZU6
'U.
I oflO P.4LM
~ fce 41.",&
I ~ uNCOYEnD
@
-'If
elCl.TING &EWEsz.
~XI~TIMG w....TEIZ L,INE
EXISTING 5TOIZM DlZAlH
\!"';TINQ GN5 I.I....E
..,"'D'GD- TeL.. Cc:>\oolCUIT
E)(~T. SCZlitIG;ATu::ou L.I"'~
Llt-IP'ClIP. ELIfCTIZ/C COt\IO.
" 6"'1'lZEET LIGI-IT'N<=J
" TIXAFF"IC 5IG""....L.
..
Fllze "'LAIZ'M
CULVEIZ.T
00
0,"0.
&YM50LS
nw~1t MANWOLI!
...ewl!~ CLUWOUT
@ '1TOlDd DUn,l MJoIIIlOLE
(!)ot[! J TEL'P""'1ol1! ~""'~OLI Oll VAUl.T
@ ~~J ~~ MA"'~OL. 02 VAULT
@l [~J w....T&"1t MAIoIHOLE O~ VAULT
@ :C ELrCTlZlC MAIol~l..li Oil VAULT
Q I'P" I!LICTIZ.IC O~ 'T~LIPHOW. P~li
~ ILICT~C. ,..:lWEIt
Em-
l>
c:JWM
~
&l:I
tr
Q-o
..
r:,.
CES:l
-
~
,.
~
+
~
:0::
ora
lie
8
o
0>0
'5 -----L 4
&1'
S .'
CITY OF SAN e.EI2NAI2DII-JO -PUBLIC WOl2.}SS DePT.
..
":" ~
&OAfZD "E"'C:~
I5AIZ&lED wlln: pl-loJeE.
Cf.U,IN 1.11011$ ,....NCE
WOVEt..I WI cu: FliIolC~
P.c'C. 8LOCIS WAL\..
~IL<<.oAO TttAC'SS
~EOc;,~
OIr:tE.CTIOt-l FLOW Olin'
DIl~aCTlO"" ,.LOW PAV.
TOP OF 5L..Ol"e;
TOE "F' SLDPE
Gu....IZ'O G!:.4IL.IAlG
~C.C. SlnW...Ui (D.4~HEP)
~C.C. OlZIV~WAV
".C.C .CUrz& e. ~relZ.
. Trz.ltE. (tl!CIOUOClS)
!.velZC-.lZl!EJ\/ (PINE, &TC ~
D 8UlLtlll.K!j
DOWN GU....
FltzI, io4....DUr-lT
WATErz. METE.IC..
WATEIt ""LVIt
~ VAL..VEt
lIL.rCTII.OL.IErt
EL;:CTIZCL..II.IZ.
(UPIZIGHT )
(ON MMT IIEM)
TIZ...........C "G~AL
TUflFIC S'ClIoI"'L (ON ""MT MrM) I
I"ULL. aO)( I
,""","Ie ~CiIill"'L CONTII:Ot..LIiIlt !
TU"F,' lOIGHA\. J)IIrECTOlt '
W"L'S . WAIT S'G1N~L-
.....1rIS'~ M.TEtfZ,
""...F/e. C;IGN
'iTIt&1iT NAMe. I'a.""
'TOP 4lON
Lit. C",U,JoI(a "6'"
/t.r.. e1ZO~41W4 ~1"~.4L.
~l"IIUN~\..Elt Iot.AD
DILT'" ""'(oLE ,..OI..T
,
1"0"'''1' 0... T~I!"'T
U.S. MAIL. eex
SECTION COIlHE~
~
....
,
{
. ~
:e .0
OJ .~
'd
"il tJ
~~
'/4 COUlE"
".,.PrrPVIIJD
^'~". ..1.... 19 , "
, -
9d.l.,J:,~
C:IT'( ENGIWE~
- ,;
'z
<II
STANVAItV
PLAN
50
_UI. NOTES'
2,
QlIl'NI cOIlPOUlllI _u. IE
...wED _ilL" 011 ALL
.....CES PR_ TO EVAPOR
Of' SUIlI'ACE WATER.
/8"
21"
.
UPANIION JOINT' AT END
RETURNS . STRUCTURE' W
PLANE JOINTS EVER" 10 FT.
OR AS I"STRUCTED.
.
TYPE "B" P.C.C. CURB a GUTTER
2"'"
/8"
,,0
NOTE
CONCIIETE MUST BE AT LEAST
50. SACIC MIX 1820-C- 2.001
AND HOLD 2'00 P.S.I. .N
28 DAYS.
.
0:057' cu. YO.
~H L/N, ~
.
-Ioi
~.
R.J" .
SLOPE J:18 ~
R:,J"
.
q " -'" O.l>~i/ ca YO.
. ~ ~
.. P~1i' UIV. FT:
. 'I
. .t- 0
. .- l>.
TYPE "c" P.C.C. CURB a GUTTER
(LOCAL STREETS WHEN APPROVED BY THE ENGINEERl
/2."
24"
..
..
.. .
.. .
0.0.'7 et./. YD.
PE~ LIM Fr.
TYPICAL SECTION
ROLLED CURB
IONL Y FOR SPECIAL APPLICATIONS AS
APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER I
CITY OF SAN BERARDINO-PUBLIC WORKS DEPT.
TYPICAL SECTION-
P.C.C. CURB a GUTTER
"
o
,,"
,.oJ-H
4' n
R'J'
Ii':}'
. 0.031 e(/. YO.
~ PEIi'l11V. FT.
TYPE "A"
P.C.C. CURB
APPROVED,
""....y 27 19&
SfANPAlP
PLAN
ZOO
PERM1.55A8LE
AlTERNATIVE
~KJ:T
~V~~
I ~r I
CUR8h4CEMAY
VARY Aa"OR.o/.Al6 I. :J'
T.o PLAN
IT IVAt'RETE
)lZDW&".v8~
_ E.~.1l
-7jOi
",0/ :I~
~ ~
I
I
rA
/.~.
EYPAN5/D.AlJO/NT STRAIGHT L-AGRADE E.YPAAI.5/(J,v JtJlNT
/.3'
-,.~w &1lllerAM/
PLAN. OF CROSS GUTTER
FILL WITN ASP/lALT/C
JOINT 5EALER
STEEr tROWEL F/Al1511
.JU.6/"p .. Ft:
.:.~ ~.(:9<:~~; "'" :..; ._~.:'.. '~'. ~~
/" --11- . . -. - . --l I"
B"C<:WCRETE
SECTION "A-A"
EXPANSION JOINT
NOTE: 5Tli!A16Hr GRADE
BETWEEN BC.1i'. '.5 MAY
DE ALTERED 0/0/ E-rCE55IVE
GRAOE5.
."
3'"
'8u
~
.
..
,
", .. . ~N .
, . .. .,
. . '" -.
.
~. .
K';-"
,I.!"
R=A.-
4
~
'.
O.O?2Ct/.ro.
,P~;I? LlA/. h:
.
CIQ
.".
. .
'bo... ;tJ.. :. . ,._ ._.,
'" "',
...
, ..,.
. ~
- .
36" P.C.C. CROSS GUTTER
I LOCAL STREETS WHEN APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER I
CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO- PUBLIC WORKS DEPT. APPROVED I
3611 a 72" CROSS GUTTER M,sy 27'
1982
srANPA~p
PLAN
tOI
CITY !NGINEER
..
. Rn:.
"~-II
/
VARIES
(i~
(i'
~ 1n:
. .~
.... '.
I
LTJ?"/&4' .L4t:1TKW
U71UTY TRfNCN
. . '.' ..'
~rl'1/,l/.
WfACENlfo I'f(.MJE JOINT
CASE ':4:
~""4'"A'lrm .4IQEJtlA~ .tOCATIOAI
VAZIES
'" 'UIt'lJ6$l'BKTEO
NIOf'N
,,""HAl.
.JV.4'"
."'T.
...;....
-
JIJ().!E 6J!'AVIJ. (J,;II. Co
I'JffJMIN1I!'D IN 111/4 AREA
fJr !"fIN. ~ef.
.JI08VAJ.K
~SE '1}-
/"lAY tJE U.!1E[): I.) NHeN F,<<)NT.A6E 1$ .tE~ T/MN /00' A;IIP SAHe
4eCT/tJIII EXI41".!1 GW 60TH .!1/PE.!1 0,... .tOT.
.t.) rtJZ H4'"AN~1t!IIU5 .8/oeNAt.K4.
.wr. ~
."-':141& T1I'~
I
'II
I
-~
GENERAL NOTES:
L)f.'rJNUFTE t:'l.AI4 -Nt)-{!-I.!1(){)
~)WEAKlNIfD I'%ANE .K>NT.I TO I"UTeN
~n .Jt1INT.4.1 ORECTEDIY
TN/1. EM!IIN6EAi'.
e.:>cuRIAAS a11'1;t)UI\IO .I~ Be
~I'JtHYEO ~/FDetft.Y ON,4/.J..
EXI"(JS./FO 6V~MC6.1 __ TO THE
EVA~IV OF .IdlL'l'i4C6 ~TER.
,P;('OPD46P
~mI_
'46 P,ME
TYPICAL S/OEJVALK.
TRANSITION
STANPARP
PLAN
tot
ARTERIAL / ARTERIAL OR ARTERIAL / LOCAL
. MOUN TED TO SIGNAL POST :.,
~
ABBREVIA TIONS
Avenue =Ave
Alloy =Alloy
Boulevard =Blvd
Center =Ctr
Circle =Cr
Court =Ct
Drive =Or
Highway =Hwy
Lane =Ln
Place =PI
Pal'i<woy =Prkwy
Rood =Rd
Stote Route =Rte
Street =5t
Trail =Tr
Way =Way
.
<0
':' -,Ii r ':'n.,-,
,!;.'(Y~"X[;, ,,,,.,
\AI~ :(\~~IML(:u~ <.~1~:.Q) Ii
CITY LOGO
~" BORDER. ~" FROM
ALL EDGES
~
.
~
14"
BLADE
(SlGNAUZED)
INTERSECTION
,~l~
<,in~t 2
CITY LOGO
6"
ARTERIAL / ARTERIAL OR ARTERIAL / LOCAL
L.--.rJ/6'
I t~,
}-J .,
a:.
BLADE :"
(UNSlGNAUZED)
INTERSECTION
CITY LOGO
r '1}-.fu
:""
:c'trl" 1
~" BORDER. )6' FROM TOP
&< BOTTOM
~
~
SIGN BLADE MOUNTING
HOLE PATTERN
~I
r
10);1 fl:
~;U
;ji
~lo'; ",'J
CITY LOGO
2"
2"
4
NOTE:
STREET NAME &< NUMBER SHALL
BE CENTERED BOTH VERT &< HORIZ
(WITH 2)4" CLEAR ON ENDS) ON
SIGN BLADE-
MIN LETTER SPACING = 7511
(F.H.W.A. STANDARD)
24" MIN
36" MAX OR AS
.APPROVED
6"
(9") SIGN BLADE SHALL BE 6 GAUGE (.126) FLAT ALUMINUM ALLOY WITH
DOUBLE FACE FINISH Mil TE LETTERS &< BORDER ON GREEN BACKGROUND.
SIGN BLADE SHALL BE F ABRICA TED USING HIGH INTENSITY REFlLECTlVE
SHEETING AND PERIMAN OVERLAY. (SEE SHT 2 FOR INSTALLATION).
(14") (16") SIGN BLADE SHALL BE 6 GAUGE (.126) FLAT ALUMINUM ALLOY
SINGLE FACED WITH Wl-iITE LETTERS &< BORDER ON GREEN BACKGROUND.
SIGN BLADE SHALL BE FABRICATED USING HIGH INTENSITY REFlLECTlVE
SHEETING AND PERIMAN OVERLAY. (SEE SHT 4 FOR INSTALLATION).
UPDAlED. RE'II!ED . REDM" sm
d'o 11/1/2007
DETAIL
CITY LOGO
STANDARD
NO.
504
CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES -PUBLIC WORKS/ENGINEERING
STREET NAME SIGN
" OF 5
c@
o
II
II
RlL 1
II
II
II I
'"
f-
a '"
@; iE 0
'"
Oi ...
'"
. i1!
'" ...
0 '"
'" . ,..:
... ... (I)
'" '" x
'" '"
=> x ~
0 '"
'" 2s
24" ':- ...
" .
.
.
'. z .
'i 0
'"
.
'"
ANCHOR:
TELESPAR
~" SQ x 30" @
H.D.
tJIOAlID. AE\4IlED . REDRA* S1D
d'c 11/1fJ1J111
ARTERIAL I ARTERIAL OR ARTERIAL I LOCAL
a:.
BLADE
(UNSIGNAUZED)
IN11:RSECTION
ID~
:11
ID~~
~
.. ~1
o ATTACH SIGN BLADES TO SIGNAL POLE AT 96" FRClIl SIDEWAll< USING
BRACES WHEN SIGN BLADE IS 36" OR LONGER IN LENGTH.
@ SlGN- TO-SIGN BRACKET; 11:LESPAR 514TCf200 (FOR SIGNS UP TO lB" LG),
11:LESPAR 120TCX2DD (FOR SIGNS O'JER lB" LG).
.2BO" \\lDE SLOT. VANDAL-PRUF BOlTS 2NVPAI2.
@ POST - TO-SIGN BRACKET; SUPR-LOK 2N97 SQX2.
.2BO" \\lDE SLOT. VANDAL. PRUF BOlTS 2NVPAI2.
@ SIGNPOST; 11:LESPAR 2' so 12 GA. HELD TO A ~" SQ x 30" 30 GA. H.O.
ANCHOR.
@ FOUNDATION; PORTLAND CONCRETE CLASS 5OD-C-25OD lAAX SLUlAP-5".
NOTE:
USE ZUIotAR INDUSTRIES
(OR APPRO'JED EQUAL).
CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES -PUBLIC WORKS/ENGINEERING
APPROVED N'~ 4, .-.,
~~
alY
STANDARD
NO.
504
STREET NAME SIGN
2IF.
1 ." RADIUS
66" MIN
WHITE
GREEN
1. WIDE WHITE
BORDER UNE
~D 0 [?[?@
6.
NON-IllUMINATED
STREET NAME SIGN DETAil
FOR MAST ARM INSTAllATION
NTS
8"
DETAil
CITY lOGO
NTS
NOTE:
1. SEE SPECIFIC ENGINEERING PLAN FOR PROPER SIGN NOMENCLATURE.
2. FULL -SIZE LAYOUTS OF EACH SIGN LEGEND SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO
THE ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION.
3. SEE SHT 1 OF 5 FOR MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS.
4. SEE SHT 4 OF 5 FOR APPROPRIATE INSTALLATION.
, UF'OATED. RE'MED . REllRA_ SlD t:h 11/1/2007
CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES-PUBLIC WORKSIENGlNEERlNG
STREET NAME SIGN
APPROVED My. ~,Zeb?
pt-7!
CllY
STANDARD
NO.
504
3(1"
CD CITY STREET SIGN
CY SlGNFlX MEDIUM EXTRUSION (SX0073)
Q) 3M DOUBLE BACK TAPE
@ SlGNFlX MODIFIED CHANNEL CLAMP (SX 0222)
@ STEEL BANDING
@ MAST ARM BRACKET (SA -1000) (SA - 100D EXTENSIONS)
ZAP MANUFACTURING. INC.
VIEW B
NTS
!
L
AL TERNA TE
INSTALLATION
o
o
o
r--
B
C-{=A
-CA
SIGNAL POST
VIEW A
NTS
MAST ARM
INSTALLATION
PREFERRED
g
NOTE:
USE ZAP MANUFACTURING. INC.
(OR APPROVED EQUAL) FOR
MAST ARM PREFlERRED
INST ALLA TlON.
USE ZUMAR PROOUCTS
(OR APPROVED EQUAL) FOR
ALTERNATE INSTALLATION.
t!
-<
... ~
'" ~
iii
0-'
'"
X
w
...
0
Q.
~ 0
lIPDAlm. IIlE-..D . REDRA" SJD oPe l1/t1/2D07
CI1Y OF SAN BERNARDINO
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES-PUBLIC WORKS/ENGINEERING
STREET NAME SIGN
APP~2t-..
STANDARD
NO.
504
. OF .
2'
~
*
I
- -i-MAdeR- - - --+-SfREH
I I
I
~
l
BCR
'"
(,)
'"
CR
'"
(,)
'"
BCR
'"
(,)
'"
I
~
z
f
___1__-
i,1 (
'"
(,)
'"
----I--Mlt~OR
II F~
"T" INTERSECTION
LEGEND
. DOUBLE SIGNS WITH OR WITHOUT R-t
~TR[-E+----l
+,
~ I
'~n
INTERSECTION
ItL"
INTERSECTION
. SIGNLE SIGN WITH OR WITHOUT R-l
NOTE:
LOCA TlON OF STREET NAME SIGNS ARE SHOYttol APPROXIMATE.
AL lERNA lE LOCA TlONS TO BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.
TYPICAL LOCA 11ONS: ON BCR OF NE ole SW CORNER OF INlERSECTlONS.
FOR UNNAMED PRIVATE STREETS. THE WORDS "PRIVA lE STREET"
SHALL BE 4" HIGH AND CENlERED WITHIN THE SIGN.
MAJOR STREET = ARlERIALS
MINOR STREET - COLLECTORS ole LOCALS
l.A)AlED. RE\aED . IEIRA.. sm d'o 11/1/21107
STREET NAME SIGN
.., STANDARD
NO.
504
CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES-PUBLIC WORKS/ENGINEERING
QTY
'11"
IU
"
Of
m
0:
~
&'7 1/4"
I
r----
,
,
,
,
l___
IU
~
-'
D.-
~ In
In
>= IU
" U
IU U
In ..
-' ...
-' -'
:> m
D.- ..
LOAD -'
..
SIDE ...
PULL In
SECTION
&16"
I -I
BROOKS NO.3 1/2 PULLBOX, OR APPROVED
EQUAL. COVER TO BE INSCRIBED
WITH "STREET LIGHTING"
/-
f '\
\ I
\. /
z
i
ID
ID
..
48"
CONDUIT
DO NOT PLACE IN DRIVEWAY OR ROAO.
WAY, 3' MIN. FROM FIRE HYDRANT.
SPACE EQUALLY ON RUNS NOT TO
EXCEED 200'.
z
i
PULL BOX DETAIL
.i...:.J
C'
PAOMDUNT MOUNTING SLEEVE
. . .:.'
p.e.c. !560-C-3250, PER SEC.
201 STD. SPECS. FOR P.W. CONST.
2" M'N. CONDUIT TO UTIUTY
SERVICE.
INSTALL 5/8" l 8' BLACKBURN COPPER
CLAD, OR EQUAL, "GROUND CLAMP AND
NO.8 Awe BARE COPPER SOLID
BONDING CONDUCTOR FOR GROUNDING
OF PEDESTAL..
".
. .
.. '.
.01 .
SERVICE PEDESTAL DETAIL
NOTES:
&
I. SERVICE PEDESTAL SHALL BE MYERS ELECTRIC PRODUCTS MEUGa - II looe/S5 OR EQUAL.
2. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR USE ON 120-240 VOLT SERVICE AND SHALL BE APPROVED BY lNOERWRITERS
LABORATORY.
3. CABINET SHALL BE BONDED TO CONDUIT WITH COPPER GROUND WIRE EQUIVALENT TO NO.6 A.W.G.
4. PULLBOX SHALL BE INSTALLED NEXT TO BASE WITH I 1/2" CONDUIT MINIUM.
5. CONDUITS SHALL EXTEND INTO CABINET I" ABOVE FLOOR AND HAVE APPROVED CONDUIT BUSHING.
B. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ARRANGEMENTS WITH UTILITY FDA: 120-240 VOLT SERVICE AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE
FOR ANY CHARGES BY THE UTILITY FOR ANY WORK.
7. PULLBOXES SHALL BE PLACED ON ONCOMING TRAFfiC SIDE OF POLES. TOP TO BE FLUSH WITH ADJACENT GRADE.
KNOCK OUT OPENING TO BE SEALED WITH GROUT AFTER CONDUIT INSTALLATION.
& P4DesrA~ 1(/1. , D4MWoSM"v$
NO. REVISION
CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO PUBLIC WORKS DEPT. APPROVED ~ ~ I s- erg ~
STREET LIGHT SERVICE PEDESTAL
STANDARD
NO.
SL-2
AND
PULLBOX
DETAILS
4'
3
R
>-:5
H
'"
<>:u
<u
"-"-
4' 1220 mm)
3 915 mm) MIN
'TRANSITION
4:1 MIN
x I I X I
I 1~4' (1220 mm)
~~<(
A .,.,'"
TYPE 1
A~B
MIN
R
H H
I ~~ I
GRADE BREAK
x
~!
'"
X '1~14' 'd220 ~m) '1
~~
A OR B
SEE SHEET 7, THIS SECTlON
TYPE 2
CASE A
>-'"
<...J
~~
'"
<>:u
<u
"-"-
STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCllON
PROMlA.OA1ID BY 1HE
PUEII..fC WORK$ STANDARDS !Ne.
tlREENKJCl(ccMnTT'EE
,...
REV. 1we. zooo. :ZOOS. 2009
CURB RAMP
USE WITH STANDARD SPECIFlCATlDNS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CDNSTRUCTlDN
ST ANOARD PLAN
111-4
SH
10
~
E
:sE
<0
~~
()
()
0-...
\
2% MAX
-
BCR
>-
~
'"
'"
<
0-
~~
PLANTING ;:il
AREA ~
-i'
"<.<:
'\.1' '~<o "-
Q A!!l:- fIc-<V
~ Cj 0cY
~ '?-c,&
CURB
CURB FACE
WHERE PLANTING AREA IS
ADJACENT TO THE CURB RAMP,
USE CASE A, TYPE 6
z
:E
E~
",q
"""'0
<"''''
~"'~
~a>
()
() -
0-"''''
>-
~
'"
~ PLANTING
0- AREA
TYPE 3
2~X
GRADE BREAK
CURB
CURB FACE
WHERE PLANTING AREA IS
ADJACENT TO THE CURB RAMP,
USE CASE A, TYPE 6
TYPE 4
CASE A
STANDARD PLAN
STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
111-4
CURB RAMP
H T20F
[aTE 2, SHEET 10
r &eX
~ ('\1<(
'"
!1f PLANTING AREA
CURB
CURB FACE
~I?S
"'S
R
R
z "
8.33% I t( I~
- N~
DE BREAK
t(~
"'S
PLANTING AREA
I'~~'I
~I~.l (1200 mm)
A OR B
SEE FIGURE 1, SHEET 8, THIS SECTION
TYPE 5
I PARKWAY
R
<(
'"
0::
<(
'"
z
F
z
:'i
"-
2%
MAX
4'
3
PLANTING AREA
IF PLANTING AREA IS NOT
ADJACENT TO SIDE FLARE, USE
'x' PER TABLE 2 FOR THAT FLARE
TYPE 6
CASE A
STANDARD PLAN
STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
111-4
CURB RAMP
SH T
NOTE 2
SHEET 10
c
I Z=X r
3' (915 m ,h I
!.tIN
z=X
--'
~~
'"
O::U
<(u
0..0..
~~
JR
~<(
..,b
"'~
Rl
8.33%
6.33%
NOTE 8'ISHEET 10
X .
I. X ~ .I-
4' /' 'IX
(1220 mm) ~ :;!
C ~
TYPE 1
>,'"
<(-'
~~
'"
O::U
<(u
0..
'If+AA
< '~TE
TYPE 2
CASE B
STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
CURB RAMP
STANDARD PLAN
111-4
10
SKEW ANGLE 0=45'
OFFSET b=O
UNLESS OlHERWlSE
NOTED ON PLANS
>-
~
'"
a::
<
a..
CURB
CURB FACE
) NOTE 2,
SHEET 10
CASE C
z
~:;;
E~
osq
o
~Nl.O
>N-
_en
U
U _
a.....'"
SEE DETAIL
A, B, C, OR 0
OTE a,
SHEET 10
JA
~I~ A
NOIjt 2. SHEET 10
PLANTING MIN
AREA REGRADE
a.33'1V"
5'%"MAx
X=4' (1220 mm)
IF ADJACENT TO
PLANTING AREA,
OlHEWlSE SEE TABLE 1
TYPE 1
y
z
:;;
E~
q
o
'"
N-
_en
~
>-os
~~
'"
a::u
<u
a.. a..
~io)
~
TYPE 2
CASE D
STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
CURB RAMP
STANDARD PlAN
111-4
H T OF 10
<( Z OR
A OR 8 LESS
S I z.r I
s
RADE BREAK
[
~
'"
'"
<
a.
...
:-lE
~E
UO
u'"
a.~
x
~!
'"
4' (1220 mm)
3' (915 mm) MIN
~11
XE~
E <(
~AX
MARKED
CROSSWALK
~
4' (1220 mm
3' (915 mm) M
PLANTING
AREA
x
A R
NOTE 2, SHEET 10
NOTE e, SHEET 10
4'
(1220 mm)
""I~
"''''
MARKED
CROSSWALK
x
TYPE 1
S
2%
MAX
s.
{
ul!. 2% ......
z OR MAX::
C LES .........
,~
.~m
x tiU
5* MAX ';t
MARKED
CROSSWALK
NOTE 2, SHEET 10
x
~!
'"
x
x
>-'"
<-'
;;=<
",;;=
"'u
<u
x
NOTE e, SHEET 10
~
""I~
"''''
MARKED
CROSSWALK
TYPE 2
CASE E
STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
STANDARD PLAN
CURB RAMP
111-4
SH T 6 OF 10
SEE NOTE 6
SHEET 10~
EXISTING I I
ROADWAY 5%
~
ROUNDE
EDGE
.---08.33% MAX
A2-0 CURB AND GUTTIER
SECTION A-A
USE FIGURE 1 TO DETERMINE
WHICH OF SECTIONS A-A, B-B
OR C-C IS APPROPRIATE.
",.........-DEPRESS BACK OF WALK
\ SEE DETAIL A. B. C OR D.
_ 2% AX ) SHEET 10.
A2-0 CURB AND GUTTIER- /
SECTION B-B
PARKWAY
Y
I
-2% MAX
A2 0 CURB AND GUTTIER
",.........-DEPRESS BACK OF WALK
\ SEE DETAIL A, B. C OR D,
/ SHEET 10.
--- /
SECTION C-C
~
Z 4'
1220 mm
/J DEPRESS BACK OF WALK
~J I~\ (
~A(-1.\' .o~ '-PCC SIDEWALK
SECTION R-R
~
~Z OR LESS
Z ~ ~
j(1220 mmJI 1(1220 mm)
DEP~~~S BACK OF WALK
~~-1.\' Z~J-1K ~~.~"~ (
~ ~ ~ SIDEWALK
Z
SECTION S-S
STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
STANDARD PLAN
CURB RAMP
111-4
SH T70F1
PARKWAY WIDTH, FT em)
5' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' 17' 18' 19' 20'
(1.5) (1.8) (2.1) (2.4) (2.7) (3.0) (3.3) (3.6) (3.9) (4.2) (4.5) (4.8) (5.1) (5.4) (5.7) (6.0)
................ )...
~f'~ /
"" ~~
D ~~'....... ...J SECTION A-A l
,- I ~G'~ / LANOING 4"(1220 mm
()
,- z '"
0 ~.~
I- f-
() ........."'~.......
1- W
~ / .............. ..............
'-.. ---- SECTION B-B v .............. f::::
CALCULATE Z DIMENSION ............ to...............
/ PER FORMULA BELOW to...
I 1'..... l'.......
E
E
'-'
3" (75)
(f)
w
I 4" (100)
()
Z
5" (125)
t5 6" (150)
~ 7" (175)
~ 8" (200)
:J
() 9" (225)
<i. 10" (250)
~
lY 11" (275)
o
Z 12" (300)
OR MORE
FIGURE 1 - SECTION USAGE
NORMAL
CURB FACE, SECTION Y-Y
INCHES (mm) X, FT (mm) Y, FT (mm)
2" (50) 4.00' (1200) MIN 2.63' (790)
3" (75) 4.00' (1200) MIN 3.95' (1185)
4" (100) 4.00' (1200) 5.26' (1580)
5" (125) 5.00' (1500) 6.58' (1975)
6" (150) 6.00' (1800) 7.90' (2370)
7" (175) 7.00' (2100) 9.21' (2765)
8" (200) 8.00' (2400) 10.53' (3160)
9" (225) 9.00' (2700) . 11.84' (3555)
10" (250) 10.00' (3000) 13.16' (3950)
11" (275) 11.00' (3300) 14.47' (4340)
12" (300) 12.00' (3600) 15.79' (4735)
SEE SHEET 9 FOR STREET SLOPE
ADJUSTMENT FACTORS, ALL STREETS
TABLE 1 - X AND Y VALUES
TABLE 1 REFERENCE FORMULAS:
X '" CF / 8.333%
Y = CF / (8.333% - 2% WALK CROSS SLOPE)
WHERE FIGURE 1 SHOWS USE OF SECTION B-B, FIGURE Z
DIMENSION AS FOLLOWS:
W = PARKWAY WIDTH
L = LANDING WIDTH, 4' (1220 mm) TYP, 3' (915 mm) MIN
Z = [(Y+L)-W] x 0.760
IF (Y+L) < W, THEN Z = 0
TABLE 1 SHOWS X FOR A FLARE SLOPE OF 8.33% AT
THE CURB FACE. IF L IS 4' (1220 mm) OR MORE, X
MAY BE MULTIPUED BY 0.833 FOR A MAXIMUM FLARE
SLOPE OF 10% AT THE CURB FACE.
STANDARD PLAN
STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
111-4
CURB RAMP
H T
GUTTER I. X.DOWN, I. L 4' .1. X.UP . 1
SLOPE, S
(1220 mm)
Z.DOWN
H
I
MIN
I rU'p1
I
"x
"'<<
"1:::>
<Xl
GRADE BREAK
T
TYPICAL CURB RAMP
X.DOWN
,~, n~~
~ ~ r
I X.UP J
~'
~ ~GUTTER
FLOW LINE
SECTION T T
SLOPED SlREET
FOR SLOPED SlREETS, MULTIPLY THE DIMENSIONS PARALLEL
TO THE SlREET, X AND Z, UPSlREAM AND DOWNSlREAM OF
THE RAMP, BY THE FACTORS IN THE FOLLOWING TABLE.
FOR EXAMPLE, X.DOWN ~ X x K.DOWN
S
0%
0.2%
0.5%
1%
2%
3%
4%
5%
K.DOWN
1.000
0.977
0.943
0.893
0.806
0.735
0.676
0.625
K.UP
1.000
1.025
1.064
1.136
1.316
1.563
1.923
2.500
TABLE 2 - SLOPE ADJUSTMENTS
TABLE 2 REFERENCE FORMULAS:
K.DOWN = 8.333% / (8.333% + S)
K.UP = 8.333% / (8.333% - S)
STREET SLOPE ADJUSTMENTS
STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
CURB RAMP
STANDARD PLAN
111-4
SH 9
GROOVING DETAIL
~@ @ @ @ ~ ~
. E E
'" @ @ @ @
~~ 0.90" ~ E
"'~@ @ @ @ (2~ 0",
~O SINGLE
@ @ @ @ PATTERN ~ "1RUNCATED DOME"
L J 2.35"
~)
DETECTABLE WARNING DETAIL
~
~
,--PAVED SURFACE
CONS1RUCT FENCE OR HANDRAIL
PER CON1RACT PLANS ---..j
6" (150 mm)
~ PAVED SURFACE
RETAINING CURB ---... I I I
"-"
Oz
:.:15
Uz
<(<(
m--,
DETAIL A
DETAIL B
GRADED
SLOPEM;~~ SURFACE
6" (150 mm) .
RETAINING CURB----... n UNPAVED SURFACE
\
)
DETAIL C
DETAIL D
GENERAL NOTES:
1. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 520-C-2500 (31O-C-17) CONFORMING TO
SSPWC 201-1.1.2 AND SHALL BE 4" (100 mm) THICK.
2. THE RAMP SHALL HAVE A 12" (305 mm) WIDE BORDER WITH 1/4" (6 mm)
GROOVES APPROXIMATELY 3/4" (19 mm) OC. SEE GROOVING DETAIL.
3. THE RAMP SURFACE SHALL HAVE A 1RANSVERSE BROOMED SURFACE TEXTURE
CONFORMING TO SSPWC 303-1.9.
4. USE DETAIL "A" OR B" IF EXISTING SURFACE BEHIND LANDING IS PAVED.
5. USE DETAIL "C" OR D" IF EXISTING SURFACE BEHIND LANDING IS UNPAVEO.
6. R = 3' (900 mm) UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON PLAN.
7. ANGLE = 1:>./2 UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON PLAN.
8. CONS1RUCT DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE PER DETAIL THIS SHEET. MATERIALS
SHALL BE PER CON1RACT DOCUMENTS.
STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
STANDARD PLAN
CURB RAMP
111-4
H T OF 10
CALIFORNIA
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
( CAL TRANS)
STANDARDS
~~
~t t gt t :t t ~t t
I- f- ~ I-
W W l,iJ W
coo c
r'
2008 STANDARD PLAN A20A
:t~
; f Z :J:
0
, 1 ,"',lI I r w
I-a. I ,,1/,t-..'I(ll g:
;/ ..'"
w<< fill (]:
. zo: ~ gi
.
" f -'I- -~ ~
1 w _ .h
ox
, I w t~.: w
I '. w a.
I Zu. o. >-
. . ::;0 s:= l-
I . ).:
, . WW :a
ZU ::II';.!::
, ..z .sii
-';:;
-,0 2~] 0
.... .!-+- W
...'08 ~r
Uz ~~:I '" D~
ii:- -' ~~
>-
I- a-. ..
0- I-
iP ,~~ ~p- W
''l r 0
Z 0: W
2 a.
.. " .... W >-
I- L.... . '" I-
U > r r 0:
W r" i " " <<
0: , Y."" r v v '"
C . .... ! " ~ ~ ~
0 0 v >-
.... > i ~ . ..
'"' " I i i ~ ..
I- ".. V " 0
I ... S / . ~ ~ ~w
'" I 0 i . ,u~O~
W ... . . : : 0
Z I' I i " ~,
0 ;" .. ~ rn ~ !
N .. ~ ? i : ~
: .
'" .... i I .U ~ ;. "
Z "" ~ 0
'" ~I.;n~~~ ~Dlf .'lhOA II- W
a.
'" N ~ ~ ~ ~ :: /: :: :: .... >-
<< ~ f t ; I t ~f t I-
a. ~IO.ESIllI~1I
0
Z ~ ~
l- I- I-
"' "' "'
c c c
..
..
· t;
~ B
!5
c
:<1r
Z B
rJr
" I
TlFfr-r
.. .
"l Ff f":l
.. .
:<1i
...
.
ifl I' 0".
.. .' ee
. ee
e
.. .'.. I'
. .. . . ..
z .' e'1l.
'b., . e..:t
.' ....
.. : :.:r' ~I
~ ..
t~1 t~f
I- I-
"' "'
c c
..
..
.'
.
I'
..
..
I-
OUZ5',', ~.
.' ,
-ji
"'.
*~
...Jj: ..
!J!~
..
-'
.'.' g3-'"
0,
W
Z
o
I
'"
W
Z
o
N
'"
Z
'"
'"
..
t~
Z
zl
~ I ·
.... a
. .
, \f8 ~ ,\fn
. :t o~ ':iU
0,
I'
..
jl
..
"
..
..
j I
on
~f
~
.
"'
c
..
..
.
.
.. .
<
~
..
t ~ f
I-
"'
C
N ~ ~
~t t ~t t ~t t ~t
t- I- I- f-
LU W l,iJ W
000 0
m
t ~ I
.
"'
c
~ m
..
i;o
- !
0
~ B 3
..
..
~ 1
..
~I
I~;
o
~ ~
'TO
~I
..
a
"
o ..~o
, ..
. .
o .
".,
.
1
.. -
81V) ~
. W!
e z 2
~ i ~
z" -
<<;:
-'!
!
" ',I
' ,
.
"'-
~~
::;!
0:.
~!
z"
w.
U - z I
g I t g It j
Q C
z 0
.'.' ~
,.
.. .,
,It
~D
;"
~I
"1
;1 t ~I t ~I t ~I 't
I- I- I- I-
LIJ l,iJ W W
o 0 0 0
i10
..
..
a
a
5
C
o
N
C
0f1l
a:l&lfIl
~:!::!
ca:-IC
n ;~~ ~
~~ !E ~ -' ~
gj 1&Ia:~ z
.~ :11--
. 1&1 L
">Q>-
CZI-
LC
~
r
Ii
i
I
!
Tlr
...
.
~ 8
~ "
..
o e
.' '! 8..
::!".
o:~
~
.. e,
e
...
~
t
~ I t
~
I-
"'
C
..~
o
Or
o
~~
..;; ]0
.. ,
;.
.0
Z OT
,0
~
~
..
..
2006 STANDARD PLAN A20B
! !
: ~
':.- Q
~~IJ
l
"
i
!~ is
:j t~
>
. c
~I; ~ ~
'jilll 9
V>
o
z
<(
...J
~
Z
<(
o
w
~
m
N
~ J
....
w
c
>
~
7i :'i
~
~
1;
~ !
z;;;
- >
...J:
~~
0'
we
c
t-E
"-"
w
...J
~
N
;;;
....
~
c
f
I
.
.
<<
t
,
!
.
t
>
,
~
o
.
i.~
,'c
,=.
~:.:
~
II
.'
Xi r- :<"11"'
,T(F!P ".,"'p-
& &
&&
..
..
.' ..
..
..
Bill
"..
jo.
.' ....
" 1..
1.1; ;
..,
>-
"-
:;r1 r- rll- ~
&11I >-
.. <(
.. ~
.. ,
.. 0
.. ~
B&
..
..
..
..
..
BB
.'
&
&
..,
B &
I wn~b~~~ '" .., 1"'~6~:~
N J t
t ~
""
....
w
'"
c
= I
;;; ,
....
w
c
~....
..z:....~
1r:z
i ,
" BT
.
~ i
, i
c
.
1; j
bi
& ;;'i
~ "I
III
~r:r
:r-' - r-::z
~-
"z-J~,.,
,,,2 ~
-I ~
_! ~
! ~
N >
, 0
B'J.&
, "
.!Y
0,
~'
~l
~ j
1 i
. ,
e lr1
+ :,
; I
~ I
11...1
liT
~
,
"
,
. ,
e b
. '
"
~ ...,
So !
~ I
.1
.J.
t
"" ~ ,~
"' "'
N N t N t N t
= t ~ ~ ~
"" ""
"" "" .... ....
.... ....
w w w w
'" '" c c
V>
...J
~:-
, r7~
:S: !
tl Ii
"Ll..JI
<(
>-
w
o
....h.~. :-
'"
w
""
'"
<(
~
,.r- i
"I' :
.' -j
;::I!: , i
"'~I
~
F~
!iU~
, "I/,~'..Y.I '
D'. ,;0
"'.- f.W
:'(0..
".'" .,- >-
, . I-
~ IF!
,.%~.,% I i ~~ ~ tiiJ
~O~
,'1<-..', i-
"""'~rl '~r<
1 I
.'
I:' 1
~o-,Zl-"o-,Oll I ,0-.21-,,0-011 r
~?~i'~~S~ ~Ir; ~~
I' 1>.
.' .. .' 8
'- .' :1 - :
I" I .., ..
& .' III III:.':B
_. .8
. .
.'. b .
.... .. .
. 8b
lB. 11"
. . 8'"
. .' .
.'. ~ .
". .
.e b -.
.8.,8.
s- ~ e.
.. ..
.' 8 ' .
. .
b . - .
81 B .' III B.
. .
t": - :
" ....J..
e. .e
B.~o .B
. ' .
0.... -.
';'. .
"'It It
. .
11I11I 81
B.'
B
.
~
~
II
::t'1r;-~ ::ri~~
tr I~ (~ f i~. rr
:~ :' I 11! T8 G ~ I
,I t. .3 ,I 1 .i~! ~ I
:1:~' ~ ~ i b'~ 1.1,. I
l~t. 11 ~i ~'~I t. .).i I~
g ~;~ '1' ; fl I?I ill
>- z u. j L . III~,L I....,.
uw
~ ~ ----~i..."'5"!Uj;5ii....~.uI......j.U~----
~~J .,1 ~t. L-.
z .- j~1 :' ~
.' ....1.. II
? J II
.' ~ 8 !~I ~
I "..
'I tt ~ILt:~,lt ~Jt ,
~ :<< ::{ ::{ .c(
I- I- I- I- ..J
~ ~ g:: ~ z
'"
::J
>-
I ...nw6~J~ N t '"
t ~J t '" J ~ J t
~
;;; ""
.... .... ....
w '" '"
c '" '"
"
~ O'i
~- '-'
::J
0
'" .'
I 0'
"
>- N'
0 Z O}
V> :
w , Ov>
z . -z
0 ~g ';" 5'
...J ~
W w>- of
'-' " >-u
0 Xw
w :! Wv>
w'" ~
>- ZW j
I ->-
'-' ...JZ 0"
'" w-
'-' 0;
I ID 0 U -,
~, w ~
~ t >-i ~ t
~I
"" ~
.... ....
w w
c c
6
B
.
<II
...J
OCC
z""
CC~
~:~
3~~
~ a: A. 'j
.: c>- j
; :IE"" "'
o
;....<11 z
.Zlll
~lIIz
":IE:;
lIIu
>-
CCu..
A.u..
CC
a:
....
lD
o
N
CC
B.'
II
B
~'
. . ',","'
. .. .( ".:;'~"
~ '. . ~
..~;
..'l-"
"
;
,
;
i
i ~
, .
III
0-
'"
<(
'"
t- .
X "
W ~
t- i
<(
0-
0
" '"
c
w
Z
<(
...J
.
I
"
,
\
~
.
!
w
~u
.
.
"
l
.
.
i
,
t-
Z
W
'"
t-
<(
W
'"
t-
~
~
~B ~!
26 -..
r!a: !S
&.
w
'"
o
'"
:
E~ e
I.~
'" J~
<(
w
'"
<(
...J
<(
'"
t-
::>
w
Z
0-
'"
<(
'"
I;r
;.~. 7
= I /
~ t . .iI
:'5 -II:.
2008 STANDARD PLAN A20C
.
~
~ :~
~ ~..
lJiY. j~
~ J~
:,~~
o
m
...
'"
~
:;:
0-
W
o
o ~
:
o ,
~
;;
~
03"
~~
O~
o
m
tot
.
l t-
Z
!Ii w
'"
t-
o <(
> w
~ '"
t-
W
'"
'"
w
'"
<(
w
! '"
<(
...J
W <(
'"
i t-
o ::>
~ w
Z
.
~ 0-
'"
& <(
~ '"
w
u
Z
<(
'"
t-
Z t
w
'"
"'
'"
==
'"
0-
W
0
.
~
~ ~~
.i .=" .:
~S 68
~ --'r-...._/ i-
.' !i' : If
- ::: ~~
Ii
if
n
,~
L
0-
~j l-
ii <(
t. 0-
:] * ~
:~
"'=:]
~?
m
'"
'"
'"
'"
m
'"
'"
'"
'" '"
... '"
~
~ m
:;: t ::: t
0-
W
0
~
.
]
f
i
I
~
!
~ . !
: ; i
i <:-cj
~ ~~i
i~..
I~~
..>
"
~
f
i
o
~
.
~
~
l
:
,
~ (
"8
.~
25
&.
J~ l
.
t !
"=
~ 0
"
:
~
i)
7
~
,lh L
'" ".
-8 '?I'or-CD ~C1
~ II;: ~ ~ j:
o &~ : r!a:
_ J~ m J~
III
Z
2
t-
U
W
III
'"
W
t-
Z'
- ..
w
z
<(
...J
<(
w
'"
<(
...J
<(
'"
f--
::>
w
z
0-
'"
<(
'"
w
u
z
<(
'"
f--
Z
W
o t
o ~ 0
t E
m i !
~l
m~
O=:]
~~
0]"
o
'" m u
... ...
~ 0 ~
~ ~
:;: '"
0- 0-
W W
0 0
f--
Z
W
'"
f--
<(
W
'"
f--
w
z
<(
...J
Z
o
;:
<(
'"
W
...J
W
U
U
<(
~ 1
.
] ~
f . .
i
i ~
I ,
. ~
0 f
~
.
.,t
"'
'"
~
'"
0-
W
o
. I
"8
ON
--
25
0- l
.,
J~ :
~~
~
:
.
n.
\
'"
'"
'"
'"
m
'"
'"
<
a
"'. ],
~
"'~
:~
'"
,
'"
'"
m
~ 1
t
(/)
a::UI(/)
wz...
~~::i-
-a:: oC
U oC!:!l;; w
~1:llI.a ;i
u'" I&" U
~~ 1-<... V>
s; :a::< ~
tis :l1-!:!
'wall.
~>z>-
<<l-
ll.
"
"
.
E
'"
'"
"~-"IIIr- ~
~ill IlJ ~I ~
III
...J
~ "'.hili r-
w 0
c .
'" "
w "
'"
'"
<(
'"
~ :
D~f
.
II
~O~
.~-...A I......
.
I.:z
\~
"
"l ~
.I
I
I ~
~ "
. ~
" " ,
0
I ~ :
" > 2
/ : J
~ i "
~
. " 0 1;
. i i
, . .
- " 0 ~
" " w
gj , , ,
~ ~ ~ "
OS!!! I
i
,
.
.
>
~
J I ~
i
~ i i
~ .
j i ;;
" ~
0 ,
. ~ i !
: .
i : i ::; 0
> ~ .
c . a ~
r w ~ ~ ;; ~
Z' ~ >
"'~ ~ .. "
tJl o.~IJ
~
~i
'I
I,
! "1
LU ::;
z . ,
, .,
--' i .,
'" . ~
N
Z ,
N "j t
--'
LU
Z
Z -'I ';
.. ;::;j ..
:c ! >
u <
"J l"
~
2006 STANDARD PLAN A20D
.
i
J
~
b
II
&;
!f.
i~;
.o.
!..
'jii
~
'"
,
'"
Z
o
;:
u
w
'"
-4>
~ 1 '
~!~:ij'~~";I'h
D.. c 0. ill-
e-1i ' "2 ,~
ih! ~
I
t~t
"
.
i r
J
~
j b -c i "
, . ~
-c J . 0 ZI1'N
R. Z &.
!~. 0 !l. ' -<<....&
;: ~ o! i~
i-I u i'.: ,-
w _,i i
~ti.. '" to. 0 >
b.' ai'li
iii ~h
-0
3
~
.
~rnr iii ~I t !
~ ~ /1 Ii
A I-I~J
.
!
::;
: !
i ::;
. :
i.
.
<
~ I
~ ,
~~
<
>-
w
"
VI
--'
..
t-
LU
o
0:
W
><
0:
..
::Ii
:Z"I:-1P'
"
I
i
~
.i
~
.J
'"
~
~ .
~
-c
~
w
o
>
-c
w
..
>
>-
"'--r
CO ,
CO !
OJ ~
~-l
00 J
00 ~
~ ::r 1
~ ",3
~
<
~
w
o
0:
LU
><
0:
<
::Ii
o:t-
OZ
"-w
::Ii
--'w
<~
~"-
Ow
VI::
Vlt-
wu
UW
W--'
0:"-
W
0:
o
0:
t-
W
0:
~ E: . i
~ -i:. S g e
~ !t.-:: ii,;~-;: ~!
=U~' H" 10>
'" i' ,.-.- '-A
~ ~~".N _~~:f i--
~ 1't;IO' i ~,~ =!~
4. .. ~"it~ ;;: V.!i i~1.
2 Obiio ~i!2: 'li!b~
c ~~."I ....'-. ..
~ ~.~~ +-il+-K t-!C
~ r~!!' !'.!, ,)=1
t'j Ji~i! ~b~~ !~~i
~ ..: .... ,.;
Q
o
N
<
'" 0:
W
w ><
.. o:z
~ 40
a,1 :E;:=
t-<
~ Z--'
W W--'
ll.. N ::E <(
> Wt-
>- ~ ~!,2
- a.-
Iblb
a:WIb
WZ..J
~. ll:--
a:..J<
n ;~~ 5
~l!l to- u.... III
;~ Z<c ~
_! wa:u
.~ :11--
;; WQ~
>ZI-
<<
II.
1i..'l!',,\! 1.../,,-..,1
~I~ .IJJ
~
~I
~
~I~ : U
-I1'l!_..\! 6J
.
o i
w1
..
>
>-
..
WO
>w
_VI
t-VI
uw
wu
--,W
,,-0:
W
0:0:
00
0:"-
t-
W
0:
u
w
..
>
>-
i
t
"
l'
d
w
a. ~~
'"
~"! 0: W ~ 00 I
1~ ot- >- I
'.h 0 ~~ ~
WVl z . ii i
~ ~ ~ ~. 2.&. . ;;
;; ~
~ l.L.. cD t;) 3E N ~
I..LJ ~ 1:5 ~: -E~ 0 . 0 ,i
0 i:. E >
~ a:: a: a.. -1 '-c 0 . 0 c
Ii 1-'" i 2 lIE 0 ! 0 ~
;" ~ u : a: ~E' ~U
. "- - i w .i Hi 0 0 >
~ ~ .... :r: to ~ !1~ y:J
0 f ...J (/) II- '3 'l;i
'1 41{ <II C _to :! oct ~1.
<(..J w ~I ~H
I-- a. Vl... ~iB -c 0
~.. ~ I..LJ 0 Vl J:> !'-- 0 TO ;; fO
{f O:lE ~ 8. I-t! ..
.','f f5 ~ c .; ",VI ~ VI", ~
.:. :;; Zz
:c ZZ 20 -c
t- 02 >- >-
W VI- W
-t- O zt- 0
"'u
Zw wu
W'" t-LU
0' t-o: x'"
0, wo:
iil Xw w
~I Wt- 0 wt- I
wZ zZ !
. z- !
t~ -:r: ::; "':c 0
--'", . 0:'" .
::J > w::J ,
~~ zO 0 i t-O . ~
! <to: . zO: .
W ::; w ",:r: WX ,J
Z Z t- rI ut-
:
--' i ~w
z z
w ~ S! < loj
z '"
>-
<t Uw
--' :!i>< bfO r.
W ",- ~'
>< wlIl l ~
>- ~ .', \.
III '" ~ ~ t "LO
.- .-
'" 0, ;i;>'
~ v ~
= ~~ ~ ....J~
< < -c :;;
>- ~ ~ ~
w W w w
" 0 " '-'
8
r
2008 STANDARD PLAN A24A
~
,-~ i>I ~
it t<O(
>_ n ;~
VI/ ;- ~UJ
- ~
I ....
~
'- ~~[I~-"~\: f I
i ::. I ,
- \ .
;' ~.~f 1"1
. .1, .
, · "'<< I ---:::... -____-,
" ~i ,!;II ;.-:::::--~
if- ~~ !d! ~ I~~::--
, ; ':11:, - -.J
; · 'l!l!I' "-.f .
I
r--
.a-,il
~
" /
-
,
r-
~...'
.o-,.~,
1---17
;- .-
-
t-
""
I ~O-,Oi
[ .....
I---
t-
....:
I ~
';> ~:;;
~ 1f9
Q . I
iLTi~
::. "'"
:::
>-
....
I'
f -l-
I
f -
I
~O-."iI:
....,
.0.,11
H?
"O-."l
I. ~
.a:
"'"
--+~~
"n.
::
e
.
N
e
-
"f-.LL
III
c:l
z
!~
" a:
II;~ 5
n....a: V>
~I z a: ~
" we
~ 2
~w
>
e
a..
{
-~~
_O-,i:1
I
1l ~ -
r i~ !I
~; -;
Q ".. ~.
; ~ ~~
r-
-,
....
.....
~
..
....,
f
-
'\
I\. ....-
v
I
r-- -........ / ~11!ii III .0-.' I J
- ~ !:ii R 2 - 'rf ~ 1 ~
~ \ i: ~ ~ I ~.L 'T is
. ~ ...~ e ~
~.~ ~ ~
.~~
~/.
I ..0-,' I ~t; ~_
/ !ii!
/ T' -~ "
~ "'- -iI
';> I I~ "i!j ~-
"If
.. I'-- --> "!= '" i-
s ~I!l :ts
,/ Ii "'" ~::I ,,~
I\. . ~ ~ Z>
'" .' 0.. 3~ -.
- - ~!: g~
q
~ i~ -
I a: "fW
a: (; ~ ~
... z :; i
ll. .-
'0
I.'
:r 7~
"
5 ~
UJ
~ ~ "-
>-
....
I
"'"
ll."'
.. .. 0
.. i..1
- '"
t j w-
e ~
~ It I
. >-
. ....
9
(~YI"_U ~ f
-. ..
. \~ I/h
~I~"~! I
'I~ & r-
I~ 1m:
I I~ g I: il! I
I ~ ;1.11 } 'r
_ I'li Il!ill !!
2~ STANDARD PLAN A24B
..0-,'&
/
.....
"
jJ
T i~
It
. )0-
s ....
~
.'
III
"
N
C
CO _
"
z
t-
. ~
II ;i ~
u...a: '"
j!!1 za: i
. wc
; :.
~w
>
c
A.
<;j
"
..
!
rl .,11-,., !
V , , ,
....
1/ r-- ~
j ~
~ r- "I- ~ ~;
-
,. ~~
r-.. 1~
. ....
...... ... ii
"- ..- ~
'-
::i
g! I-
-~
<;j h
" .!~
..
! U
I ~O-..iI I] Li a
0::'" ~I i~
l,..- T ..... i.;
t.: ~
\> !~ ~
;. ...
..- 1 I/o El
" ,..... ~~
....~
'"
0 I
!:o I
10
I-?
t-...
V I,
.....
J..-
...
'-
I'
, , , , ! ~I ~i
-=t !il#
T ~~~
~I= -
i il~:
" ~
'- ....
'"
o
!:o
..0-,.1
~
I"
.;'
..-
~ 1"-
2008 STANDARD PLAN A24C
,. ---L t u
. A'....~
'e- Jm~ f \ " I ., I.hl;:j . a ..
:e- (i. J~! l h....II'., 1 ::::~ 3 N
~ t; II) C
..J
! U II)c -
.~W ~ ~;!Il
"r f p CIa:
. ZIII
. g
:~~ '~i ( !j !~::E
I i , ~ g:;~
i .,~" j :{ . - ~ ~ .. ~; II cZ '"
~ : f ~ - . . -I 3 2Q 5
. 0 n" . i' I,
. . - 'I I ." u,..z V>
! 5 II: 'I - ii Ii- fj ~I ZC !i!
: I \.'r. l !~i!l iiI -. ~ Wco
~I'l h ~ ::E..J
i ~11:! 11I0
>1lI
c::E
11.>-
II)
I ,,'Ii-," , ,-
I' ..6-,[ I
1 ~O-,[ I
- ..J t
'- 0 If
CD
:2 "
,.. ,; ,:
V> "'
\ - .
'"
5 ::
. ,C ~
.."" ..'1
. .a:
Iflfe N
t--- ~ In '" ~ h c 0- :, --r-
;:,.-' ~ ii!iVJ -..l r-+
I .. "':!!~
~ iiiVJ .0-,'
--a:
-? '\ I) . .....
0-
f c
- .... ~~j
...J
, CD
- ...
V>
C ' w
- '- i
I ./J-,tl I ...J
". 0 ..21
CD
5:2 '-r-
c .,..
ii~ 'IV' I -..l r-:..
- b" _0
~ i~ .0-,'
r- ..... ~
c
I ,,'-,I 1 t
- ~ If
...J .
0 . ~
CD i
:2
,..
. tv>
~; If.... ..:J.
, .z
~... =f---1
, ...J
, .... -..l ~ -
I I "" I I
I
I CD .0-,' .
-- ~ ~
< h
h
I i~1 .o-.t1 1 .O-,oz r=I i~ r
I' .0-,' I
r ..... Ir- .... ~ ~
~ 1'-- f- """ l.- I' r.
..... ~ .... * ww
~ """ i~ ~~
, I -I , , ~ ,..... .r,.- ~ e ~ i~
-+'~ e- . , "
, .\. ;..- - >..... 1'-- -. 5
i ~~
L~ :;;::r J....- v r- +... )\... ..... t- I- , ~ ~~
: I ...1---1 I -+J i If' l- T ~.
*
11
~~,
i
:!I
~I
,
I,
,
~
::rt r-.J
i;f
::rt 1-...1
~
::rt r-.J
i;f
~
::rt r-.J
i;f :i
"
..
::rt r-.J
.~
2008 STANDARD PLAN A24D
~
:i
"
..
::rt r-.J
i;f:;
"
..
::rt r-.J
i;f :;
"
..
::rt r-.J
.~
::rt r-.J
~
::rt r-.J
~
, j .
, ~ .
I; HH ~ i
iuhc lIt
i~ iHfi f:
(J ti'O~E .B f~
~I I;~P f ~l
Ii ,.!~. ~ '
~~ Hhi ~ H
!~ UhJ i -I
~ i'Olil ~ ::
l~ i~Cai ~ if
00' .uJ.. _~
~ ~~ uW ~ ~i
~.: N ..; .;
::rt r-.J
~
;
::rt r-.J
.~
::rt r-.J
~
~
;;t1 r-.l
iJ
~
12
.
... .O..,N
--....
i
~a~ia
-~u;
o
...
N
C
.
"'on"'N..
In r N N_
l ~H~!;
c --;;(",:1
'"
t/)
Cl
z
! iii
. a:
II Ct/) w
~ :EO;;!
~ II: U
V>
~~ too 0 0
~ii ffi~ z
~i :E
QUI
>
C
A.
.
c'" .....N....
l!i iN "'... N N
"'
~~ ~I!
-... ......:
.
iN,;;~..:e
'1I~~.ii
!:;c~=3R
" ~:l
"
..
::rtfJ
1
~
;i'1 r-.J
iJ
~
;
;i'11""""
J
iJ
~
I
I
I
I
I_r~
I
:rl r- J..
~~
~
:rl r- J..
~~
~
:rl r- J..
~
;
_.., 4-
"I,. J...
~T ~
~
2008 STANDARD PLAN A24E
-
......_0...'"
~"''''N_
.
~
"
Z::II ...", ~ I-
~~o~=>z.
a::: _:It "'... 0'"
..
:>,
c......".......
......._NN
'"
C
~:I ~ Q.
"t~.W"
~...fjd~
:rl r- J..
~~
~
:rl r- J..
~j
:rl r- J..
~~
~
:rl r- J..
~~
~
.rl 4-
... . J..
~T ~
~
13
. g.! J j
~ .~~ i i I h:~
. l! 8! ! I!;' ,~
I !~ ~ go a i. ~v 2i
~ :_;~; ~ J 'll ~;
, ,." ~ ' - ,
~ . -; S LoS ~ f .! .... !j
~! l,!i i ,!!,~
~~ ::~j i ~ ; :i i~
-! ia~i 8 B 0 -~ .!:~.
si tiii ! j. I. fi 1i~
h ! ~.~ . =~ '1 n I.;
-! fO' · .- -~ -s !j
l~ !.e~ ~ R~ f, It hi'
...- St~! ,J.. oi 118 .-
ol ~-~! I: l! +-. ,0.= ._..~
~. l~~; ~ il I! ~~ ~~!
~i Itl: , ;~ ~ ~~ ~~E
.~ ~!8t~ ! g.. al i~ ic~
~ a. ti ..2 . .0
~... 3~il ~ 0 ~a ,.. ~~$
i. U hH J ~i is l~; l~i
~~ ~;lt j ~, b~ ~~I !!~
.: N ,.;"; '" oJ ,..:
'"
loll:
"'..l
(lIC
~ !~
. loIl:'"
. a:'"
i~ cO ...
~J :Ea: ~
3. (J <l
~l!I I- v:a
l:~ zQ ~
;!! wZ
.~ ~c
~ LII",
>0
ca:
400
~
LII
....
N
C
:
'Or
.,
.-
~I
~ .;1
w i_
;!; C>
...I
fo- C>
~ w
Z
...I. C> r :;
at ~t~ a
Z! 'IC> .1;: ...I
:J ~ ao W
1C> ;:
...I
..
~
III fC>i
III
0
a: ~
u
." :rt 1---1
..
~
.Zl
~i
J
~
~
~
I I
I I
2006 STANDARD PLAN ES-5A
x
o
.0
o
<L Z
::I~
~j
x ~;:
o ~
.0 i":
o
I I ~ "-
"~"., ~ IP=1
;;,[ .
. r::::(1
x
I ~ I .8
! -
o _
" 0
~ . "-
,,~~., .u
,,1 . u
-1. I x
<C U 2
1,,0-,9 3
o Bff~.<L
o
:;: .. b
~1;fl;;,[' .
o W
,,0-,9
w
'"
::>
o
w
u
o
'"
D-
Z
e
I-
'"
..J
..J
'"
l-
V>
Z
..
~~
~ !~
~ 1l~
~ e7
o "
!;.!
2.0 '0
I!
3 :i
OJ '0
f H
i ;:;
8 ~~
~ ~ o~
E ~ 81;
.= s ;:e
! : ~J
~ i ,!;!"".
tl i :1l!
K I;;,
! , f,.
c .. 1I"i.>
i ~ g21l
~ o~_
; .~ ;i-2
~ ", o~.,
D-
o
o
..J
- '" ,..;
i E
~
,
.. ~
q
~ .
~ ~
g a
f .
"i! g
1 t} ~
11 ~~ ..
., ~
2 Co ~
: !i !..
~ ~k" l5~
- .
! !;; x~
III _+- 8_
... _. _"C
o .P:-= +..
l ;~ ji
~ ~~ ~:5
";'.n .,;
,
~
!
~
~
J!
,
.
o
"
:
,t
E~
g~!
=8li
il,<
.!~~
~;~
-."
.'E~
L_'
i....
~.
!:Uj5
'_0
0.'
L-,
ud'
!r~
...L"go
O!o
;~;
000
00
:-f~
;:-;:
Of 0
I-~
-,-
,
.!I .:.::
~ ~~
~b I ~
,
!1~ ~ ~
<. c
+.8 E.::
~! :! ~
.::: _~ 8
~ b
:~ 11 ~
E:'&. _ c
~ ~.!
!I f g
cf": i ..
-_I: 'tI ...
j;1 : ;
~'::2 : On
j8: .
8~H
~!; i
i~~ ~
_:1:'0 ::!:
"
.;
,
.
c
3 "
.;.;i.;.;.;5
~~~t~2~
! c:c:o.cc:.c5,
E nt~~it
; E-=~EE.Eg
~ lSl5Ea15a5
-- 1..---+
v>.. tti"ttti:
--1 g I...LiL.LL+
;: t ~f c~tf~-;
!":-; ~ ga:E15l515~2
LU _ !JUOUUU_",-
o i 88~8g8~ 6
~ --...--- 0 l:
~ l;; -c...gc....o....2
~ i &&o.8.&~o..
<C ~ ~~g~~>-.;5
V1 --~---ai1;l
I ;~b:;"'~
'" ....~......&~
& H-~~P.
,.,+-+-_+-+-+-.,c
~ .'
~ ~~~e~~3'i
z
",/S
~~
'"
w~
"-~
,.'"
~~
~
i":
z
o
",-
N~
'"
w~
<L~
,.'"
~~
~
i":
z
o
"'-
~
-",
w~
<L~
,.'"
~~
~
z
]!
o
:;;
-0
~.
0-
,3
o'
~.e
en c:i
,
~,
..
lE
~~
o
E!
",
ge
-!
<-
~~
6E~
'E.
,~=
. .,
~;..,:
~!:
~E~
P.
.-
'..
0__
~.=~
~R8
-Ou
~~~
00.
:;-2
~l;
~!~
~N"'......",
o
~
o
1
~
o
i
~
~i
~~
~.
'E
~=
~~
Ii
c.
~s
.-
~~
ul
.
~;
gg
.~
t~
~~
,
"
o
V>
..J
"'.
I- 0
W 0
0:
,
~~
"-~ ~
~
8.
. "
,;
/
I
i
!
~
:
,
if
.
jj
~
,; ,
0
a ,
. ~
~
E /
! ~
~
. 8
0 8
.
1; 2
" .
,
;;: if
q
c
0
" 0
. 8
" ~
ifi 0 !"
l' ~ .t
, ..
~! .!i
~- . B<
o' Ii , \'=
,E . 0'
~i E g ~:
0
~; 1; h
3 ~ o~
CC . .e:
0' ! '0
., 0
~~ 32 i'
,.
f ~g ,~
o~ 00
'0 ~ f: ",
.E !&
8- 3~ 0
_0 i' '=:0 o'
.f " ., :!
&~ ~ "
'c 0_
~~ .~ c' e~
~. !~ .e-e o.
0- g~ .'
.il -, .L
DB .' ,~
=:D ~l t~~
ro E8
. . ilo-
0- C It 00-
~r .. 008
i~ '!'
.= 'c gg 8+-2"
-0 "
~! 00 .~ -.....:;
_0 ,00
'" t"!
~~ , l~~
~~ ~~ 00
.-
,..; .,;
- - -
.;
,: cD
423
V>
z_
o'
_s
1--
u3
w.
Z!
z.
o.
u:
a...~
8 ~
--'.
--.J~
"',
8~
D-g
>--
I-
,
o
!
.
3
C
f
o
,
g'
-t
-.
8.6
,.,0 e
~ 8" .e
~- ~-
i'i 1: 8~
- ~ ~ "'-~ W
~I- 8i: 8: a...
~~ I=~~( ~:
~ff: ~~
;':~i 1 I j~ ~ ~
sil I--
~i g ~:;~
~3 ~ ~~~
i-~ .. E~~
0'- g ~6l
-' ""00
I
...
--:iAl
L
i! "";!':"~"
~u:~y
,
"i
<~
U
!:~
~
c
'"
,
(/)
(/) III
:E
III
z 1--
0
~ (/)(/)
.~ >-a:
.~
~~ (/)0 w
~~ I- ~
.. '"
u~ ..Iu u
.. c(1lI ~
~~ ul- e
.ffi z
:;;i! -Ill
; a:Q
1--
U
III
..I
III
~ i
. .
" ~
.! ~
. .
~ ~
~ -:0
u
,
u",
zo
Sf-
~u
u::>
we
~z
o
u
D-
o
o
--'
N
V>
--'
'"
f-
",w
,0
'"
zl-
2~
~V>
u
w
~
I'
"
I
I
,'I
'1
.-
"
8
'r ~tO"1~
" I
;: 'I i
I=~:~ I
I
~ :
L
,
','1
'y
': t
tE
f'
5':5
f
j,
,
~i :
'H'
ii!'
nt[""'J' I ~ ~
~ l'U~
~8
~i7
"O,L ~
f-
U
W
f-
W
Cl
~
<t5
~Cl
D...J
~<<
Ow
z"-
i~
"
bl
"
"',
"-...J"" Z
0%
z
~O
::c~
~<<
wet:
D;:>
~'"
=>-
ULL
'"z
~o
"'u
et:
o
f-
U
W
f-
w
Cl
2006
N ES-5B
PLA
STANDARD
~
~
~
w
II CI
~~
. D
Z
.,
I
z
0]3
9 .J
b <<
<:> ~~
]:!
<2 ~~
]<i
<>~
>-
z
S
o j
b!..J
.' I <(
Btt;
Oz.
_ c
~ .3
YI <( .!
c~ .,.
-', w"
----1ll...iJi
Dbf~
~i -'
J<<
o ~
,..
>-
~
'"
~
W
D
~
=>
U
'"
~
"'
1,,0-,[11
T7DJYi
<;>1 J
"L i7
"O-,L'
z
o
>-
<<
et:
;:>
'"
LL
Z
o
U
et:
o
~
U
w
f-
W
o
"-
o
o
.J
z
~O
;(j::
~<<
wet:
D:>
~'"
=>-
ULL
'"z
"'0
"'u
II)
:E
III
~ ~-
~ mCl)
..t; >- a:
l~ (1)0 ~
~~ ... ~
~:= "'u V'l
~~ Cw 0
~~ ~I- Z
~2 a: W
....~ C
~ ~-
o U
III
...
III
~
a:
o
f-
u
w
f-
W
o
u
w
"-
,..
f-
,
,
o
~
.
;
"
K
': t
+E
I,
5b
~
0_.'" g,
~o
D.J
~w
Ow
z"-
-,..
'"f-
': t
~~
,.
00
424
z
S
~~
~et:
~:>
~2
~LL
=>z
Uo
'"u
~
"'et:
o
f-
U
w
f-
W
Cl
.
;~
z
~O
:ij::
~<<
wet:
D:>
~'-'
=>-
U,,-
'"z
~Cl
"'u
~
-"-
~o
~o
D...J
~Cl
Ow
z"-
-,..
'"f-
~
-a.
~o
~o
D.J
~a
Ow
z"-
~~
"~o'" ~5",
I >Carl o...J a:::
'1f~' " ~:~
~ L >~8
~ 0 z 0
x "I <(<.:II--
~"o.... ...J..;{ <(
;5~ 0- C;
z
o ~
. -g j
it<<
O~ ~~
] ~E
O-g ~ ~
~I ;;i
~u
O~
et:
o
f-
U
w
f-
w
Cl
~ "i
g ~g
~ {i~
8 :t:;:;
$ Sf:
""
& g.<;
o c'
g :"i
.... "i
~ 15~
. .c
Ii -5
$ ~~
~ ~~i
~ ,~;;;;5
. . "
! ,~~
... 0.....
l5 !'e:
: 155<::
~ cCO
g '1..
... i_&
o "~2
~ ~5b
! ........'
~ ,.",,,,,
u __ ><
~ ~E, ~~i;>
~ 55",
"
2006 STANDARD PLAN ES-13A ~
~
<I:
eol
f ...
t ,
'0 . ;; . 0
." 0 ,
.c . t g f ~ 0 w
~ ., tt~ l 8 > 0 . ::E-
e 0 0 . W0
. c -., . ~ ~ .
0 .,~'- ~ 0 . 0
. ~ >- i 0 " 1-=
~ "-. " t 0 c . %
0 &.N~ 0 ~ ~ 0 0 0 0<1:
. ] . ~ ~
t ~ 0 .co ~ ~
::,', I '" '" . 0" L . 0 .~ >1-
, ' . -:;:1....... . , . , %0
"' C 0 0 "it' 0'- ~ ., > .> , > g ~. 0W
", 0 :;~: L w
. x 0" ?: 0 '" 0" "' ?: .~ Q ~
. , ~.e .- - ~ eo .. I o' 4
0- W ..
" . 0 w <- !:.<:1: 8: w 0' 8: u~ ...I 0
l' ~ ~ " ., c~.E <- ., 0 g ., <l:CI '"
~ 0 ~~ ~ . 3~ ~ " . 00
0' E z u 0.0 2_ .!!! 0 ~ u~ UZ 0
i 0 L ~~ . l' u 0-0 ~c . l' ~z z
:r.! ." 8 ." .u --
. 0 g, .. L E .. t;~
;; , 0- .0 l5 leU
"' D 4 .0 CiO= , . 0 .. . ;
~ . '. .0 0 '. .. ~ 0 1--
.. ~ " CO -'0 2 =-;., . LO .. =,:, u...I
0 ~-:;: Co_ 'c ~=s ~:; Oc
'" 0'
e " <- 83 '.. '" 0 -' c '" wlL
. co. c 00
0 . .-, . 00 <- 08 ,- . 00 ...I~
. 0 0 ~ >. ~-F<= > c, >. ~g ~ c,
>- -> 0 t~ 0 ~~
0 ~ .0 - . .0
0 >- 'Eo, W
~ . Hi N' _ ~~ "
. " 0" ~: >c > ~c
~ 0 ~~ ". > L ~3
B 0 --0 _0
, ~ ~ le " ,"
" x g;-=g. 3~ 8E " 8:5
n 0- u= .,- X
- " W - " ..; .. " ..; ..
"
.
l
.
l
o
o
{
,
g
"L
'0
~
00
..
_"'2
~g
w
u
--' "
0-- 0
v> .
.
.
0- .
"
W c
0-- ~
>-
0-
w
u
--' ~
0--
v> ~
in
0
.
W .
0-- .
.
>- .
0-
,c
!:;!:.!
,OlE E2
::::': Ol..-
, .0
En
gg>
~ "'+
~ 20
5~
.=
~
I;:;:
.f-
~: L
c'
""';
8i
'1
~
.
~ :!:]
~ ~ ~2
_._... 0", <>1...
- 8,g. ..,0
~: g-g
00 ~n
"'0 0",
,::::!: :>5-
] ~g 5~~
_ . 0
'-en '-..
0_ 0<::
....c "-_
~
i<
0 -
.,
l:ii .L.
21
~ .,---
""1
~
03.JO
_"'!IOS
,
.
.
o
o
! 0
0 . 0 L
'i L :2
0 'i
~ , ~~
8 $
. ~c c ~8
o.l' 0 s=:
0 20 g
:"g " o~
pg 5 .eti w
w 0 . U
U g , "0
0' i'i:i --'
~ --' ~ .' 0--
0-- L' v>
" v> .,
~ .
" E "tAi 0-
~ ,- u 0 Y'
., 0 ,
I w ~ w
f
i '" 0-- . 0--
>- t ~ >-
-'---'- \ 0- eO!1 I 0-
0 D9...l0 ~
! 30!1 0 ~ .'
l =.
. u
1; ..
~ > 00
. . "'3+
2 l~~
u
> 0,.0
. './
1;.:!:1...
-00
~~K
464 ----------/
CALIFORNIA MANUAL
ON
TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES
( MUTCD )
STANDARDS
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions 1 and 2, as amended for use in California)
Page 3A-4
Rgure 3A-101 (CA). Centerlines - 2 Lane Highways
FOR SPEEDS 65 V'T1'h (40 ,,'ph) OR LESS
DETAIL 1
__ ~J~I
Ic,_cl
lU4mll811l
5.1101 It.14m!
(11111 t71111
c;;:J
-
POLICY
5.1101
(1111I
I'-J~1
[leU
Centerline pattern for use on two-lane streets
and highways (normally used on local streets
and hlgltways).
DETAIL 2
I 14.1401(411) I
2.59ml2.14~ 5.t8111 l2.14~ 19m
_ crill 1~1II1 (Hill I t7.I~ II.5I11C
-
Centerline pattern with pavement markers for
use on two-lane streets and highways.
DETAIL 3
(Deleted)
DETAIL 4
I 14.14. (48ft) I
1.41.1 '-41011 ".1811 11.41'"1'-4101
_ (1ft) l811l ("I) (II) (II)
o 000 000 [J
- -I 1-1.2210(41) -I !-In.14ft)
Alternate to Detail 2. For use at problem
locations where It Is difficult to place and
maintain centerline because of moIsture, sand,
etc.
FOq SPEEDS 70 krn rl (45 mph lOR MORE
DETAIL 5
_ ~6&.(ltll
[ I
IU4ml4lft)
11.11. 136ft)
-
DETAIL 6
_I
o
5.-48..
(,111I
14.14. (41ft)
I Ulm I
ICS2~);1
-
DETAIL 7
I
[J
-
~.16" (12"1
I J
Centerline pattern for use on two-lane streets
and highways (normally used on local streets
and highWays).
5.49m
(Ill)
I
[]
Centerline pattern with pavement markers for
use on two-lane streets and highways.
5.411. I
(18ft) []
Alternate to Detail 6. For use at problem
locations where it Is difficult to place and
maintain centerline because of moisture, sand,
etc.
5.48.
1181)
lU4.lI811l
I 3.... I
(1211I
OOO@
-I 1-1.22..(41)
-
LEGEND
F<T~,"~!1100 mm (4 In) Yellow
~ DIrection onravel
CI Two-Way YeUow Retroreflectlve Markers
@ Non-RetrorelleCtlve Yellow Markers
Chapter 3A - General
Part 3 - Markings
NOT TO SCALE
January 21, 2010
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions 1 and 2, as amended for nse in California)
Page 3A-7
Figure 3A-104 (CA). No Passing Zones - Two Direction
DETAIL 21
POLICY
....
Two-dlrectlon no-passlng pattern for IIse on
twcHane streelS and highways (1IOnIIIIIIy IEOd on
local streets and highways). See Note 2.
...
15_(3iR!
DETAIL 22
I
.
1J2.(Z41l1 I
.
1J2.(Z4fll I
--51_12 In)
15... (3 In)
._51_12 In)
1Wo-directIon no-passlng pattern with pavement
m8rkers for use on two-18ne streets and
highways. See NotH 1 and 2.
....
--
.
.
DETAIL 23
-
I 1.3:/.(24fll I 1.J2m(24ft) I
.............-
....... ... ..._15_13In)
l.22m~nH I- -J 1-1.22..~1)
Alternate to DetaIl 22. For use with either DetaIl
4 or DetaR 1.
--
NOTES: 1. Pavement markers shown off the solid Hne In l)etall 22 may be placed Oft the line.
2. A 15 mm (3 In) black line shall be pJaced beb.Nlen the 110 mm (4 In) yellow Ones on
State highways and may be placed Oft streets and highways under local jurisdiction.
LEGEND
110 mm (4 In) Yellow . ..-.way Yellow RetJo.etlective Markers
__ Dlfectloftaf1hNel . Non~","_"eca..e YeIIowMartlerS
NOT 10 SCALE
Chapter 3A -General January 21,2010
Part 3 - Markings
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions 1 and 2, as amended for use in California)
Page 3A-9
Figure 3A-106 (CA). Right Edge Line and Right Edge Line Extension Through Intersections
DETAIL 278
Right Edge Line
-
POLICY
50.... (z..)
Right Edge Line pattern for use on all State
highways may be used on local streets and
highways. It Is generally dropped at the
beginning of the Intersection flares on
conventional highways. See elso Detail 27C. On
freeways, It may be flared In advance of the exit
ramp as shown In Figure 38-8 (CA).
~ Edge oITmeltd
Way
DETAIL 27C
Right Edge Line Extension
Through Intersections
IS:;I 3.&6m(1Zft) 1':;1 3.&6 " (1ZfQ
~ ~
1':11"1
~
Right Edge Line Extension Through
Intersections pattern for use to extend the right
edgeUne through an Intersection where cnmatic
conditions, such as areas of heavy fog, may
require additional guklance.
LEGEND
I 100 mm (4 In) White
_ Direction of Travel
NOT TO SCALE
(11zis space lql intentionally blank)
Chapter 3A - General
Part 3 - Markings
January 21, 2010
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions 1 aod 2, as amended for use in California)
Page 3A-16
Figure 3A-112 (CA). Channelizing Line and Lane LinelCenterline &tensions
DETAIL 38 - Channelizing Line
200 nun (8 in) While Line
[I [I
I 7J2-1ZI11l I l.32_lUlIl
Through TratIic ~
DETAIL 38A - Channelizing Une
200 nun (8 in) While Una
I
[I_SD'"12 inl
I
POLICY
Typical channelizing line for use on Left. Turn or
RIght-Turn lall85 on Slate highways. Pavement
Markers when used should be place on the
through traffic side only.
T~plcal channelizing line for use on Lell- Tum or
RIghi-Turn lanes on local streets and highways
~n(I freeway off-ramp terminals.
DETAIL 38B - Channelizing Line at exit Ramps
[I [I [I 58"- ) Typical channelizing line for use on Exil Ramps.
I ..... In Pavement Markers as shown may also be placed
200 mm (8 in) White Line. on the line.
[I [I [1_50....(2;.)
I 7.32"1ZI11) I 7J2_12411l I
DETAIL 38C - Alternate to Detail 38 and 38B
~88888~88888~
1~lil I 7J2mlUIIl I
DETAIL 39 - Bike Lane Line
150 mm (6 in) White Line
-<-
DETAIL 39A - Bike Lane Intersection Line
'''I 31m~OOft)to60m(2001)
I [=:J ~ [=:J
I 2.4,," I t~ft)ml
.... !I III ,.. 150 mm (6 in) While Line
DETAIL 40 - Lane Line Extension Through Intersections
c:::J ~ c:::J The lane Une Extension Through Intersections
'1.3I1lli 1.8310 I IiIl8 is used 10 extend the lane line through an
(1 ftll "ftj 100 mm (4 In) White Line Intersection that might otherwise be confUsing
. to the mo_.
DETAIL 40A - Altemate to Detail 40
o 0 Q 0 0 0 0
1':.: I "- IIon-RelroreIlective WhiIB ~
DETAIL 41 - Centerline &tension Through Intersections
Ir:;:~ U3m I~ ~ ~:~:': =::=~ ~'1'1ne~0::
1111l ISII I ~oo nun (4111) Yellow line Intersection that might otherwise be confUsing
to the motorist.
DETAIL 41A -Alternate to Detail 41
I':.: i '- :~ne:.:"Markers
I~-
NOT TO SCALE
LEGEND
o Non-Retroreflectlve WhIte Markers
e Non-Retronoflective Yellow Markers
_ Direction of Travel
[J One-Way Clear Retrore1lective Markers
January 21, 2010
Chapter 3A - General
Part 3 - Markings
California MUTCD
(FHW Ns MUTeD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in Ca\ifornia)
Page3B-I
CHAPTER 3D. PAVEMENT AND CURB MARKINGS
Section 3D.OI Yellow Centerline Pavement Markin!!s and Warrants
Standard:
Centerline pavement markings, when nsed, shall be the pavement markings used to delineate the
separation of traffic lanes that have opposite directions of travel on a roadway and shall be yellow.
Option:
Centerline pavement markings may be placed at a location that is not the geometric center of the
roadway.
On roadways without continuous centerline pavement markings, short sections may be marked with
centerline pavement markings to control the position of traffic at specific locations, such as around cmves,
over hills, on approaches to highway-railroad grade crossings, at highway-railroad grade crossings, and at
bridges.
Standard:
The centerline markings on two-lane, two-way roadways shall be one of the following as shown in
Figure 3D-I:
A. Two-direction passing zone markings consisting of a normal broken yellow line where crossing
the centerline markings for passing with care is permitted for traffic traveling in either
direction;
D. One-direction no-passing zone markings consisting of a normal broken yellow line and a normal
solid yellow line where crossing the centerline markings for passing with care is permitted for
the traffic traveling adjacent to the broken line, but is prohibited for traffic traveling adjacent
to the solid line; and
C. Two-direction no-passing zone markings consisting of two normal solid yellow lines where
crossing the centerline markings for passing is prohibited for traffic traveling in either
direction.
The centerline markings on undivided two-way roadways with four or more lanes for moving
motor vehicle traffic always available shall be the two-direction no-passing zone markings consisting
of two normal solid yellow lines as shown in Figure 3D-2.
Guidance:
On two-way roadways with three through lanes for moving motor vehicle traffic, two lanes should be
designated for traffic in one direction by using one- or two-direction no-passing zone markings as shown in
Figure 3B- 3.
Standard:
Centerline markings shall be placed on all paved urban arterials and collectors that have a
traveled way of 6.1 m (20 ft) or more in width and an ADT of 6,000 vehicles per day or greater.
Centerline markings shall also be placed on all paved two-way streets or highways that have three or
more lanes for moving motor vehicle traffic.
Guidance:
Centerline markings should be placed on paved urban arterials and collectors that have a traveled way of
6.1 m (20 ft) or more in width and an ADT of 4,000 vehicles per day or greater. Centerline markings should
also be placed on all rural arterials and collectors that have a traveled way of5.5 m (18 ft) or more in width
and an ADT of 3,000 vehicles per day or greater. Centerline markings should also be placed on other
traveled ways where an engineering stody indicates such a neeci
Engineering judgment should be used in determining whether to place centerline markings on traveled
ways that are less than 4.9 m (16 ft) wide because of the potential for traffic encroaching on the pavement
edges, traffic being affected by parked vehicles, and traffic encroaching into the opposing traffic lane.
Option:
Centerline markings may be placed on other paved two-way traveled ways that are 4.9 m (16 ft) or more
in width.
If a traffic count is not available, the ADTs described in this Section may be estimates that are based on
engineering judgment
Chapter 3B - Pavement and Curb Marldngs Janwuy 21, 2010
Part 3 - Marl<ings
California MlITCD
(FHW A's MlITCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California)
Page 3B-2
Standard:
Centerline patterns shall be selected from those shown in Figures 3A-101(CA) and 3A-104(CA).
Raised retroreflective pavement markers shall be used to supplement the centerline markings on State
highways, except in snow areas.
Support:
On horizontal curves with radii less than 1000 m (3280 ftl and without street lighting, Detail 22 instead of Detail 21
can be helpful in improving the delineation for centerline markings as it includes retroreflective raised pavement markers.
Detail 22 can be applied in advance of the approach to the curve per Table 2C4 and continued throughout the length of
the curve.
Refer to CVC 21460 for Double Lines.
Refer to evc 21460.5 for Two-Way Left-Turn Lanes.
Standard:
A left edge line shall consist of a solid 100 mm (4 in) wide yellow line, yellow reflective pavement markers or
a combination of line and markers as shown in Figure 3A.105(CA).
Option:
Two normal solid yellow lines may be used as a left edge line on a divided roadway for more emphasis when
motorists lend to use the shoulder for a through lane or where encroachments onto the shoulder occasionally occur.
Support:
Left edge line patterns for median islands are shown in Figure 3A-107(CA).
Section 3B.02 No-Passin!! Zone Pavement Markinl!S and Warrants
Standard:
No-passing zones shall be marked by either the one direction no-passing zone pavement markings
or the two-direction no-passing zone pavement markings described previously and shown in Figures
3B-l and 3B-3.
When centerline markings are used, no-passing zone markings shall be used on two-way roadways
at lane reduction transitions (see Section 3B.09) and on approaches to obstructions that must be passed
on the right (see Section 3B.I0).
Guia-ee: I
Where the EHstaBee betw'CeB SHeee55Yle "" I'lISSiBg zeRes io leos thae 129 Bi (199 it), "" I'llSOieg
IBIlfIi:iBgs shealtl eeBB:eet 1Be ~aes.
Standard:
If the gap between successive no-passing zones is less than the sight distance for the prevailing speed I
shown in Table 38-1, the no-passing zone shall be continuous.
Where centerline markings are used, no-passing zone markings shall be used on approaches to
highway-rail grade crossings in conformance with Section 8B.20.
Option:
In addition to pavement markings, no-passing zone signs (see Sections 2R29, 2B.30, and 2C.35) may be
used to emphasize the existence and extent of a no-passing zone.
Support:
Section 11-307 of the 'Vniform Vehicle Code (UVC) Revised" contains further information regarding
no-passing zones. The 'VVC" can be obtained from the National Committee on Uniform Traffic Laws and
Ordinances at the address shown on Page i.
Standard:
On two-way, two- or three-lane roadways where centerline markings are installed, no-passing
zones shall be established at vertical and horizontal curves and other locations where an engineering
study indicates that passing must be prohibited because of inadequate sight distances or other special
conditions.
On three-lane roadways where the direction of travel in the center lane transitions from one
direction to the other, a no-passing bnJIer zone shall be provided in the center lane as shown in Figure
3B-4. A lane transition shall be provided at each end of the bnJIer zone.
The bnJIer zone shall be a median island that is at least 15 m (50 ft) in length.
Chapter 3B -Pavement and Curb Markings January 21, 2010
Part 3 - Markings
Califurnia MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions! and 2, as amended for use in California)
Page 3B-3
Guidance:
For three-lane roadways having a posted or statutory speed limit of 70 kmIh (45 mph) or greater, the lane
transition taper length should be computed by the formula L = 0.62 WS for speeds in kmIh (L ~ WS for
speeds in mph). For roadways where the posted or statutory speed limit is less than 70 kmIh (45 mph), the
formula L = WS2I155 for speeds in kmIh (L = WS2/60 for speeds in mph) should be used to compute taper
length. Under both formulas, L equals the taper length in meters (feet), W equals the width of the center lane
or offset distance in meters (feet), and S equals the 85th-percentile speed or the posted or statutory speed
limit, whichever is higher.
Standard:
The minimum lane transition taper length shall be 30 m (100 ft) in nrban areas and 60 m (200 ft)
in rnral areas.
On roadways with centerline markings, no-passing zone markings shall be used at horizontal or
vertical curves where the passing sight distance is less than the minimum necessary for reasonably safe
passing at the 85th-percentile speed or the posted or statutory speed limit as shown in Table 3B-l. The
passing sight distance on a vertical curve Is the distance at which an object 1.07 m (3.5 ft) above the
pavement surface can be seen from a point 1.07 m (3.5 ft) above the pavement (see Figure 3B-S).
Similarly, the passing sight distance on a horizontal curve is the distauce measnred along the
centerline (or right-hand lane line of a three-lane roadway) between two points 1.07 m (3.5 ft) above
the pavement on a line tangent to the embankment or other obstruction that cuts off the view on the
inside of the curve (see Figure 3D-S).
Support:
The beginning of a no-passing zone at point "a" in Figure 3B-5 is that point where the sight distance first
becomes less than that specified in Table 3B-l. The end of the no-passing zone at point "b" in Figure 3B-5 is
that point at which the sight distance again becomes greater than the minimum specified
Support:
Refer to CVC 21750 through 21759 for overtaking and passing.
Refer to CVC 21460 for Double Lines.
CVC 21752 restricts passing (driving on left side of a two-way roadway) when approaching within 30 rn (100 ft) of or
when traversing any intersection or railroad grade crossing. CVC 21752 also restricts passing (driving on left side of a
two-way roadway) when the view is obstructed upon approaching within 30 m (100 ft) of any bridge, viaduct, or tunnel.
The patterns and policy for intersection markings are shown in Figure 3A-109(CA).
Standard:
No-passing zone patterns shall be selected from those shown in Figures 3A.103(CA) and 3A-104(CA).
Guidance:
The no-passing zone markings at intersections, when used. should be between 30 m (100 ft) and 90 m (300 ft) in
length at the approach to an intersection and placed in a pattern as shown in Figure 3A-109(CA).
Section 3B.03 Other Yellow Lonl!itndinal Pavement Markin!!:s
Standard:
H reversible lanes are used, the lane line pavement markings on each side of reversible lanes shall
consist of a normal double broken yellow line to delineate the edge of a lane in which the direction of
travel is reversed from time to time, such that each of these markings serve as the centerline markings
ofthe roadway dnring some period (see Figure 3B-6).
Sign. (see Section 2B.2S), lane-use control signals (see Chapter 4J), or both shall be used to
supplement reversible lane pavement markings.
H a two-way left-turn lane that is never operated as a reversible lane is used, the lane line
pavement markings on each side of the two-way left-turn lane shall consist of a normal broken yellow
line and a normal solid yellow line to delineate the edges of a lane that can be used by traffic in either
direction as part of a left-turn maneuver. These markings shall be placed with the broken line toward
the two-way left-turn lane and the solid line toward the adjacenttraflic lane as shown in Figure 3B-7.
Cbapter 3B - Pavement and Cmb Markings
Part 3 - Marlrings
Januaty 21, 2010
California MUTCD
(FHW A~s MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California)
Page 3B-4
Option:
Pavement marl<ing arrows may be used in conjunction with the two-way left-turn lane markings as
shown in Figure 3B-7.
Cui ..J--ee:
Signs sfteald may be used in conjunction with the two-way left turn markings (see Section ZH.24).
Standard:
If a continuous median island formed by pavement markings separating travel in opposite
directions is used, two sets of double solid yenow lines sball be used to form the island as shown in
Figures 3B-2 and 3B4. Other markings in the median island area shall also be yenow, except
crosswalk markings which shall be white (see Section 38.17).
On State highways, reversible lanes shall be separated by phYSical barriers or delineators.
Support:
A two-way left-turn lane is a lane reserved in the center of a highway for exdusive use of left or U-turning vehides.
Refer to CVC 21460.5. It is normally used where there are rnany points of access.
Standard:
The two-way left-turn lane marldngs shall be selected from those shown in Figure 3A-108(CA).
Option:
Optional treatments at signalized, major and minor intersections as shown in Figure 3B-7(CA) may be used.
Two-way opposing pavement arrows may be used as shown in Figure 3B-7(CA). The arrows may be supplemented
by Two-Way Left Turn Lane (R67(CA)) sign at new installations and problem locations.
Guidance:
A gap in the markings should be made at all intersections.
Support:
For left turn channelization, see Figure 3B-1 01 (CA) and Department of Transportation's Highway Design Manual,
Section 4052. See Section 1A 11 for information regarding this publication.
Channelized left-turn lanes in cornbination with continuous raised-curb medians are used instead of two-way left-
turn lanes (TWL TL) if one or more of the following conditions exist:
. Average daily traffic volumes exceed 20,000 vehides per day
. For remediation where there is a demonstrated crash problem,
. Wherever a need is demonstrated through engineering study.
I
Section 38.04 White Lane Line Pavement Markin!!s and Warrants
Standard:
When used, lane line pavement markings delineating the separation of traffic lanes that have the
same direction of travel shall be white.
Support:
Examples of lane line markings are shown in Figures 3B-2, 3B-3, 3B-7 through 3B-13, 3B-22, ~3B-1
23(CA), and 3B-26.
Standard:
Where crossing the lane line markings with care is permitted, the lane line markings shall consist
of a normal broken white line.
Where crossing the lane line markings is discouraged, the lane line markings shall consist of a
normal solid white line.oOption:
Solid white lane line markings may be used to separate through traffic lanes from auxiliary lanes, such as
uphill truck lanes, left- or right-turn lanes, and preferential lanes. They may also be used to separate traffic
lanes approaching an intersection.
Wide solid lane line markings may be used for greater emphasis.
Standard:
Where crossing the lane line markings is prohibited, the lane line markings shall consist of two
normal solid white lines.
Lane line markings shall be nsed on all freeways and Interstate highways.
Chapter 3B - Pavement and Curb Markings IamJal}" 21,2010
Part 3 - Markings
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California)
Page 3B-5
Guidance:
Lane line markings should be used on all roadways with two or more adjacent traffic lanes that have the
same direction of traveL Lane line marl<ings should also be used at congested locations where the roadway
will accommodate more traffic lanes with lane line markings than without the D;larkingS.
Standard:
Lane line patterns shall be selected from those shown in Figure 3A-102(CA). Detail 9 or 10 (65 km/h (40 mph)
or less) or Delail12 or 13 (70 kmIh (45 mph) or more) shall be used on State freeways, expressways, freeway
ramps, freeway to freeway connectors and collector roads, except when used in snow areas, 1he raised
pavement markers will be recessed.
Section 38.05 Other White Lonl!itudinal Pavement Markin!!s
Standard:
A ch,mnelizing line shall be a wide or donble solid white line.
Option:
Channelizing lines may be used to form channelizing islands where traffic traveling in the same direction
is permitted on both sides of the island.
Standard:
Other pavement markings in the channelizing island area shall be white.
Support:
Examples of channelizing line applications are shown in Figures 3B-& 38-8(CA), 3B-93B-9(CA), and 3B-
13.
Channelizing lines at exit ramps as shown in Figure 3B-& 3B-8(CA) define the neutral area, direct exiting
traffic at the proper angle for smooth divergence from the main lanes into the ramp, and reduce the
probability of colliding with objects adjacent to the roadway.
Channelizing lines at entrance ramps as shoWn in Figure 3B-9 38-9(CA) promote reasonably safe and
efficient merging with the through traffic.
Standard:
For exit ramps, channelizing lines shall be placed along the sides of the nentral area adjacent to the
through traffic lane and the ramp lane. With a parallel deceleration lane, a 200 mm {8 in) wide dotted
white lane drop line shall be extended from the beginning of the channelizing line upstream of 1he entire
for a distaRee of ORe IuIIf the length of the full-width deceleration lane as shown in Figure ,JB.-3 38-
8(CA).
Option:
White chevron markings may be placed in the neutral area for special emphasis as shown in Figure 3B-& I
3B-8(CA).
Guidance:
For entrance ramps, a channelizing line should be placed along the side of the neutral area adjacent to the
ramp lane.
For entrance ramps with a parallel acceleration lane, a lane line should be extended from the end of the I
channelizing line for a distance of SflC Iialfthe entire length of the full-width acceleration lane as shown in
Figure 3B-9 3B-9(CA).
Option:
For entrance ramps with a tapered acceleration lane, lane line marl<ings may be placed to extend the
channelizing line, but not beyond a point where the tapen:d lane meets the near side of the through traffic
lane as shown in Figure 3B-9 3B-9(CA).
Standard:
Lane drop markings as shown in Figure;m...lD 3B-10(CA) may shall be used in advance of lane
drops at exit ramps to distinguish a lane drop from a normal exit ramp or from an auxiliary lane.
Option:
The lane drop marking may consist of a wide, white dotted line with line segments 0.9 m (3 ft) in length
separated by 2.7 m (9 ft) gaps.
Guidance:
Chapter 3B - Pavement and Curb Marldngs
Part 3 - Markings
January 21, 2010
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California)
Page 3B-6
If used, lane drop markings should begin 800 m (0.5 rni) in advance of the theoretical gore point.
If the dropped lane is an auxiliary lane 0.8 kIn (1/2 mil or less in length, the lane drop line should extend throughout I
the entire length.
Optiou:
Where lane changes rnight cause conflicts, a wide solid white channelizing line may extend upstream
from the theoretical gore point.
Standard:
The lane drop line pattern shall be as shown in Figure 3A-111 (CA).
Support:
See Figures 3A-l11(CA), 3B-8(CA), 3B-9(CA), 3B-I0(CA), 3B-12(CA) and 3B-I07(CA) for further details of
markings and signing.
Option:
A 200 mm (8 in) wide single solid white line preceded by a 200 mm (8 in) wide dotted white line may be placed in
advance of an intersection where the outside lane is dropped at the intersection, and as a resulL creates a mandatory
turn lane.
Standard:
If used, diagonal lines shall be the same color as the edge line.
Section 3B.06 Eth!e Line Pavement Markin!!s
Standard:
H used, edge line pavement markings shaD delineate the right or left edges of a roadway.
Except for dotted edge line extensions (see Section 3B.OS), edge line markings shall not be
continned through intersections or major driveways.
H used on the roadways of divided highways or oue-way streets, or on any ramp in the direction of
travel, left edge line pavement markings shall consist of a normal solid yeDow line to delineate the left
edge of a roadway or to indicate driving or passing restrictions left of these markings.
If nsed, the right edge line pavement markings shaD consist of a normal solid white line to
delineate the right edge ofthe roadway.
Guidance:
Edge line markings should not be broken for minor driveways.
Support:
Edge line markings have unique value as visua1 references to guide road users during adverse weather
and visibility conditions.
Option:
Wide solid edge line markings may be used for greater emphasis.
Standard:
A right edge line shall consist of a solid 100 mm (4 in) wide white line.
Guidance:
The edge line should be placed 50 mm (2 in) in from the edge oftraveled way, approximately 3.6 m (12 It) from the
lane line or centerline on highway mainlines, ramps, and connectors. See Figure 3A-I06(CA).
Generally, the solid edge line should be dropped at the beginning of intersection flares.
Option:
In heavy fog areas, or locations where additional guidance would be beneficial, a dotted 100 mm (4 in) wide white
right edge line may be continued across an intersection.
Support:
Edge line is not used at turnouts. See Figure 38-108(CA).
Standard:
Exit and entrance ramps, including freeway connectors, shall be marked with a yellow edge line I
supplemented with yellow reflective pavement markers on the left and a white edge line on the right See Figure
3A-105(CA).
Chapter 3B - Pavement and Curb Markings
Part 3 - Markings
Janumy 21,2010
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in CalifornIa)
Page 3B-7
Section 3B.07 Warrants for Use ofEdl!e Lines
Standard:
Edge line markings shall be placed on paved streets or highways with the following characteristics:
A. Freeways;
B. Expressways; and
C. Rural arterials with a traveled way of 6.1 m (20 ft) or more in width and an ADT of 6,000
vehicles per day or greater.
Guidance:
Edge line markings should be placed on paved streets or highways with the following characteristics:
A. Rural arterials and collectors with a traveled way of 6.1 m (20 ft) or more in width and an ADT of
3,000 vehicles per day or greater.
B. At other paved streets and highways where an engineering study indicates a need for edge line
markings.
Edge line markings should not be placed where an engineering stody or engineering judgment indicates
that providing them is likely to decrease safety.
Option:
Edge line markings may be placed on streets and highways with or without centerline markings.
Edge line markings may be excluded, based on engineering judgment, for reasons such as if the traveled
way edges are delineated by curbs, parking, bicycle lanes, or other markings.
Edge line markings may be used where edge delineation is desirable to minimize unnecessary driving on
paved shoulders or on refuge areas that have lesser structural pavement strength than the adjacent roadway.
Standard:
Edge lines shall be used on all State highways, except urban type streets with curbs and parking
provisions.
Option:
The Two-Way Traffic (W6-3) sign may be used in conjunction with edge lines at locations where motorists GOuld
perceive that they are on a one-way roadway when, in fact, they are on a two lane, two-way highway. See Section 2C.34
for W6-3 sign.
Section 3B.08 Extensions Throul!h Intersections or Interchanl!es
Standard:
Pavement markings extended into or continned through an intersection or interchange area shall
be the same color ltBd at leasttke same widtk as the line markings they extend (see Figure 3B-ll).
Option:
A normal line may be used to extend a wide line through an iotersection.
Guidance:
Where highway design or reduced visibility conditions make it desirable to provide control or to guide
vehicles through an intersection or ioterchange, such as at offSet, skewed, complex, or multilegged
iotersections, on curved roadways, or where multiple turn lanes are used, dotted line markiogs should be used
to extend longitodinalline markings through an intersection or interchange area.
Option:
Dotted edge line extensions may be placed through intersections or major driveways.
Guidance:
Where greater restriction is required, solid lane lines or channelizing lines should be extended into or
continued through intersections or major driveways. However, edge lines should not be extended ioto or
continued through iotersections or major driveways as solid.lines.
A siogle line of equal width to one of the lines of the double line should be used to extend a double line
through an intersection.
To the extent possible, pavement marking extensions through iotersections should be designed in a
manner that minimizes potential confusion for drivers in adjacent or opposing lanes.
Support:
See Figure 3A-112(CA), Detail 40 and 40A for lane line extensions.
Chapter 3B - Pavement and Curb Marlcings
Part 3 - Marlcings
January 21, 2010
I
I
California MUTCD
(FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California)
Page 3B-12
far 3 mllrkers, at 1.'3 (10mb for 11B1lrHrs, ed at 1/1 (loiBt5 for 5 IBllrlier!). At least one retroretlective
or internally illuminated marker per group shall be used or a retroretlective or internally illuminated
marker shan be instaned midway in each gap between successive groups of uonretroretlective
markers.
When raised pavemeat maFlien s1:llJsatute far solid tHe liBe maftiiBgs, the mftl'lieFs skRIIlJe
e"ullDy splleed at no greater thlln N/1, with retroFelleetive or iBteroaIly illuminllted UBits at Il splleiBg
00 greater thllo Nt::!.
The widths and patterns of raised pavement markers shall confonn to the details shown in Figures 3A-
101(CA) through 3A-112(CA). See Section 3A.05.
Guidance:
Raised pavement markers should not substitute for right edge line markings.
8taBdllrd: I
'WIteK raised Jla~;emeDt mark-eFs suhstitute for dotted JiRes, theJT skalllle spaeed at D8 gFeatef" tk8B
N.'i, with B8t less than eDe raised pltVemeDt marker pel' dotted liRe. ~\:t least aDe raised mBPlrer every:N
shaII be retToreReem'e or mtemlllly iIIumiBated.
Option:
When substituting for wide lines, raised pavement markers may be placed laterally adjacent to each other
to simulate the width of the line.
Standard: I
If used on State highways, internally-illuminated raised pavement markers shall be installed by an
encroachment pennit and include a maintenance agreement as a provision of the pennit for the service life of
the markers.
Section 3B.15 Traosverse Markin!!s
Standard:
Transverse markings, which include shoulder markings, word and symbol markings, stop lines,
yield lines, crosswalk lines, speed measurement markings, speed hump markings, parking space
markings, and others, shall be white uiJIess otherwise specified herein.
Guidance:
Because of the low approach angle at which pavement markings are viewed, transverse lines should be
proportioned to provide visibility equal to that of longitudinal lines.
Standard:
Pavement marking letters, numerals, and symbols shan be instaned in accordance with the
Pavement Markings chapter of the "Standard Highway Signs" book (see Section 1A.H).
Crosswalk markings near schools shall be yellow. Refer to evc 21368 and Part 7.
Support:
Refer to Department of Transportation's Standard Plans for pavement marking letters, numerals and symbols. See
Section 1 A.11 for information regarding this publication
I
Section 3B.16 StOD and Yield Lines
Standard:
H used, stop lines shall consist of solid white lines extending across approach lanes to indicate the
point at which the stop is intended or required to be made.
H nsed, yield lines (see Figure aB-14 3B-14(CA)) shall consist of a row of solid white isosceles
triangles pointing toward approaching vehicles extending across approach lanes to indicate the point
at which the yield is intended or required to be made.
Guidance:
Stop lines should be 300 to 600 mm (12 to 24 in) wide.
Stop lines should be used to indicate the point behind which vehicles are required to stop, in compliance
with a STOP (RI-I) sign, traffic control signal, or some other traffic control device, except YIELD signs.
I
Chapter 3B - Pavement and Curb Markings
Part 3 - Markings
lanuary21,201O
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions! and 2, as amended for use in California)
Page 3B-!3
The individual triangles comprising the yield line should have a hase of 3110 te 600 mm (~ 24 in) I
wide and a height equal to 1.5 times the base. The space between the triangles should be +.5-te-300 mm (34&
12 in).
Option:
Yield lines may be used to indicate the point behind which vehicles are required to yield in compliance
with a YIELD (R1-2) sign or a Yield Here to Pedestrians (R1-5 or Rl-5a) sign.
Guidance:
Ifused, stop and yield lines should be placed a minimum ofl.2 m (4 ft) in advance of the nearest
crosswalk line at controlled intersections, except for yield lines at roundabout intersections as provided for in
Section 3B.24 and at midblock crosswalks. In the absence of a marked crosswalk, the stop line or yield line
should be placed at the desired stopping or yielding point, but should be placed no more than 9 m (30 ft) nor
less than 1.2 m (4 ft) from the nearest edge of the intersecting traveled way. Stop lines should be placed to
allow sufficient sight distance to all other approaches to an intersection.
Ifused at an unsignalized midblock crosswalk, yield lines should be placed adjacent to the Yield Here to
Pedestrians sign located 6.1 to 15 m (20 to 50 ft) in advance of the nearest crosswalk line, and parking should
be prohibited in the area between the yield line and the crosswalk (see Figure 3B-15).
Stop lines atmidblock signalized locations should be placed at least 12 m (40 ft) in advance of the
nearest signal indication (see Section 4D.15).
Support:
Drivers who yield too close to crosswalks on multi-lane approaches place pedestrians at risk by blocking
other drivers' views of pedestrians.
Support:
As defined in CVC 377, a "limit line" is a solid while line not less than 300 mm (12 in) nor more than 600 mm (24 in)
wide, extending across a roadway or any portion thereof to indicate the point at which traffic is required to stop in
compliance with legal requirements.
Standard:
For all purposes, limit line(s) as defined per eve 377shall mean stop line(s).
A limit line shall be placed in conjunction with STOP (R1-1) signs on paved approaches, except where
marked crosswalk exists.
Guidance:
If a sidewalk exists, the limit line should be placed in advance of an unmarked crosswalk area.
Option:
A limilline may be placed in advance of a crosswalk where vehicles are required to stop, in compliance with a STOP
(R1-1) sign, traffic control signal or some other traffic control device.
Support:
If a marked crosswalk is in place, it would normally function as a limit line.
Typicallimilline markings are shown in Figure 3B-103(CA).
Standard:
The individual triangles comprising the yield line shall have a base of 0.6 m (2 ft) wide and a height of 0.9 m
(3 ft). The space between the triangles shall be 0.3 m (1 ft).
Support:
Figure 3B-14(CA) shows typical yield line layout for streets and highways.
Section 3D.17 Crosswalk Markin!!s
Support:
Crosswalk markings provide guidance for pedestrians who are crossing roadways by defining and
delineating paths on approaches to and within signalized intersections, and on approaches to other
intersections where traffic stops.
Crosswalk markings also serve to alert road users of a pedestrian crossing point across roadways not
controlled by highway traffic signals or STOP signs.
At nouintersection locations, crosswalk markings legally establish the crosswalk.
Chapter 3B - Pavement and Cnrb Markings
Part 3 - Markings
January 21,2010
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California)
Page3B-16
Policv on Parkina Restrictions
Option:
Local authorities may, by ordinance, provide for the establishment of parking meter zones and cause streets and
highways to be marked with white lines designating parking spaces. Refer to CVC Section 22508.
Standard:
Where the proposed zones are on State highways, the ordinances shall be approved by the Department of
Transportation.
Local authorities shall furnish a sketch or map showing the definite location of all parking meter stalls on
State highways before departmental approval is given.
Support:
The District Directors have been delegated the authority to approve such ordinances.
The desirable dimensions of parking meter stalls are 2.4 m (8 ft) by 7.3 m (24 ft) with a minimum length of 6.1 m (20
ft).
Guidance:
At all intersections, one stall length on each side measured from the crosswalk or end of curb return should have
parking prohibited. A clearance of 1.8 m (6 ft) measured from the curb return should be provided at alleys and driveways.
At signalized intersections parking should be prohibited for a minimum of two stall lengths on the near side and one
stall length on the far side. See Figure 3B-18(CA).
Standard:
The departmental approval for the installation of the parking meters shall be covered by an encroachment
permit.
Option:
Local authorities may by ordinance permit angle parking. Refer to CVC 22503.
Support:
Department ofTransportation does not approve ordinances establishing angle parking on State highways.
Diagonal parking stalls are not permitted on State highways.
Section 3B.19 Pavement Word and Symbol Markin!!s
Support:
Word aod symbol markings on the pavement arc used for the purpose of guiding, warning, or regulating I
traffic. Symbol messages are preferable to word messages. Examples of staodard word aod arrow pavemeut
markings are shown in Figures ~ 3B-20(CA) aod;;B-R- 3B-21(CA).
Normally, pavement word and symbol markings supplement standard signing.
Standard:
Word and symbol markings shan be white, except as otherwise noted in this Section.
Guidaoce:
Letters aod numerals should be 1.8 m (6 ft) 2.44 m (8 ft) or more in height. I
Word aod symbol markings should not exceed three lines of information..
If a pavement marking word message consists of more thao one line of information, it should read in the
direction of travel. The first word of the message should be nearest to the road user.
Except for the two opposing arrows of a two-way left-tom iaoe marking (see Figure 3B-7), the
longitudinal space between word or symbol message markings, including arrow markings, should be at least
four times the height of the characters for low-speed roads, but not more thao ten times the height of the
characters under aoy conditions.
The number of different word aod symbol markings used should be minimi7:ed to provide effective
guidaoce aod avoid misunderstaoding.
Except as noted in the Option, pavement word aod symbol markings should be no more thao one iaoe in
width.
OpasB:
The SCHOOL ware HlfIfIffiIg may mend te the wi6lh aft..'a npproaeh "mea (see Sectian 7C.96).
I
Chapter 3B - Pavement and Curb Markings
Part 3 - MaIkings
January 21, 2010
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California)
Page 3B-17
GuidaBee:
~eHtBe 8CIIOOL weal IBfH'lffilg is e3'fteaamI is tHe vr.'idth eft\\T~ llf'fJfeaeB IBB:es, tBe ehametefs sheultl
be 3 iii (IB it) ar _0 iB height (-see Sealien 7C.B6).
Standard:
If used, the SCHOOL pavement marking shown in Figure 3B-20{CA) and 7C.101{CA) shall be used and it
shall be restricted to a single lane (See Section 7C.06).
Word and symbol markings near schools shall be yellow as provided in CVC 21368. See Part 7.
Oplion:
Pavement word and symbol markings sheItM may be proportionally seeleft spaced to fit within the width
of the facility upon which they are applied.
Option:
On narrow, low-speed shared-use paths, the pavement words and symbols may be smaller than
suggested, but to the relative scale.
Standard:
The International Symbol of Accessibility parking space markings may shall be placed in each
parking space designated for nse by persans with disabilities. A blue background with white barder
may shall supplement the wheelchair symbol as shawn in Figure 3B49 3B-19{CA).
If used, new construction of accessible olf-street parking spaces, and, loading and unloading areas shall
include pavement marking details shown on Figure 3B-19 (CA), or as shown on the Departmenfs Revised
Standard Plan A90A. The loading and unloading area shall be marked by a border and hatched lines. The border
shall be painted blue and the hatched lines shall be painted a suitable contrasting color to the parking space
(blue or white paint is preferred).
If used, new construction of accessible on-street parking shall include a blue painted curb, as shown on the
Departmenfs Revised Standard Plan A90B. If on-street parking designated and designed for persons with
disabilities includes a loading and unloading area, it shall be marked by a border and hatched lines. The border
shall be painted blue and the hatched lines shall be painted a suitable contrasting color to the parking space
(blue or white paint is preferred).
Loading and unloading areas shall include the words "NO PARKING" within the blue border and shall be
painted in white letters no less than 0.3 m (12 in) high (See detail in Figure 3B-19 (CA)). Refer to California Code
of Regulations Tille 24, Section 1129B.4.
Standard:
Where through traffic lanes approaching an intersectian become mandatory tom lanes, lane-use
arrow markings (see Figure ~ 3B-21 (CA)) shan be used and shall be accampanied by standard
signs.
Lane use, lane reductian, and wroug-way arrow markings shall be designed as shown in Fignre
~ 3B-21 (CA).
Guidance:
Where througb lanes become mandatory turn lanes, signs or markings should be repeated as necessary to
prevent entrapment and to help the road user select the appropriate lane in advance of reaching a queue of
waiting vehicles.
Option:
Lane-use arrow markings (see Figure ~ 3B-21 (CA)) may be used to convey either guidance or I
mandatory messages. The ONLY word marking (see Figure ~ 3B-20{CA)) may be used to supplement
lane-use arrow markings (see Figure 3B-22).
In sitoations where a lane reduction transition occurs, the lane reduction arrow markings shown in Figure
~ 3B-21 (CA) may be used.
Guidance:
Where crossroad channelization or ramp geometries do not make wrong-way movemenls difficult, a I
lane-use arrow should be placed in each lane of an exit ramp near !be crossroad tenuinal where it will be
clearly visible to a potential wrong-way road user (see Figure ~ 3B-23{CA)).
Chapter 3B - Pavement and Curb Markings
Part 3 - Markings
January 21,2010
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California)
Page 3B-18
Option:
The wrong-way arrow markings shown in Figure ~ 3B-21 (CA) may be placed near the downstream I
terminus of a ramp as shown in Figures ~ 3B-23(CA) 1IIl<I3B 2<1 to indicate the correct direction oftraflic
flow and to discourage drivers from traveling in the wrong direction.
A yield-ahead triangle symbol or YIELD AHEAD word pavement marking may be used on approaches
to intersections where the approaching traffic will encounter a YIELD sign at the intersection (see Figure 3B-
25).
Support:
Lane-use arrow markings are often used to provide guidance in tom bays (see Figure 3B-22), where
toms mayor may not be mandatory, and in two-way left-tom lanes (see Figure 3B-7).
Arrows:
Standard:
Where a turning movement is mandatory, an arrow marking accompanied by a regulatory sign shall be
used. However, when an additional clearly marked lane is provided for the approach to the turning movement,
the sign is not required. Refer to eve 22101.
Support:
Examples of entrance/exit ramp terminal signs and pavement markings are shown in Figure 3B-23(CA).
Guidance:
The Type V arrows and warning signs, as shown in Figure 3B-104(CA), should be used at locations where motorists
could perceive that they are on a one-way roadway when, in fact, they are on a two lane, two-way highway. Following
are some typical situations:
. Construction sites where a two-lane highway is being converted to a freeway or an expressway.
. Two-lane, two-way highways where ultimate freeway or expressway right-{)f-way has been purchased and
grading for the full width has been completed.
. Two-lane, two-way highways following long sections of multi-lane freeway or expressway.
Exit RamD Arrows:
Standard:
A minimum of two pavement arrows shall be placed on each freeway exit ramp lane.
A Type V arrow shall be the first arrow, on the ramp, in the direction of travel when exiting the freeway.
Where a mandatory movement is required, a Type I, II, III, IV, VII, or VIII arrow shall be placed with its point
approximately 6.10 m (20 ft) preceding the limit line, crosswalk or .STOp. pavement legend. Where no
mandatory movement is required, a Type V arrow shall be used at this location.
All other additional arrows, when used, shall be a minimum of 7.32 m (24 ft) in length.
All arrows shall be placed in the center of the lane and spaced approximately 30 m (100 ft) to 90 m (300 ft)
apart.
Guidance:
The actual position and spacing should be determined in the field to provide the optimum visibility for traffic that may
attempt to enter the exit ramp in the wrong direction.
Support:
See Figures 3B-21 (CAl and 3B-23(CAl.
Entrance RamD Arrows:
Standard:
A minimum of one Type I arrow, not less than 5.49 m (18 ft) in length, shall be poSitioned in the center of
each freeway entrance ramp lane so that it is clearly in view of a right-way driver.
Guidance:
The distance between arrows, wihen more than one per lane is needed, should be 30 m (100 Il) to 90 m (300 Ill. The
Type V arrow should not be used on entrance ramps.
Support:
See Figures 3B-21(CA) and 3B-23(CA).
Additional information on signing of ramp terminals is shown in Section 2E.50.
Chapter 3B - Pavement and Curb Markings
Part 3 - Markings
January 21, 2010
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California)
Page 38-19
Turn Lane Arrows:
Standard:
One directional arrow, a minimum of 2.44 m (8 ft) in length, shall be placed in the center of each turning lane
near the point of entrance.
Option:
High approach speeds may justify the use of a longer arrow . Two or more arrows may be placed in long turning
lanes.
Support:
See Figures 3B-7(CA) and 3B-101(CA).
Support:
Refer to Section 2E.50 for Wrong-Way Traffic Conlrol at Interchange Ramps.
Option:
Word and symbol markings may include, but are not limited to, the following. Other words or symbols
may also be used under certain conditions.
A. Regulatory:
L STOP
2. RIGHT (LEFT) TURN ONLY
3. 40 km/h (25 MPH)
4. Arrow Symbols
B. Warning:
L STOP AHEAD
2. YIELD AHEAD
3. YIELD AHEAD Triangle Symbol
4. SCHOOL XING
5. SIGNAL AHEAD
6. PED XING
7. SCHOOL
8. RXR
9. BUMP
10. HUMP
C. Guide:
L US40
2. STATE 135
3. ROUTE 40
Standard:
Except at the ends of aisles in parking lots, the word STOP shall not be used on the pavement
unless accompanied by a stop line (see Section 38.16) and STOP sign (see Section 28.04). At the ends
of aisles in parking lots, the word STOP shall not be used on the pavement unless accompanied by a
stop line.
The word STOP shall not be placed on the pavement in advance of a stop line, unless every vehicle
is required to stop at all times.
The yield-ahead triangle symbol or YIELD AHEAD word pavement marking shall not be used
unless a YIELD sign (see Section 28.08) is in place at the intersection. The yield-ahead symbol
marking shall be as shown in Figure 38-25.
Guidance:
A STOP pavement marking should be placed on all but minor approaches to State highways not controlled by
signals.
Option:
Pavement markings with appropriate figures may be used to supplement speed limn signs. See Section 28.13.
Chapter 3B ~ Pavement and Curb Markings
Part 3 - Markings
Jan1l3I}' 21, 2010
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions! and 2, as amended for use in California)
Page 3B-25
Section 3B.25 Markin!!s for Other Circnlar Intersections
Support:
Other circular intersections include but are not limitcd to rotaries, traffic circles, and residential traffic
calming designs.
Option:
The markings shown in Figures 3B-27 and 3B-28 may be used at other circular intersections when
engineering judgment indicates that their presence will benefit drivers or pedestrians.
Section 3B.26 Sneed HumB Markin!!s
Standard:
If nsed, speed hump markings shall be a series of white markings placed on a speed hump to
identify its location.
Option:
Speed humps, except those used for crosswalks, may be marked in accordance with Figure 3B-29. The
markings shown in Figure 3B-30 may he used where the speed hump also functions as a crosswalk or speed
table.
Support: I
Per CVC 440, speed humps or bumps are not official traffic control devices.
Section 3B.27 Advance Sneed Humn Markinl!S
Standard:
If used, advance speed hump markings shall be a special white marking placed in advance of speed
humps or other eugineered vertical roadway deflections such as dips.
Option:
Advance speed hump markings may be used in advance of an engineered vertical roadway deflection
where added visibility is desired or where such deflection is not expected (see Figure 3B-31).
Advance pavement wording such as BUMP or HUMP (see Section 3B.19) may be used on the approach
to a speed hump either alone or in conjunction with advance speed hump markings. Appropriate advance
warning signs may be used in conformance with Section 2C.24.
Guidance:
If used, advance speed hump markings should be installed in each approach lane.
Section 3B.l0l(CA) Diaaonal and Chevron Markinas
Guidance:
Diagonal and chevron markings should be used, when in the opinion of an engineer, it is necessary to add emphasis
or to discourage vehicular !ravel upon a paint formed roadway feature such as an unusually wide shoulder area, a
pedestrian refuge island, or a traffic divisional or channelization island.
Diagonal lines, when used, should be installed between an edge line and traffic island, or between pairs of double
yellow lines.
Chevron markings, when used, should be installed between channelizing lines for traffic flows in the same direction.
Support:
The applicable channelizing lines for chevron markings are shown in Figure 3A-ll O(CA), Details 36, 36A and 36B
and pairs of lines shown in Rgure 3A-112(CA), Details 38 and 36A.
The diagonal lines or chevron markings are normally 300 mm (12 in) wide.
Standard:
Diagonal lines and chevrons shall be the same color as the line or lines to which they connect and shall
point at a 45-degree forward angle.
Diagonal lines or chevrons. if used. shall be the same color as the edge line.
Option:
The spacing between these lines may vary from 0.3 m (1 Il) in a pedestrian crosswalk to 60 m (200 Il) for vehicular
traffic.
Chapter 3B - Pavement and Curb Marlcings
Part 3 - Markings
January 21, 2010
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2, as amended for use in California)
Page 3B-62
Figure 38-20 (eA). Examples of Elongated Letters for Word
Pavement Marlcings (Sheet 1 of 2)
.......
t- (Iii)
1m.
14"'
50...
(2/0)
--
fOI)
"'..
".,
1IlO_
14/0)
......
....
......
14"1
......
"..
IN-
.",
101_
"..
"'-
(4i11)
......
f4i11
NOT TO SCALE
'5O-
"101
"'-
.",
"'..
14..
......
...
--
(I")
.....
14'"
.....
"ill}
--
II'"
_..
....,
i.__
II"
.'-
"")
NOTES:
1. All letters and numerals should be In conformance with the standard alphabets for highway
signs and pavement markings approved by Department of Transportation.
2. The design details for various words are also shown In Department of TransportaUon's
Standard Plans.
Chapter 3B ~ Pavement and Curb Markings
Part 3 - Markings
January 21, 2010
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions! and 2, as amended for use in California)
Page 3B-63
Figure 38-20 reA}. Examples of Elongated Letters for Word
Pavement Markings (Sheet 2 of 2)
.....
~.l
.....
~..
-....
""'
....
""'
"'-
~..
,..
~..
"'..
...
--
~..
-:--
~..
,"-
"..
1"_
~..
"'..
...
'2113~
: (s..,
"'-
~..
--
~'"
"'..
...
'''-
"..
-~
....
.....
('"
NOTES:
1. An letters and numerals should be In conformance with the standard alphabets for highway signs
and pavement markings approved by Department of TransportatiOn.
2. The design details for various words ara also shown In Department of Transportation's Standard Plans.
"'..
-.iRl
...-
~..
NOTTO SCALE
3. Half-size "BIKE LANE" legends are shown on Figure 9C-6 (eA).
Chapter 3B - Pavement and Curb Marlcings
Part 3 - Markings
JlUI1lllI)' 21, 2010
CaIifurnia MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions! aud 2, as ameuded for use in California)
Page 3B-65
Figure 38-21 (eA). Examples of Anows for Pavement Markings (Sheet 1 of 2)
-+l ::; I-
:Im: :1
II. 1--1-: !
~
.
!
:~l
-+l
-+/ ::; I+-
"'.
.....
I-
1
+-+. .-1
-i---t
!
~
!
......J
-
+-+
__nlS'"
-+l I--uo....
TYPE I ARROW
..
a
J:
:!
~
.-
-
-=
__t1_lirdf
-+I j..-.....
TYPE I ARROW
.
--""QMi
-+I j..-...~..
TYPE 1 ARROW
!+- "''''''---1
ro---- .....,..-+\
t-- ..D...+!
~--r---r--,
..
11
.
!!
------- ..
il
.
!!
................-." .-~-.-
~..._~
- ....,--r ---.,--
"--'--+-~
-r-'--'--
+-
,
!
t+,
; I )
. ,
--~"_.I I.
~ 14-"."11
_...ct.... -+J J.-...tHIt __fl".... -..I 1+....tt..
TYPEUISINlROW
TYPE. tLJ-
_nft.JIq
USE .JIll;';; !Lo."")
TYPE -1S1 ARROW
I-'-"..If ~
--+-<
-~;
,
--(1---+1 ~....<<..
TYPE U ft.IARROW
(RIRfif'E.tRl
useu:lfA_
f+<.........-{
'-t . ' 1
, "
E
~
I
"
..
.
!!
__('t..~ J..-u..ttlt
TYPE=-
(RIR moelV _
USE _
NOT 10 SCALE
NOTE: The deSIgn ...... for va"- _ .,. 8Il1o s'-t In IJ'.~ . b...nt of T..ISpOrlIIIon's 818n4a1011......
Chapter 3B - Pavement and Curb MlIIkings
Part 3 'MlIIkings
Jannary 2!, 2010
California Ml.ITCD
(FHW A's Ml.ITCD 2003 including Revisions! and 2, as amended for use in California)
Page 3B-86
Figure 38-103 (CA). Examples of Intersection Marlcings
0.30 m (1 ft) -{!-1
(See Nole1)
0.30 m (1ft). J
(See Nole 1)
.
R1.1
(See Note 2)
E
co
~
..
!E
E
co
~
2 - LANE
MULTI - LANE
LEGEND
... Dlrec:llon of Travel
NOT TO SCALE
NOTES:
1. The Limit Une is optional, refer IiO Section 38.16. The LImit LIne on wide side roads on long radius
comers may be bent at a 45":1: angle for traftlc making a right turn.
2. When a Slop Ahead (W3-1) or STOP AHEAD (W3-1a) sign Is used, a STOP AHEAD pavement
marking may be placed to supplement the sign accOrdIng IiO Section 38.19.
(Thjs space lqi intentionally blank)
Chapter 3B - Pavement and Curb Marlrings
Part 3 . Markings
January 21,2010
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California)
Page 2C-30
Figure 2C-4. Roadway Condition and Advance
Traffic Control Signs
W3-1'
W8-1
W8-5
W8-9a
W3-2'
W8-2
W8-7
W8-12
W3-3'
W8-3
W8-8
W8-13
W3-4
W8-4
W8-9
W17-1
'An optional word message sign is shown in the 'Standard Highway Signs' book.
Chapter 2C - Warning Signs
Part 2 - Signs
September 26, 2006
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California)
Page 2C-31
Figure 2C-4 (CA). Roadway Condition and Advance Traffic Control Signs
I
,
,
i
,
W38 (CA)
W3-3a orW41A(CA) W43 (CA)
W50-1 (CA)
SW28 (CA)
SW45 (CA)
W55 (CA) W55B (CA)
SW32 (CA) SW35 (CA)
SW46 (CA) SW54 (CA)
W50 (CA)
SW26 (CA)
SW41 (CA)
SW54-1 (CA)
SW54A (CA)
SW54B (CA)
SW54C (CA)
Chapter 2C - Waming Signs
Part 2 - Signs
Sep<<anber26,2006
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 Revision I, as amended for use in California)
Page 2C-32
Figure 2C-5. Advisory Speed and Speed Reduction Signs
.........1. \
. .
,..; .'
..
W3-S
II~II
W13-1
W3-Sa
OR
OR
W13-2
W13-S
W13-3
Figure 2C-5 (CA). Advisory Speed and Speed Reduction Signs
W728 (CA)
Chapter 2C - Warning Signs
Part 2 - Signs
SW4-1 (CA)
SW17-1 (CA)
September 26, 2006
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California)
Wl6-1
Figure 2C-11. Supplemental Warning Plaques
Page 2C-38
W16-3a
Wl6-4 W16-8 WI6-8a W16-10 W16-11
. I
W16-5p WI6-Sp WI6-7p W16-9p W16-13p
W16-2
W16-2a
WI6-3
Chapter 2C - Warning Signs
Part 2 - Signs
Figure 2C-11 (CA). Supplemental Warning Plaques
W34A (CA)
W66B (CA)
(!his space left intentionally blank)
September 26, 2006
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 Revision I, as amended for use in California)
Page 2C- I
CHAPTER 2C. WARNING SIGNS
Section 2C.OI Fnnction ofWarninl! Sil!ns
Support:
Warning signs call attention to unexpected conditions on or adjacent to a highway or street and to
situations that might not be readily apparent to road users. Warning signs alert road users to conditions that
might call for a reduction of speed or an action in the interest of safety and efficient traffic operations.
Section 2C.02 Application ofWarninl! Sil!ns
Standard:
The nse of warning signs shall be based on an engineering stndy or on engineering jndgment.
Guidance:
The use of warning signs should be kept to a minimum as the unnecessary use of warning signs tends to
breed disrespect for all signs. In situations where the condition or activity is seasonal or temporary, the
warning sign should be removed or covered when the condition or activity does not exist.
Support:
The categories of warning signs are shown in Table 2C- I.
Warning signs specified herein cover most of the conditions that are likely to be encountered. Additional
warning signs for low-volume roads (as defined in Section 5A.OI), temporary traffic control zones, school
areas, highway-rail grade crossings, bicycle facilities, and highway-light rail transit grade crossings are
diccussed in Parts 5 through 10, respectively.
Option:
Word message warning signs other than those specified in this Manual may be developed and installed I
by State llIullacal highwllY agcncies Department of Transportation (See Section 2A.06).
Warning signs may be supplemented with a yellow flashing beacon.
Section 2C.03 Desil!n ofWarninl! Sil!ns
Standard:
All warning signs shall be diamond-shaped (sqnare with one diagonal vertical) with a black legend
and border on a yellow backgronnd nnless specifically designated otherwise. Warning signs shall be
designed in accordance with the sizes, shapes, colors, and legends contained in the "Standard Highway
Signs" book (see Section IA.H).
Option:
Warning signs regarding conditions associated with pedestrians, bicyclists, playgrounds, school buses,
and schools may have a black legend and border on a yellow background or a black legend and border on a
fluorescent yellow-green background.
Support:
Sign design details are contained in FHWA's Standard Highway Signs book and Department of Transportation's
California Sign Specifications. See Section 1A.11 for information regarding these publications.
Table 2G-101 (CA) shows a list of California Warning Signs.
Tabie 2C-102(CA) shows a list of MUTCD Warning Signs.
The use of educational plaques to supplement symbol signs is described in Section 2A.13.
Section 2C.04 Size ofWarninl! Sil!ns
Standard:
The sizes for warning signs sI>llII should be as shown in Table 2C-2. I
Guidance:
The Conventional Road size should be used on conventional roads.
The Freeway and Expressway sizes should be used for higher-speed applications to provide larger signs
for increased visibility and recognition.
Chapter 2C - Warning Signs
Part 2 - Signs
September 26, 2006
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 Revision I, as amended for use in California)
Page 2C-2
Option:
The Minimum size may be used on low-speed roadways where the reduced legend size would be
adequate for the warning or where physical conditions preclude the use of the other sizes.
Oversized signs and larger sizes may be used for those special applications where speed, volume, or
other factors result in conditions where increased emphasis, improved recognition, or increased legibility
would be desirable.
Standard:
The minimum size for supplemental warning plaques shall be as shown in Table 2C-3.
Option:
Signs larger than those shown in Tables 2C-2 and 2C-3 may be used (see Section 2A.12).
Section 2C.05 Placement ofWarninl! Sil!ns
Support:
For information on placement of warning signs, see Sections 2A.16 to 2A.21.
The total time needed to perceive and complete a reaction to a sign is the sum of the times necessary for
Perception, Identification (understanding), Emotion (decision making), and Volition (execution of decision),
and is called the PIEV time. The PIEV time can vary from several seconds for general warning signs to 6
seconds or more for warning signs requiring high road user judgment.
Table 2C-4 lists suggested sign placement distances for two conditions. This table is provided as an aid
for determining warning sign location.
Guidance:
Warning signs should be placed so that they provide adequate PIEV time. The distances contained in
Table 2C-4 are for guidance purposes and should be applied with engineering judgment. Warning signs
should not be placed too far in advance ofthe condition, such that drivers might tend to forget the warning
because of other driving distractions, especially in urban areas.
Minimum spacing between warning signs with different messages should be based on the estimated
PIEV time for driver comprehension of and reaction to the second sign.
The effectiveness of the placement of warning signs should be periodically evaluated under both day and
night conditions.
Option:
Warning signs that advise road users about conditions that are not related to a specific location, such as
Deer Crossing or SOFT SHOULDER, may be installed in an appropriate location, based on engineering
judgment, since they are not covered in Table 2C-4.
Standard: I
Warning signs shall be installed in accordance with the general requirements for sign placement as
described in Sections 2A.16 to 2A.21 and as shown in Figure 2A.1(CA).
Section 2C.06 Horizontal AIil!Dment Sil!ns (WI-I throul!h WI-5. WI-H. WI-IS)
Option:
The horizontal alignment Turn (WI-I), Curve (WI-2), Reverse Turn (WI-3), Reverse Curve (WI-4), or
Winding Road (WI-5) signs (see Figure 2C-l) may be used in advance of situations where the horizontal
roadway alignment changes. A One-Direction Large Arrow (WI-6) sign (see Figure 2C-I and Section
2C.09) may be used on the outside of the turn or curve.
If the change in horizontal alignment is 135 degrees or more, the Hairpin Curve (WI-ll) sign (see Figure
2C-I) may be used.
If the change in horizontal alignment is approximately 270 degrees, such as on a cloverleaf interchange
ramp, the 270-degree Loop (WI-15) sign (see Figure 2C-I) may be used.
Guidance:
The application of these signs should conform to Table 2C-5.
When the Hairpin Curve sign or the 270-degree Loop sign is installed, either a One-Direction Large
Arrow (WI-6) sign or Chevron Alignment (WI-8) signs should be installed on the outside of the turn or
curve.
Chapter 2C - Warning Signs
Part 2 - Signs
September 26, 2006
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California)
Page 2C-9
In the case of an arch or other structure under which the clearance varies greatly, two or more signs
should be used as necessary on the structure itself to give information as to the clearances over the entire
roadway.
Clearances should be evaluated periodically, particularly when resurfacing operations have occurred.
Option:
The Low Clearance sign may be installed on or in advance of the structure. If a sign is placed on the
structure, it may be a rectangular shape (WI2-2p) with the appropriate legend (see Figure 2C-3).
Standard:
The Low Clearance (W12.2) sign shall be used to warn motorists of low structure clearances.
For clearance 4.7 m (15.5 ft) or less, in addition to the W12.2P, two advance Low Clearance signs shall be
installed on the right side of the roadway. The first W12-2 sign shall be placed in advance of the nearest
intersecting street or highway or wide point in the road at which a motorist can detour or safely turn around.
Guidance:
A Distance Ahead (W34A(CA)) plaque should be placed below the W12-2 sign at this location.
Standard:
The second W12.2 sign shall be placed in advance of the structure.
Support:
No W34A(CA) plaque is needed at the second location.
Standard:
The W12.2 sign shall display the same clearance as shown on the W12.2P sign.
Guidance:
The Distance Ahead (W34A(CA)) plaque when used, should be placed below a W12-2 sign.
Standard:
The _ FT _IN plaque (W12.2P) shall be used to warn motorists of structural clearance 4.7 m (15.5 ft) or
less.
Guidance:
The W12-2P plaque should be centered over the traveled way on the approach side of all underpasses. overheads,
viaducts, overcrossings, undercrossings, and grade separations for state highways.
Standard:
The W12.2P plaque shall not encroach over the shoulder area.
The W12.2P plaque shall display the minimum vertical clearance to the nearest inch, not exceeding the
measured value.
The CAUTION, VERTICAL CLEARANCE _' _" Arrow sign (W34C(CA)) shall be used on all blind
approaches to structures with clearances 4.7 m (15.5 ft) or less.
Support:
The W34C(CA) sign is used to warn motorists of low structure clearance around corners.
Guidance:
The W34C(CA) sign should be placed at a location where the motorist can detour or safely turn around before
making the turn.
Standard:
The W34C(CA) sign shall display the same clearance as shown on the W12.2P sign.
Support:
See Figure 2C-3(CA) for the W34C(CA) sign.
Section 2C.23 BUMP and DIP Sums MS-!. WS-2)
Guidance:
BUMP (W8-1) and DIP (W8-2) signs (see Figure 2C-4) should be used to give warning of a sharp rise or
depression in the profile of the road.
Option:
These signs may be supplemented with an Advisory Speed plaque (see Section 2C.46).
Chapter 2C - Warning Signs
Part 2 - Signs
September 26, 2006
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 Revision I, as amended for use in California)
Page 2C-1O
Standard:
The DIP sign shall not be used at a short stretch of depressed alignment that might momentarily
hide a vehicle.
Guidance:
A short stretch of depressed alignment that might momentarily hide a vehicle should be treated as a no-
passing zone when centerline striping is provided on a two-lane or three-lane road (see Section 3B.02).
Section 2C.24 SPEED HUMP Sl!m (wI7-!)
Guidance:
The SPEED HUMP (WI7-I) sign (see Figure 2C-4) should be used to give warning ofa vertical
deflection in the roadway that is designed to limit the speed of traffic.
If used, the SPEED HUMP sign should be supplemented by an Advisory Speed plaque (see Section
2C.46).
Option:
If a series of speed humps exists in close proximity, an Advisory Speed plaque may be eliminated on all
but the first SPEED HUMP sign in the series.
The legend SPEED BUMP may be used instead of the legend SPEED HUMP on the WI7-1 sign.
Support:
Speed humps generally provide more gradual vertical deflection than speed bumps. Speed bumps limit
the speed of traffic more severely than speed humps. However, this difference in engineering terminology is
not well known by the public, so for signing purposes the terms are interchangeable.
Section 2C.25 PAVEMENT ENDS Sil!n (w8-3)
Guidance:
A PAVEMENT ENDS (W8-3) word message sign (see Figure 2C-4) should be used where a paved
surface changes to either a gravel treated surface or an earth road surface.
Option:
An Advisory Speed plaque (see Section 2C.46) may be used when the change in roadway condition
requires a reduced speed.
Section 2C.26 Shoulder SilIns (w8-4. W8-9. and W8-9a)
Option:
The SOFT SHOULDER (W8-4) sign (see Figure 2C-4) may be used to warn of a soft shoulder
condition.
The LOW SHOULDER (W8-9) sign (see Figure 2C-4) may be used to warn ofa shoulder condition
where there is an elevation difference of less than 75 mm (3 in) between the shoulder and the travel lane.
Guidance:
The SHOULDER DROP OFF (W8-9a) sign (see Figure 2C-4) should be used when an unprotected
shoulder drop-off, adjacent to the travel lane, exceeds 75 mm (3 in) in depth for a significant continuous
length along the roadway, based on engineering judgment.
Additional shoulder signs should be placed at appropriate intervals along the road where the condition
continually exists.
Standard:
When used, shoulder signs shall be placed in advance ofthe condition (see Table 2C-4).
Support
The low shoulder condition (elevation difference up to 75 mm (3 in) between shoulder and the travel lane} is not
treated as a penmanent condition on State highways.
Standard:
The black on yellow background LOW SHOULDER (W8.9) sign shall not be used on State highways.
Chapter 2C - Warning Signs
Part2 - Signs
September 26, 2006
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California)
Page 2C-II
Option:
The black on orange background LOW SHOULDER (W8-9) sign may be used on State highways to warn of a
shoulder condttion where there is an elevation difference of less than 75 mm (3 in) between the shoulder and the travel
lane. See Section 6F.42.
I
Section 2C.27 Slippery When Wet Sil!n IW8-5)
Option:
The Slippery When Wet (W8-5) sign (see Figure 2C-4) may be used to warn that a slippery condition
might exist.
Guidance:
When used, a Slippery When Wet sign should be placed in advance ofthe beginning of the affected
section (see Table 2C-4), and additional signs should be placed at appropriate intervals along the road where
the condition exists.
Option:
The WATCH FOR SNOW SLIPPERY (SW46(CA)) sign may be used to warn road users of conditions where snow
may be on the roadway surface, but chains are not yet required. The SW46(CA) sign may be placed in advance of areas
where such conditions may exist, and intermittently as needed where such conditions may exist for long sections of
highways.
The SW46(CA) sign may be displayed when weather conditions are such that it would be reasonable to assume that
snow on the roadway would be a possibility.
Guidance:
The SW46(CA) sign shouid be removed when such conditions are no longer present.
Support:
See Figure 2C-4(CA) for the SW46(CA) sign.
Section 2C.28 BRIDGE ICES BEFORE ROAD Sil!n IW8-13)
Option:
A BRIDGE ICES BEFORE ROAD (W8-I3) sign (see Figure 2C-4) may be used in advance of bridges
to advise bridge users of winter weather conditions.
The BRIDGE ICES BEFORE ROAD sign may be removed or covered during seasons of the year when
its message is not relevant.
The ICY (W43(CA)) sign (see Figure 2C-4(CA)) may be used in advance of locations where an icy condition
requires extra caution.
Guidance:
The W43(CA) sign should be used on mountain roads, which may be continuously in the shade and where ice forms
during the greater part of the winter. This sign should be covered or removed at the end of the winter season or when the
icy condition no longer exists. The sign should be located in advance of the beginning of the icy sections.
Section 2C.29 Advance Traffic Control Sil!ns IW3-1. W3-2, W3-3. W3-4)
Standard:
The Advance Traffic Control symbol signs (see Figure 2C-4) include the Stop Ahead (W3-1), Yield
Abead (W3-2), and Signal Ahead (W3-3) signs. These signs shall be installed on an approach to a
primary traffic control device that is not visible for a sufficient distance to permit the road user to
respond to the device (see Table 2C-4). The visibility criteria for a traffic control signal shall be based
on having a contIpuous view of at least two signal faces for the distance specified in Table 4]),,1.
Support:
Permanent obstructions causing the limited visibility might include roadway alignment or structures.
Intermittent obstructions might include foliage or parked vehicles.
Guidance:
Where intermittent obstructions occur, engineering judgment should determine the treatment to be
implemented.
Chapter 2C - Warning Signs
Part 2 - Signs
September 26, 2006
California MUTCD
(FHWA's MUTCD 2003 Revision I, as amended for use in California)
Page 2C-12
Option:
An Advance Traffic Control sign may be used for additional emphasis of the primary traffic control
device, even when the visibility distance to the device is satisfactory.
Word messages (W] la, Vi] 2n, W3-3a) may be used as alternates to the Advance Traffic Control
symbol signs.
A supplemental street name plaque (see Section 2C.49) may be installed above or below an Advance
Traffic Control sign.
A warning beacon may be used with an Advance Traffic Control sign.
A BE PREPARED TO STOP (W3-4) sign (see Figure 2C-4) may be used to warn of stopped traffic
caused by a traffic control signal or in advance of a section of roadway that regularly experiences traffic
congestion.
Standard:
When a BE PREPARED TO STOP sign is used in advance of a traffic control signal, it shall he
used in addition to a Signal Ahead sign.
Olltie,,:
The BE PREW.RED TO 8TOP sign may be SI'lllllemelltoB with a v.'lll'Hing beneen (Geo SeetieR 4K.03).
GiliaMee:
WhoR the \\ ami"g beaeeR is illtofoeflHeetee with a traffie celltfel sigaal ef '1ucHe deteet;eR G)'stom, the
BE PREP-t~'illD TO STOP sigH shoHld be slijllllemeHleB ."ilh a WIlEN FLASHING lllaqHe.
Standard:
A warning beacon or WHEN FLASHING (W16.13p) plaque shall not be used to supplement the BE
PREPARED TO STOP (W3-4) sign. Studies indicate that these devices are generally not effective as warning
devices for motorists approaching signalized intersections. The non-use of a warning beacon or WHEN
FLASHING (W16-13p) plaque also addresses the situation when a warning beacon is inoperative for any reason.
Guidance:
The Stop Ahead sign (W3-1) should not be used in the approach to an intersection where there is channelization
and the majority of the traffic turns to the right without being required to stop.
Option:
The STOP AHEAD pavement markings may be placed in accordance with Section 38.19.
The SIGNAL AHEAD sign (W3-3a) may be used for overhead mastarm and overhead structure mounted locations.
The SIGNAUSTOP AHEAD Arrow sign (SW26(CA)) may be used in the head-on position where W3-1 and W3.3
signs have proven ineffective.
Guidance:
The W3-1 and W3-3 signs should be left in place when the SW26(CA) sign is placed.
Support:
See Figure 2C-4(CA) for W3-3a sign.
Section 2C.30 Speed Reduction Silins CW3-S. W3-Sa)
Guidance:
A Speed Reduction (W3-5 or W3-5a) sign (see Figure 2C-5) should be used to inform road users of a
reduced speed zone when engineering judgment indicates the need for advance notice to comply with the
posted speed limit ahead.
Standard:
If used, Speed Reduction signs shall be followed by a Speed Limit (R2-l) sign installed at the
beginning of the zone where the speed limit applies.
The speed limit displayed on the Speed Reduction sign shall he identical to the speed limit
displayed on the subsequent Speed Limit sign.
Option:
The TRAILERS-CAMPERS-GUSTY WIND AREA NEXT _ MiLES (SW17-1(CA)) sign may be used where known
or potential wind collision problems exist.
Support:
See Figure 2C-5(CA) for SW17-1(CA) sign.
Chapter 2C - Warning Signs
Part 2 - Signs
September 26, 2006
I
California MUTCD
(FHW A's MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California)
Page 2C-20
Guidance:
If the access to the playground area requires a roadway crossing, the application of crosswalk pavement
markings (see Section 3B.17) and Nonvehicular signs (see Section 2CAl) should be considered.
The PLAYGROUND (SW49(CA)) sign should not be used alone.
Option:
The SW49(CA) sign may be used in combination above the Speed Limit (R2-1 (25)) sign or WHEN CHILDREN ARE
PRESENT (S4-2) sign on any street or road, other than a state highway, with a speed limit greater than 40 kmlh (25
mph) that is adjacent to a children's playground within a public park. Refer to CVC 22357.1.
Support:
See Figure 2C-10(CA) for SW49(CA) sign.
Section 2C.43 Use of Supplemental Plaques
Option:
A supplemental plaque may be displayed with a warning sign when engineering judgment indicates that
road users require additional information beyond that contained in the main message of the warning sign.
Standard:
Supplemental plaques shall be used only in combination with warning or regulatory signs. They
shall not be mounted alone or displayed alone. If used, a supplemental plaque shall be installed ou the
same post(s) as the warniug sign.
Sectiou 2C.44 Desil!n of Supplemental Plaques
Standard:
A supplemental plaque shall have the same color legend, border, aud background as the warning sign
with which it is displayed. Supplemental plaques shall be square or rectangular.
Section 2CAS Distance Plaques !W16-2 series. W16-3 series. W16-4. W7-3a)
Option:
The Distance Ahead (WI6-2 series and W16-3 series) plaques (see Figure ZC-ll) may be used to inform
the road user of the distance to the condition indicated by the warning sign.
The Next Distance (W7-3a and WI6-4) plaques (see Figures ZC-Z and ZC-II) may be used to inform
road users of the length of roadway over which the condition indicated by the warning sign exists.
The Distance Ahead (W34A(CA)) plaque may be used to infonm the road user of the distance to the condition
indicated by the warning sign.
Guidance:
When the distance is in miles, the mileage shown should be to the nearest 1/4 mile for a distance of less than 1 mile
and to the nearest mile for distances over one mile. The text "MILE" should be used for a distance of one mile or less.
The text "MILES" should be used for distances over one mile.
Section 2C.46 Advisory Speed Plaque !W13-l)
Option:
The Advisory Speed (WI3-1) plaque (see Figure ZC-5) may be used to supplement any warning sign to
indicate the advisory speed for a condition.
Standard:
The Advisory Speed plaque shall be used where an engineering study indicates a need to advise
road users ofthe advisory speed for a condition.
If used, the Advisory Speed plaque shall carry the message XX km/h (XX MPH). The speed shown
shall be a multiple of 10 km/h or S mph.
Except in emergencies or when the condition is temporary, an Advisory Speed plaque shall not be
installed until the advisory speed has been determined by an engineering study.
Chapter 2C - Warning Signs
Part 2 - Signs
September 26, 2006
California MUTCD
(FHWA's MUTCD 2003 Revision I, as amended for use in California)
Page 2C-21
Guidance:
Because changes in conditions, such as roadway geometries, surface characteristics, or sight distance,
might affect the advisory speed, each location should be periodically evaluated and the Advisory Speed
plaque changed if necessary.
Option:
The advisory speed may be the 85th-percentile speed offree-flowing traffic, the speed corresponding to a
16 aegt'ee ball bank indicator reading, or the speed otherwise determined by an engineering study because of
unusual circumstances.
Suppe!'t:
P. 19 aegt'ee ball banI< ieaicaler reooiag, fefflicfly usca ie acteffliieiag advisery speeas, is basea ee
researeh fTem the 1939s. 18 medem .,'ekieles, 1ke 85tk f]efseetile spees 8ft 6l::lp:es ~flreH.4Hlates a Ie elegres
reaaieg. This is the speea at whieh Hlesl ari'/crs' juagmeel reoegeizes incipient instability aleeg a fllHlp er
-
Standard:
If used, the speed shown on the W13.1 plaque shall not be in excess of the posted or maximum speed limit.
The adviSOry speed shall be determined in accordance with Section 2C.101(CA).
The Advisory Speed Plaque shall not be used in conjunction with any sign other than a warning sign, nor
shall it be used alone. When used, it shall be positioned below the warning sign.
Section 2C.47 SUDDlemental Arrow Plaques (W16-5D. WI6-6D. WI6-7D)
Guidance:
If the condition indicated by a warning sign is located on an intersecting road and the distance between
the intersection and condition is not sufficient to provide adequate advance placement of the warning sign, a
Supplemental Arrow (WI6-5p, WI6-6p, WI6-7p) plaque (see Figure 2C-II) should be used below the
warning sign.
Standard:
Supplemental Arrow plaques (see Figure 2C-2) shall have the same legend design as the Advance
Turn Arrow and Directional Arrow auxiliary signs (see Sections 20.25 and 20.26) except that they
shall have a black legend and border on a yellow or fluorescent yellow-green backgrouud, as
appropriate.
Section 2C.48 Hill-Related Plaques (w7-2 Series. W7-3 Series)
Guidance:
Hill-Related (W7-2 series, W7-3 series) plaques (see Figure 2C-II) or other appropriate legends and
larger signs should be used for emphasis or where special hill characteristics exist.
On longer grades, the use of the distance plaque (W7-3a or W7-3b) at periodic intervals of
approximately 1.6 km (I mil spacing should be considered.
Option: I
The WATCH DOWNHILL SPEED (SW4-1 (CAl) sign may be used on long downhill grades to remind motorists to
maintain the posted speed.
Section 2C.49 Advance Street Name Plaque (W16-8. WI6-8a)
Option:
An Advance Street Name (WI6-8 or WI6-8a) plaque (see Figure 2C-II) may be used with any
Intersection sign (W2 series) or Advance Traffic Control (W3 series) sign to identify the name of the
intersecting street.
Section 2C.50 CROSS TRAFFIC DOES NOT STOP Plaque (w4-4D)
Option:
The CROSS TRAFFIC DOES NOT STOP (W4-4p) plaque (see Figure 2C-8) may be used in
combination with a STOP sign when engineering judgment indicates that conditions are present that are
causing or could cause drivers to misinterpret the intersection as an all-way stop.
Chapter 2C - Warning Signs
Part 2 - Signs
September 26, 2006
PROJECT LOCATION
SURVEY DOCUMENTS
r~.
SET
9.5'
<.
--c{?:::D-e.."'O+f:5 ""Ti-~nS,1 Lllie..
ffoL.-ds oVCy DISf/t,.J;.e
-;rc s cJ, ~d-d
1:
l-
ll<
Cl
2 I
LNf; O~~[t' t~
~ 0"->
~ O'~,
mR6 NOLI f} '~VE.
S ET L t T D N 'To L.
<t.!\- S:LY 0 F E.C. R
--"---
.
'--./' "
1~3-..2.0 T
7-Z5 -'is-
,
t\,:
"-
~
I
~
ltJ
h
~
ll..J
\J
--If
CI::
~
-
D
kJ
E:
mEDILRL LEA/TEte. ct,
TI1:5 ser q -S-SCj BY'"
".D.lt),
NbTE: FILl.,. TIE DI5TIHIJLES
mE1I5URED BY Eorn.
Set Lt T 11/Y TL
I
s_~'N'LV DF E.L.R
'~
J:
~
;~D.I' r.P.? C..5. B, TAl[ DN,D.U
,'._ PER L\!V TfES 5ET 5P/~E
E. L5. 0 IJJfl5HE~ TOSU/l.f'lfL.G
0'
->.
~v'
5 E T L? TON 7.L -
10.3 o;'L'f 0 F i'lL. I\.
SURVEY MONUMENT PRESERVATION GUIDELINES
CALIFORNIA LAND SURVEYORS ASSOCIATION
& CONSULTING ENGINEERS AND LAND SURVEYORS OF CALIFORNIA
Joint Professional Practice Committee - Riverside/San Bernardino and Desert Chapters
( In Cooperation with the Riverside & San Bernardino County Surveyors Office)
PREFACE:
The preceding public survey documents are provided from a search of records on file in the
City of San Bernardino, Office of the City Engineer.
All work is to be performed by a person or under the supervision of a person authorized to practice
Land Surveying ( refer to Sub-section 6-1. 10 "SUR VEYING SER VICE" of these Special Provisions ).
All new and replaced survey ties shall be by transit method.
The following regarding public works construction in the Public Right of Way is extracted from letter
from the above agencies, dated Aprili3, 2007:
NEW & RECONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
A. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION
(1.) The survey crew shall diligently search for all survey monuments ofrecord and on the
surface of the road. It is suggested (that) the search (sh)ould include the use of a metal
detector. When the detector indicates the possibility of a buried survey monument, then
digging below the surface to uncover the monument within 2" of the road surface is
recommended.
(2.) The survey crew shall properly reference all found survey monuments, which may be
disturbed or covered during construction, to stable surface points.
(3.) The authorized surveyor shall properly complete a Comer Record or Record of Survey
for the monuments noted in (I)tem (2.), above. Prior to the start of any construction
work, the original or a print of the Comer Record or Record of Survey shall be submitted
to the County Surveyor for review, signature and filing.
B. AFTER CONSTRUCTION AND PRIOR TO RECORDING
NOTICE OF COMPLETION
I. All covered and disturbed monuments shall be reset with the same or more durable type
of monument as the original, in the surface of the construction. Key monuments shall be
a minimum I" inside diameter iron pipe of appropriate length.
2. A monument box or other protective structure is recommended to be placed around key
monuments (section comers, quarter section comers).
3. The authorized surveyor shall properly complete a Comer Record of Record of Survey
for all set monuments with a change in character, including tag number, and submit it to
the County Surveyor for review, signature and filing.
NOTE: Parentheses above indicate changes to original text.
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT
CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO
THIS AGREEMENT is made and concluded this _ day of
City of San Bernardino (owner and hereinafter "CITY"), and
, 20-, between the
(hereinafter "CONTRACTOR").
1. For and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and
performed by the CITY, and under the conditions expressed in the bond as deposited with the CITY, receipt of
which is hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR agrees with the CITY, at the CONTRACTOR's own proper
cost and expense in the Special Provisions to be furnished by the CITY, to furnish all materials, tools and
equipment and perform all the work necessary to complete in good workmanlike and substantial manner the
TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLATION
AND
STREET IMPROVEMENTS
AT
MEDICAL CENTER DRIVE & MAGNOLIA AVENUE
(TC 07-001)
in strict conformity with Plans and Special Provisions No. 12031 & 12031A , and also in accordance with
Standard Specifications for Public Works/Construction, latest edition in effect on the first day of the advertised
"Notice Inviting Sealed Bids" for this project, on file in the Office of the City Engineer, Public Works
Department, City of San Bernardino, which said Plans and Special Provisions and Standard Specifications are
hereby especially referred to and by such reference made a part hereof.
2. The CONTRACTOR agrees to receive and accept the prices as set forth in the Bid Schedule as
full compensation for furnishing all materials and doing all the work contemplated and embraced in this
agreement; also for all loss or damage arising out of the nature of the work aforesaid or from any unforeseen
difficulties or obstructions which may arise or be encountered in the prosecution of the work and for all risks of
every description connected with the work; also for all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension
or discontinuance of work, and for well and faithfully completing the work and the whole thereof, in the manner
and according to the Plans and Special Provisions, and requirements of the Engineer under them.
3. The CONTRACTOR herein covenants by and for himself or herself, his or her heirs, executors,
administrators, and assigns, and all persons claiming under or through them, that there shall be no discrimination
against or segregation of, any person or group of persons on the basis of race, color, national origin, religion, sex,
marital status, or ancestry in the performance of this contract, nor shall the CONTRACTOR or any person
claiming under or through him or her, establish or permit any such practice or practices of discrimination or
segregation with reference to the selection of subcontractors, vendees, or employees in the performance of this
contract. Failure by the CONTRACTOR to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract,
which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy, as recipient deems appropriate.
AGREEMENT: TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLATION AND STREET IMPROVEMENTS
AT MEDICAL CENTER DRIVE AND MAGNOLIA AVENUE (TC 07-001 )
4. CITY hereby promises and agrees with the said CONTRACTOR to employ, and does hereby
employ the said CONTRACTOR to provide the materials and to do the work according to the terms and
conditions herein contained and referred to, for the prices aforesaid, and hereby contracts to pay the same at the
time, in the manner, and upon the conditions above set forth; and the same parties for themselves, their heirs,
executors, administrators, and assigns, do hereby agree to the full performance of the covenants herein contained.
5. It is further expressly agreed by and between the parties hereto that should there be any conflict
between the terms of this instrument and the bid of said CONTRACTOR, then this instrument shall control and
nothing herein shall be considered as an acceptance of said terms of said bid conflicting herewith.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties of these presents have executed this contract in four (4)
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original in the year and day first above mentioned.
CONTRACTOR
NAME OF FIRM:
CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO
BY:
CHARLES E. MC NEELY, City Manager
City of San Bernardino
BY:
TITLE:
ATTEST:
MAILING ADDRESS:
RACHEL G. CLARK
City Clerk
PHONE NO.: L--)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
~~<:,~
ATTEST:
Secretary
NOTE: Secretary of the Owner should attest.
If Contractor is a corporation, Secretary should attest.